Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents
Nevro Corp. Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 10, 2014.

Registration No. 333-199156


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Nevro Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  56-2568057
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

4040 Campbell Avenue
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 251-0005

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Michael DeMane
Chief Executive Officer
Nevro Corp.
4040 Campbell Avenue
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 251-0005
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Michael W. Hall, Esq.
Anthony J. Richmond, Esq.
Brian J. Cuneo, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telephone: (650) 328-4600
Facsimile: (650) 463-2600

 

Andrew H. Galligan
Vice President of Finance,
Chief Financial Officer
Nevro Corp.
4040 Campbell Avenue
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telephone: (650) 251-0005
Facsimile: (650) 251-9415

 

Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telephone: (650) 752-2000
Facsimile: (650) 752-2111



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

         If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated                             , 2014

                              Shares



LOGO

Common Stock
$          per share



This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Nevro Corp.

We are offering                shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NVRO." We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $        and $        per share.

We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.

 
  Per Share   Total  

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock. The underwriters can exercise this right at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about                  , 2014.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

J.P. Morgan   Morgan Stanley

Leerink Partners

 

JMP Securities

            , 2014


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  11

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  49

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

  51

USE OF PROCEEDS

  52

DIVIDEND POLICY

  52

CAPITALIZATION

  53

DILUTION

  56

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  58

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  60

BUSINESS

  77

 
  Page

MANAGEMENT

  112

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  123

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  139

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

  142

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  146

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  151

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

  154

UNDERWRITING

  158

LEGAL MATTERS

  164

EXPERTS

  164

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  164

GLOSSARY

  165

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1

        Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

         Until                        , 2014 (the 25 th  day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        Nevro™, Senza®, HF10™ and our logo are some of our trademarks used in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbol, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.

        For a glossary of key industry and clinical terms used in the Business section of this prospectus please see page 165.

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the "company," "Nevro," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Nevro Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

        We are a medical device company that has developed and commercialized an innovative neuromodulation platform for the treatment of chronic pain. Our Senza® system is the only spinal cord stimulation, or SCS, system that delivers our proprietary HF10™ therapy. Our SENZA-RCT U.S. pivotal study met its primary and secondary endpoints, and our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapies for treating both leg and back pain. While SCS therapy is indicated and reimbursed for treating back and leg pain, it has limited efficacy in treating back pain and is used primarily for treating leg pain, limiting its market adoption. In our pivotal study, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide significant and sustained back pain relief in addition to leg pain relief. Additionally, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide pain relief without paresthesia, a constant tingling sensation that is the basis of traditional SCS therapy. HF10 therapy is also designed to reduce variability in the operating procedure, providing meaningful benefits to both patients and physicians. We believe we are positioned to transform and grow the approximately $1.5 billion existing global SCS market under current reimbursement by treating back pain in addition to leg pain and by eliminating paresthesia.

        In June 2014, we submitted our premarket approval, or PMA, application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for our Senza SCS system, or Senza. We are preparing to commercially launch in the United States by early 2016 if approved by the FDA, however there can be no assurance that we will receive FDA approval within this timeframe or at all. Outside of the United States, Senza is indicated for the treatment of chronic intractable pain of the trunk and limbs, is reimbursed under existing SCS codes, and has been commercially available in certain European markets since November 2010 and in Australia since August 2011. We hold 49 issued patents globally and over 100 pending patent applications in the United States and international jurisdictions. Our revenue has increased from $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, with a net loss of $19.0 million and $26.0 million in these periods, respectively. We have a history of significant net losses and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. Due to market penetration in Europe and Australia, we expect that our future revenue growth, if any, will be largely from sales in the U.S. market, if we receive FDA approval for Senza.

        We believe we have built competitive advantages through our proprietary technology, clinical evidence base, strong track record of execution including over 2,500 patients implanted with Senza, and proven management team with substantial experience in the neuromodulation field. With what we believe are compelling efficacy data for both leg and back pain compared to traditional SCS therapy, we aim to secure U.S. FDA approval, drive adoption of Senza in the U.S. market, which represents the largest opportunity in SCS, and expand patient access to HF10 therapy by investing in the development of Senza for new indications.

SENZA-RCT Pivotal Study

        To support FDA approval of Senza, in March 2014, we completed our SENZA-RCT pivotal study, which was the first prospective randomized controlled pivotal study in the history of SCS and the first

 

1


Table of Contents

to directly demonstrate comparative effectiveness between SCS therapies. The SENZA-RCT study was designed as a non-inferiority trial to show that HF10 therapy is not inferior to that of traditional commercially available SCS therapy. Although the statistical analysis plan filed with the FDA did not include a superiority analysis to show that one therapy was comparatively more effective than the other, we performed a post-hoc superiority analysis of the clinical results. We believe the results of the study support the safety and effectiveness of Senza and HF10 therapy.

        Key highlights of our SENZA-RCT pivotal study are as follows:

    The SENZA-RCT study results demonstrated the non-inferiority of HF10 therapy to traditional SCS therapy on all primary and secondary endpoints. Additionally, our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy in all primary and secondary endpoints.

    HF10 therapy was nearly twice as successful in treating back pain as traditional SCS therapy, with 84.3% of patients receiving HF10 therapy, as compared to 43.8% of patients receiving traditional SCS therapy, reporting 50% or more pain relief at three months, results that were statistically superior based on our post-hoc analysis.

    HF10 therapy was 1.5 times as successful in treating leg pain as traditional SCS therapy, with 83.1% of patients receiving HF10 therapy, as compared to 55.5% of patients receiving traditional SCS therapy, reporting 50% or more pain relief at three months, results that were statistically superior based on our post-hoc analysis.

    HF10 therapy provided a 69.2% reduction in back pain as measured by the Visual Analog Scale, or VAS, versus 44.2% for traditional SCS therapy, at three months, results that were statistically superior based on our post-hoc analysis.

    HF10 therapy provided a 72.8% reduction in leg pain as measured by VAS, versus 51.5% for traditional SCS therapy, at three months, results that were statistically superior based on our post-hoc analysis.

    Our post-hoc statistical analysis supports superior efficacy of HF10 therapy for both back and leg pain at each measurement throughout the 12-month study.

    Patients receiving HF10 therapy did not report paresthesia or uncomfortable stimulation at three months. In comparison, 46.5% of patients receiving traditional SCS therapy reported uncomfortable stimulation at three months.

    Based on our post-hoc analysis, two-thirds of HF10 therapy patients had a VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5 on a scale of 0 to 10 for back pain at three months (which we define as achieving remitter status), twice the number of traditional SCS therapy patients, results that were statistically superior.

    Based on our post-hoc analysis, three-fourths of HF10 therapy patients had a VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5 on a scale of 0 to 10 for leg pain at three months, twice the number of traditional SCS therapy patients, results that were statistically superior.

    Safety outcomes were consistent across the control and test groups.

        The outcomes for HF10 therapy in our pivotal study are consistent with the outcomes from our European clinical study, the two year results of which have been published in the Pain Medicine journal of the American Academy of Pain Medicine.

 

2


Table of Contents

Market Overview

        Chronic pain has been defined by the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP) as pain that lasts longer than the time required for tissues to heal, which is often defined to be three months. About 1.5 billion people suffer from chronic pain worldwide, including approximately 100 million Americans. Back pain is the most common manifestation of chronic pain, with an estimated 84 million patients in the United States experiencing chronic back pain. In terms of impact, the annual cost of back pain in the United States is estimated to be $34 billion for treatment, with another $100 billion in lost productivity.

Existing Treatments for Chronic Pain and Limitations

        Patients who present with chronic pain are typically placed on a treatment progression plan. Initial medical management typically includes behavioral modification, exercise, physical therapy, and over-the-counter analgesics and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. When early stage medical management is not sufficient for the treatment of chronic leg and back pain, patients may progress to interventional techniques including steroid injections or nerve blocks. Patients who do not respond to these more conservative treatments are considered candidates for more advanced therapies.

Spine Surgery

        Spine surgery is a common invasive surgical procedure for the treatment of pain and typically precedes traditional SCS therapy. Despite the possibility of surgical complications, recent data suggests that over 500,000 spinal procedures are performed in the United States every year. Failed Back Surgery Syndrome is a common outcome of spine surgery where chronic back and/or leg pain continues to persist and affects an estimated 10% to 40% of patients receiving spine surgery.

Oral Opioids

        Oral opioids are prescription pain medications that suppress the patient's acute perception of pain but lack clinical evidence supporting their long term use to treat chronic pain, including back pain. Oral opioids can significantly compromise the patient's quality of life, and are also known to present a high risk of addiction.

Traditional Spinal Cord Stimulation

        SCS is a type of neuromodulation technology that utilizes an implantable pacemaker-like device to deliver electrical impulses to the spinal cord. Traditional SCS therapy is a long-established pain treatment that utilizes low frequency stimulation, typically between 40 Hz and 60 Hz (therapeutic pulses per second), to induce paresthesia that overlaps the distribution of pain with the intent of masking pain perception. Paresthesia is often considered unpleasant or uncomfortable, sometimes causes a shocking or jolting sensation with changes in posture and is a continuous reminder of the patient's chronic condition. The electrical pulses are delivered by small electrodes on leads that are placed near the spinal cord and are connected to a compact, battery-powered generator implanted under the skin. Traditional SCS therapy is considered to be a minimally invasive, reversible therapy that may provide greater long-term benefits over more invasive surgical approaches or opioids.

        The adoption of SCS to date has been driven primarily by the treatment of patients whose worst pain is in their legs and for whom other treatment approaches have failed. The global market for traditional SCS therapy is projected to grow to approximately $1.8 billion in 2017, with the United States comprising approximately 80% of this global market. The addressable market in the United States for potential SCS candidates is estimated to be 1 million patients. We believe that due to factors such as an aging population and an increasing number of failed back surgeries, the number of candidates for SCS will continue to grow. Despite the sizeable potential market, only approximately

 

3


Table of Contents

40,000 SCS systems are implanted each year in the United States, representing less than 10% of the addressable U.S. market. According to 2012 IMS data, there are approximately 4,400 facilities in the United States where SCS systems are implanted by a variety of physicians, including neurosurgeons, physiatrists, interventional pain specialists and orthopedic spine surgeons. However, only approximately half of chronic pain patients are considered candidates for traditional SCS therapy. We believe that broader utilization of traditional SCS therapy has been restrained by the lack of prospective randomized clinical evidence supporting SCS broadly and, in particular, demonstrating an ability to treat back pain. We believe there is an additional opportunity for an SCS therapy that effectively treats back pain that is approximately the size of the existing global SCS market.

Limitations of Traditional SCS Therapy

    Limited clinical evidence:   To date, we believe there are only two published prospective randomized SCS studies that provide long-term (one year or longer) data, both of which focused on leg pain. Neither of these studies was done to support initial regulatory approval of an SCS system.

    Lack of evidence supporting efficacy in back pain:   We believe predominant back pain is more difficult to treat with traditional SCS therapy than leg pain due to the reduced ability to achieve and maintain pain coverage in the back. We are not aware of a prospective, randomized clinical trial supporting the efficacy of traditional SCS therapy in treating back pain. As a result, back pain patients are usually not recommended for treatment with traditional SCS therapy.

    Paresthesia:   Traditional SCS therapy relies on paresthesia to mask pain with a constant tingling sensation. Paresthesia is often considered unpleasant or uncomfortable and is a continuous reminder of the patient's chronic condition. Medtronic, a current leader in neuromodulation, released a survey showing that 71% of patients with implantable neuromodulators experienced discomfort when changing position.

    Paresthesia mapping:   A crucial part of the traditional SCS procedure is called paresthesia mapping. This mapping process requires a patient to be sedated for the lead placement, then awakened and repeatedly questioned in order to assess paresthesia coverage over the patient's area of pain and reposition and reprogram the leads to redirect the paresthesia. This process creates variability in the procedure and a complicated anesthesia management process, impacting the physician's schedule and patient comfort.

Our Solution

        Our HF10 therapy is designed to overcome many of the limitations of traditional SCS therapy, offering benefits to patients, physicians and hospitals. Compared to traditional SCS therapy, HF10 therapy delivers spinal cord stimulation at a lower amplitude and a higher frequency waveform of 10,000 Hz (therapeutic pulses per second). We believe the advantages of our proprietary HF10 therapy over traditional SCS include:

    Compelling efficacy data for both leg and back pain.   We believe that the results of our pivotal clinical trial provide compelling efficacy data in leg and back pain that may enable us to gain significant market share in the approximately $1.5 billion existing global SCS market, which is primarily based on treating leg pain. In addition, we believe our efficacy data in back pain will allow us to expand the SCS market under current reimbursement by meeting demand from back pain patients.

    Strong global clinical evidence.   We believe the strength of our clinical evidence base supporting HF10 therapy differentiates it from traditional SCS therapies and we expect it to drive adoption among patients, providers and payors through increased referrals and utilization.

 

4


Table of Contents

    Paresthesia free pain relief for patients.   By eliminating paresthesia, HF10 therapy removes a major barrier for many patients who would otherwise benefit from SCS.

    Anatomical lead placement for physicians.   Since HF10 therapy relies on anatomical lead placement, or placing the stimulation leads in a specific reference location in the body, it removes the cumbersome process of paresthesia mapping that is required by traditional SCS therapy, thereby reducing variability in the operating procedure and offering a meaningful benefit to both physicians and hospitals.

    Ability to treat a broader group of chronic pain patients.   We are currently investigating the use of HF10 therapy to treat pre-spinal surgery patients, chronic intractable neck and upper extremity pain and refractory chronic migraine.

Our Growth Strategy

        Our mission is to be the neuromodulation leader in the treatment of chronic pain by developing innovative, evidence-based solutions. To accomplish this objective we intend to:

    Secure FDA approval for Senza in the United States

    Communicate what we believe is the compelling clinical efficacy of HF10 therapy to patients, physicians and payors globally

    Drive adoption of HF10 therapy through a world-class sales and marketing organization

    Expand the existing SCS market by treating back pain

    Develop HF10 therapy for use in other chronic pain indications

    Invest in research and development to drive innovation

    Scale our business to achieve cost and production efficiencies

Risks Associated With Our Business

        Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

    We have a history of significant losses. If we do not achieve and sustain profitability, our financial condition could suffer.

    If we fail to obtain or maintain FDA approval to market and sell Senza, or if such approval is delayed, we will be unable to commercially distribute and market Senza in the United States.

    We are substantially dependent on the FDA's approval of Senza, as well as market acceptance in the United States for our HF10 therapy, and our failure to receive FDA approval of Senza or the failure of our HF10 therapy to gain such market acceptance will negatively impact our business.

    If we are unable to protect, enforce and maintain our intellectual property, our business will be negatively affected.

    We must educate physicians on the safe and effective use of our HF10 therapy and demonstrate its merits compared to the SCS systems of our competitors.

    We face significant competition from larger, well established companies with substantially greater resources and who have a long history of competing in the SCS market, which we believe will intensify if we receive FDA approval and enter the U.S. market.

 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in March 2006 as a Minnesota corporation under the name NBI Development, Inc. and in October 2006 reincorporated in Delaware. In June 2007, we changed our corporate name to Nevro Corp. Our principal executive offices are located at 4040 Campbell Avenue, Menlo Park, California 94025, and our telephone number is (650) 251-0005. Our website address is www.nevro.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2019 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering), (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30 th , and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act of 2012 herein as the "JOBS Act," and references herein to "emerging growth company" shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

 

6


Table of Contents

 


The Offering

Common stock we are offering

                          shares

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

 

                        shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

                        shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $      million, or approximately $      million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to continue funding our activities related to seeking U.S. regulatory approval and preparing for the commercial launch of Senza in the United States, and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including research and development. See "Use of Proceeds" on page 52 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed symbol on the New York Stock Exchange

 

"NVRO"

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 397,036,493 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, and excludes the following:

    67,115,690 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2014 having a weighted-average exercise price of $0.126 per share;

    500,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to a license agreement upon the earlier of (1) FDA approval of our PMA for Senza or (2) the consummation of this offering;

    7,649,305 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, as of June 30, 2014, which will become available for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan upon the pricing of this offering;

    44,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, from which we will grant option awards exercisable for approximately                        shares of our common stock (based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page to this prospectus) to certain of our executive officers and directors upon the pricing of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common

 

7


Table of Contents

      stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the pricing of this offering; and

    4,720,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of our common stock described above reflects and assumes the following:

    a    -for-    reverse stock split of our capital stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock pursuant to a stockholder vote under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation into an aggregate of 364,993,830 shares of common stock prior to the consummation of this offering;

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

        We refer to our Series A, Series B redeemable and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock collectively as "convertible preferred stock" in this prospectus.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The following tables present summary consolidated financial data for our business. We derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the following statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue:

 
$

18,150
 
$

23,500
 
$

11,106
 
$

14,190
 

Cost of revenue

    7,527     9,473     4,451     5,521  
                   

Gross profit

    10,623     14,027     6,655     8,669  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    15,659     20,345     11,121     9,846  

Sales, general, and administrative          

    14,094     18,833     8,788     13,525  
                   

Total operating expenses

    29,753     39,178     19,909     23,371  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,130 )   (25,151 )   (13,254 )   (14,702 )

Interest income

    139     153     71     72  

Other income (expense), net

    186     (654 )   (927 )   382  
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (18,805 )   (25,652 )   (14,110 )   (14,248 )

Income taxes

    (162 )   (362 )   (148 )   (237 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (18,967 ) $ (26,014 ) $ (14,258 ) $ (14,485 )
                   
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (1.61 ) $ (1.24 ) $ (0.75 ) $ (0.55 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

    11,875,018     21,046,772     19,203,301     26,551,889  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)           

        $ (0.07 )       $ (0.04 )
                       
                       

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited) (1)

          372,300,551           391,545,719  
                       
                       

(1)
See Notes 2 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per common share, pro forma net loss per common share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

9


Table of Contents

        The table below presents our balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014:

    on an actual basis;

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock pursuant to a stockholder vote under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation into an aggregate of 364,993,830 shares of common stock prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale of        shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  As of June 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma As
Adjusted (1)(2)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

 
$

41,616
 
$

41,616
 
$
 

Working capital

    53,713     53,713        

Total assets

    62,904     62,904        

Convertible preferred stock

    47,217          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    106,105          

Accumulated deficit

    (105,722 )   (105,722 )   (105,722 )

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (98,910 )   54,412        

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and stockholders' equity by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(2)
We are obligated to issue 500,000 shares of our common stock to the Mayo Foundation upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to a license agreement. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, total stockholders' equity would increase by approximately $             million and total capitalization would increase by approximately $             million after giving effect to such issuance. For additional information, see "Business—Intellectual Property—The Mayo License."

 

10


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks Related to our Business

We have a history of significant losses. If we do not achieve and sustain profitability, our financial condition could suffer.

        We have experienced significant net losses, and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We expect to continue to incur losses as we seek U.S. regulatory approval of Senza, build our U.S. commercial sales force and initiate our commercial launch in the United States, as well as continue to investigate the use of our HF10 therapy to treat other chronic pain conditions. We incurred net losses of $19.0 million and $26.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and a net loss of $14.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, our accumulated deficit was $105.7 million. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have, for the foreseeable future, an adverse effect on our stockholders' deficit and working capital. If our revenue grows more slowly than we anticipate, or if our operating expenses are higher than we expect, we may not be able to achieve profitability and our financial condition could suffer. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods.

If we fail to obtain or maintain U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval to market and sell Senza, or if such approval is delayed, we will be unable to commercially distribute and market Senza in the United States

        The process of seeking regulatory approval to market a medical device is expensive and time consuming. There can be no assurance that approval will be granted. Although the Senza SCS system is CE marked for sale in the European Economic Area, or EEA, and approved for sale in Australia, we have not received regulatory approval to commercialize Senza in the United States. If we are not successful in obtaining timely approval of Senza from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, we may never be able to generate significant revenue and may be forced to cease operations. We are currently seeking FDA premarket approval, or PMA, of Senza for the treatment of chronic intractable pain of the trunk and/or limbs, including but not limited to unilateral or bilateral pain associated with failed back surgery syndrome and intractable low back pain and leg pain. The PMA process requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a device for many reasons, including:

11


Table of Contents

        Obtaining approval from the FDA could result in unexpected and significant costs for us and consume management's time and other resources. The FDA could ask us to supplement our submissions, collect additional non-clinical data, conduct additional clinical trials or engage in other time-consuming actions, or it could simply deny our application. In addition, if approved, we will be required to obtain FDA approval prior to making any modification to the device, and the FDA may revoke the approval or impose other restrictions if post-market data demonstrates safety issues or lack of effectiveness. If we are unable to obtain and maintain the necessary regulatory approvals, our financial condition may be adversely affected, and our ability to grow domestically and internationally would likely be limited. Additionally, even if approved, Senza may not be approved for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or profitability.

We are substantially dependent on the FDA's approval of Senza, as well as market acceptance in the United States for our HF10 therapy, and our failure to receive FDA approval of Senza or the failure of our HF10 therapy to gain such market acceptance would negatively impact our business.

        Since our inception, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to the development and commercialization of Senza and HF10 therapy for the treatment of chronic leg and back pain. From inception through June 30, 2014, our total revenue was $63.5 million and was derived entirely from sales of Senza in Europe and Australia, and we expect our revenue to be derived entirely from such sales of Senza for the foreseeable future. We have not yet received approval from the FDA to market and sell Senza in the United States. However, we have incurred and will in the future incur significant costs, including costs to build our sales force, in anticipation of PMA approval. If we are unable to obtain approval from the FDA to market and sell Senza in the United States and then to achieve significant market acceptance in the United States, our results of operations will be adversely affected as the United States is expected to be the principal market for this product. Further, because we have incurred costs prospectively in advance of PMA approval, we would be unable to recoup these costs if Senza is not approved by the FDA. Because we do not have any other products currently in development, if we are unsuccessful in commercializing Senza or are unable to market Senza as a result of a quality problem, failure to maintain or obtain regulatory approvals, unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects related to our HF10 therapy or the other factors discussed in these risk factors, we would lose our only source of revenue, and our business will be materially adversely affected.

We may in the future become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive and time consuming, and ultimately unsuccessful, and could result in the diversion of significant resources, thereby hindering our ability to effectively commercialize our existing or future products. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property, our business will be negatively affected.

        The market for medical devices is subject to rapid technological change and frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. It is possible that our patents or licenses may not withstand challenges made by others or protect our rights adequately.

        Our success depends in large part on our ability to secure effective patent protection for our products and processes in the United States and internationally. We have filed and intend to continue to file patent applications for various aspects of our technology and trademark applications to protect our brand and business. We seek to obtain and maintain patents and other intellectual property rights to restrict the ability of others to market products or services that misappropriate our technology and/or infringe our intellectual property to compete with our products.

        However, we face the risks that:

12


Table of Contents

13


Table of Contents

        For additional information regarding risks related to our intellectual property, see "Risks Related to Intellectual Property."

We must demonstrate to physicians the merits of our HF10 therapy compared to those of our competitors.

        Physicians play a significant role in determining the course of a patient's treatment and, as a result, the type of product that will be used to treat a patient. As a result, our success depends, in large part, on effectively marketing our HF10 therapy to physicians. In order for us to sell Senza, we must successfully demonstrate to physicians the merits of our HF10 therapy compared to our competitors' SCS systems for use in treating patients with chronic leg and back pain. Acceptance of our HF10 therapy depends on educating physicians as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety, ease of use and cost-effectiveness of Senza as compared to our competitors' SCS systems, and communicating to physicians the proper application of our HF10 therapy. If we are not successful in convincing physicians of the merits of our HF10 therapy or educating them on the use of Senza, they may not use Senza and we may be unable to increase our sales, sustain our growth or achieve profitability.

        In addition, we believe support of our products by physicians is essential for market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support from physicians or long-term data does not show the benefits of using our HF10 therapy, physicians may not use Senza. In such circumstances, our results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

14


Table of Contents

If we are unable to educate physicians on the safe and effective use of our HF10 therapy and Senza, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth.

        An important part of our sales process includes the education of physicians on the safe and effective use of our HF10 therapy and Senza, particularly because Senza and high frequency neuromodulation treatment is relatively new as compared to existing low frequency traditional SCS systems. In addition, we will need to spend substantial time educating physicians using traditional SCS systems on the value of our HF10 therapy as demonstrated by our pivotal U.S. clinical data. Physicians typically need to perform several procedures to become comfortable using HF10 therapy and Senza. If a physician experiences difficulties during an initial procedure or otherwise, that physician may be less likely to continue to use our product or to recommend it to other physicians. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts to educate physicians on the proper use of Senza, and to provide them with adequate product support during clinical procedures. It is important for our growth that these physicians advocate for the benefits of our products in the broader marketplace. If physicians misuse or ineffectively use our products, it could result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injuries, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

If our competitors are better able to develop and market neuromodulation products that are safer, more effective, less costly, easier to use or otherwise more attractive than Senza, our business will be adversely impacted.

        The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to technological change. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish a competitive position in the neuromodulation market by securing broad market acceptance of our HF10 therapy and Senza for the treatment of chronic pain conditions. Any product we develop that achieves regulatory clearance or approval will have to compete for market acceptance and market share. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the neuromodulation market are demonstrated clinical effectiveness, product safety, reliability and durability, ease of use, product support and service, minimal side effects and salesforce experience and relationships. We face significant competition in the United States and internationally, which we believe will intensify if we enter the U.S. market. For example, our major competitors, Medtronic, Inc., Boston Scientific Corporation and St. Jude Medical, Inc., each has approved neuromodulation systems in at least the United States, Europe, and Australia and have been established for several years. In addition, we understand that St. Jude Medical is working on a U.S. pivotal study for its burst stimulation technology, intended for chronic pain relief with minimal paresthesia, and that Boston Scientific has made public its commencement of recruiting patients for a randomized clinical trial of a high-frequency SCS therapy. In addition to these major competitors, we may also face competition from other emerging competitors and smaller companies with active neuromodulation system development programs that may emerge in the future. Many of the companies developing or marketing competing products enjoy several advantages over us, including:

15


Table of Contents

        Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products earlier than us, obtain patents that may apply to us at any time, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than us or develop more effective or less expensive products or technologies that render our technology or products obsolete or less competitive. We also face fierce competition in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, scientific, and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and enrolling patients in clinical studies. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, our business may be harmed.

We only recently began commercializing Senza in the EEA and Australia and we may never achieve market acceptance.

        Senza has been CE marked since 2010, enabling us to commercialize it throughout the EEA, which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the European Union, or EU, plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland. It was also approved by the Australia Therapeutic Goods Administration, or TGA, in 2011. Senza has not yet been approved by the FDA. As a result, we have a limited history of commercializing our product and no history of selling Senza in the United States. We have limited experience engaging in commercial activities and limited established relationships with physicians and hospitals as well as third-party suppliers on whom we depend for the manufacture of our product. We may be unable to gain broader market acceptance in the countries in which we have already begun to commercialize Senza, or, if approved by the FDA, successfully commercialize it in the United States for a number of reasons, including:

        Moreover, physicians and hospitals may not perceive the benefits of our products and may be unwilling to change from the SCS devices they are currently using. Communicating the benefits of Senza and HF10 therapy to these physicians and hospitals requires a significant commitment by our marketing team and sales organization. Physicians and hospitals may be slow to change their practices because of perceived risks arising from the use of new products. Physicians may not recommend or use Senza until there is more long-term commercial experience to convince them to alter their existing treatment methods, or until they receive additional recommendations from other physicians that our

16


Table of Contents

product is effective. We cannot predict when, if ever, physicians and hospitals may adopt use of our product. If we are unable to educate physicians and hospitals about the advantages of our HF10 therapy and Senza, do not achieve significantly greater market acceptance of our product, do not gain momentum in our sales activities, or fail to significantly grow our market share, we will not be able to grow our revenue and our business and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Our competitors are large, well-established companies with substantially greater resources than us and have a long history of competing in the SCS market.

        Our current and potential competitors are publicly traded, or are divisions of publicly-traded, major medical device companies that have substantially greater financial, technical, sales and marketing resources than we do. The existing global SCS market is estimated to be approximately $1.5 billion in 2014, with the United States comprising approximately 80% of the market. Given the size of the existing and potential market in the United States, we expect that as we prepare to initiate our commercial launch and launch in the United States our competitors will take aggressive action to protect their current market position. For example, in 2012, one of our principal competitors, Boston Scientific Corporation, made a number of allegations regarding the SENZA-RCT U.S. pivotal study, including that we had introduced bias into the study. We will face significant competition in establishing our market share in the United States and may encounter unforeseen obstacles and competitive challenges in the United States.

        In addition, we face a particular challenge overcoming the long-standing practices by some physicians of using the neuromodulation products of our larger, more established competitors. Physicians who have completed many successful implants using the neuromodulation products made by these competitors may be reluctant to try new products from a source with which they are less familiar. If these physicians do not try and subsequently adopt our product, then our revenue growth will slow or decline.

        Further, a number of our competitors are currently conducting, or we anticipate will be conducting, clinical trials to demonstrate the results of their SCS systems. The results of these trials may be equivalent to, or potentially better than, the results of our pivotal U.S. trial.

If we fail to develop and retain an effective direct sales force in the United States, our business could suffer.

        In order to commercialize Senza in the United States, if approved by the FDA, we must build a substantial direct sales force. As we initiate our commercial launch and increase our marketing efforts, we will need to retain, grow and develop our direct sales personnel. We intend to make a significant investment in recruiting and training sales representatives in advance of PMA approval. There is significant competition for sales personnel experienced in relevant medical device sales. Once hired, the training process is lengthy because it requires significant education for new sales representatives to achieve the level of clinical competency with our products expected by physicians. Upon completion of the training, our sales representatives typically require lead time in the field to grow their network of accounts and achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach in any individual territory. Furthermore, the use of our products often requires or benefits from direct support from us. If we are unable to attract, motivate, develop and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales personnel, and if our sales representatives do not achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach, our revenue will not grow at the rate we expect and our financial performance will suffer. Also, to the extent we hire personnel from our competitors, we may have to wait until applicable non-competition provisions have expired before deploying such personnel in restricted territories or incur costs to relocate personnel outside of such territories, and we have been in the past, and may be subject to future allegations that these new hires have been improperly solicited, or that they have divulged to us proprietary or other confidential information of their former employers. Any of these risks may adversely affect our business.

17


Table of Contents

Our success depends on physicians' use of our HF10 therapy to treat chronic back pain.

        Our success is dependent on physicians' acceptance and use of our HF10 therapy to treat chronic back pain. We believe a significant limitation of current neuromodulation systems is the limited evidence supporting efficacy of traditional SCS for treating chronic back pain. Senza utilizes high-frequency stimulation technology capable of delivering waveform of up to 10,000 Hz for spinal cord stimulation that has been shown to be effective in the treatment of both leg and back pain. However, we may face challenges convincing physicians, many of whom have extensive experience with competitors' SCS products and established relationships with other companies, to appreciate the benefits of HF10 therapy and, in particular, its ability to treat back pain as well as leg pain, and adopt it for treatment of their patients. If Senza is unable to gain acceptance by physicians for the treatment of back pain, our potential to expand the existing neuromodulation market will be significantly limited and our revenue potential will be negatively impacted.

Traditional SCS has been available for over 40 years, while Senza has only been commercially available since 2010 and, as a result, we have a limited track record compared to our competitors.

        Traditional SCS has been commercialized since 1967, while we only began commercializing Senza internationally in 2010. Because we have a limited commercial track record compared to our competitors and Senza has been implanted in patients for less than five years, physicians may be slower to adopt or recommend Senza. Further, while we believe our international commercial experience and our European two year study and U.S. pivotal study support the safety and effectiveness of our HF10 therapy, future studies or patient experience over a longer period of time may indicate that treatment with our HF10 therapy does not achieve non-inferiority status as compared to treatment with competitive products or that our HF10 therapy causes unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects. Such results would likely slow the adoption of Senza and significantly reduce our sales, which would harm our business and adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, if patients with traditional SCS implantations were to experience unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen effects, the market for Senza may be adversely affected, even if such effects are not applicable to Senza.

Our past results in the international markets in which we commercialize Senza should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance in those markets or, if approved for sale, in the United States

        Our revenue has increased from $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 on the basis of our sales of Senza in Europe and Australia; however, we do not expect to continue this rate of revenue growth in these international markets. Due to our current penetration in these markets, we expect to grow less rapidly in the future than we have in the past in these markets.

        In addition, the characteristics of these markets differ significantly from the U.S. market, including as a result of differences in payor systems and patient treatment regimens. As a result of the differences in these markets, you should not compare our financial results in the international market to any potential future results in the U.S. market nor should you rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Our international operations subject us to certain operating risks, which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

        Sales of Senza outside the United States represented all of our revenue from Senza sales in the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014. In 2010 we began selling Senza in the EEA through distributors and, in August 2011, we began selling Senza in Australia through our own sales force and distributors. As of June 30, 2014, we sell Senza directly in Austria, Switzerland, United Kingdom, Sweden, Australia, Belgium, Luxembourg and Germany and through

18


Table of Contents

distributors and agents located in the Netherlands, Spain, Italy, Slovakia, Turkey, Kuwait and Ireland. The sale and shipment of Senza across international borders, as well as the purchase of components from international sources, subject us to U.S. and foreign governmental trade, import and export, and customs regulations and laws.

        Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. Other laws and regulations that can significantly impact us include various anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as export controls laws. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business activities and exclusion or debarment from government contracting.

        Our international operations expose us and our distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include:

        If we experience any of these risks, our sales in non-U.S. jurisdictions may be harmed and our results of operations would suffer.

19


Table of Contents

We are dependent upon third-party manufacturers and suppliers, in some cases sole- or single-source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

        We rely on a limited number of suppliers who manufacture and assemble certain components of Senza.

        Our suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including, for example, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, equipment malfunction and environmental factors, failure to properly conduct their own business affairs, and infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our requirements. Our reliance on these third-party suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:

        If Senza is approved for sale in the United States, we may not be able to quickly establish additional or alternative suppliers if necessary, in part because we may need to undertake additional activities to establish such suppliers as required by the regulatory approval process. Any interruption or delay in obtaining products from our third-party suppliers, or our inability to obtain products from qualified alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to switch to competing products. Given our reliance on certain single-source suppliers, we are especially susceptible to supply shortages because we do not have alternate suppliers currently available.

20


Table of Contents

We rely upon third-party, single-source, and in certain cases sole-source, suppliers for many of the components and materials used in Senza, and for critical manufacturing and packaging services, and the loss of any of these suppliers could harm our business.

        A number of the critical components used in Senza are supplied to us from single-source, or in certain cases sole-source, suppliers, including our leads and lead extenders, neurostimulator components, telemetry modules, batteries, and packaging services. Our ability to supply Senza commercially depends, in part, on our ability to obtain a supply of these components that has been manufactured in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities for commercialization and clinical testing. We have not entered into manufacturing, supply or quality agreements with all of our single-source and sole-source suppliers, some of which supply components critical to our products. We are not certain that our single-source or sole-source suppliers will be able to meet our demand for their products and services, either because of the nature of our agreements with those suppliers, or our limited experience with those suppliers, or due to our relative importance as a customer to those suppliers. It may be difficult for us to assess their ability to timely meet our demand in the future based on past performance. While our suppliers have generally met our demand for their products on a timely basis in the past, they may subordinate our needs in the future to their other customers.

        Establishing additional or replacement suppliers for the components or processes used in Senza, if required, may not be accomplished quickly. If we are able to find a replacement supplier, such replacement supplier would need to be qualified and may require additional regulatory authority approval, which could result in further delay. While we seek to maintain adequate inventory of the single-source or sole-source components and materials used in our products, any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders.

        If our third-party suppliers fail to deliver the required commercial quantities of materials, or the level of services we require, on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, and we are unable to find one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost in substantially equivalent volumes and quality and on a timely basis, the continued commercialization of Senza would be impeded, delayed, limited or prevented, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to achieve profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to reduce the per unit manufacturing cost of Senza.

        Currently, the gross profit generated from the sale of Senza is not sufficient to cover our operating expenses. To achieve our operating and strategic goals, we need to, among other things, reduce the per unit manufacturing cost of Senza. This cannot be achieved without increasing the volume of components that we purchase in order to take advantage of volume based pricing discounts, improve manufacturing efficiency or increase our volume to leverage manufacturing overhead costs. If we are unable to improve manufacturing efficiency and reduce manufacturing overhead costs per unit, our ability to achieve profitability will be severely constrained. Any increase in manufacturing volumes is dependent upon a corresponding increase in sales. The occurrence of one or more factors that negatively impact the manufacturing or sales of Senza or reduce our manufacturing efficiency may prevent us from achieving our desired reduction in manufacturing costs, which would negatively affect our operating results and may prevent us from attaining profitability.

We may not be able to establish or strengthen our brand.

        We believe that establishing and strengthening the Nevro and Senza brands is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of HF10 therapy, particularly because of the highly competitive nature of the

21


Table of Contents

market for SCS products. Promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing efforts and our ability to provide physicians with a reliable product for successful treatment of chronic leg and back pain. Given the established nature of our competitors, and our lack of commercialization in the United States, it is likely that our future marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expenses. These brand promotion activities may not yield increased sales and, even if they do, any sales increases may not offset the expenses we incur to promote our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or if we incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, our HF10 therapy may not be accepted by physicians, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely in part on a small group of third-party distributors to effectively distribute our products outside the United States.

        We depend in part on medical device distributors for the marketing and selling of our products in certain territories in Europe and Australia. We depend on these distributors' efforts to market our products, yet we are unable to control their efforts completely. These distributors typically sell a variety of other, non-competing products that may limit the resources they dedicate to selling Senza. In addition, we are unable to ensure that our distributors comply with all applicable laws regarding the sale of our products. If our distributors fail to effectively market and sell Senza, in full compliance with applicable laws, our operating results and business may suffer. Recruiting and retaining qualified third-party distributors and training them in our technology and product offering requires significant time and resources. To develop and expand our distribution, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support our distributors. Further, if our relationship with a successful distributor terminates, we may be unable to replace that distributor without disruption to our business. If we fail to maintain positive relationships with our distributors, fail to develop new relationships with other distributors, including in new markets, fail to manage, train or incentivize existing distributors effectively, or fail to provide distributors with competitive products on attractive terms, or if these distributors are not successful in their sales efforts, our revenue may decrease and our operating results, reputation and business may be harmed.

If third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for the use of Senza, our revenue will be negatively impacted.

        Our success in marketing Senza depends and will depend in large part on whether U.S. and international government health administrative authorities, private health insurers and other organizations adequately cover and reimburse customers for the cost of our products.

        In the United States, we expect to derive nearly all our sales from sales of Senza to hospitals and outpatient surgery centers who typically bill various third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid, private commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations, to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with Senza and bill patients for any applicable deductibles or co-payments. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for SCS procedures using Senza (and our other products in development) by third-party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by our customers.

        Because there is generally no separate reimbursement for medical devices and other supplies used in such procedures, including Senza and our HF10 therapy, and because we believe that SCS procedures using Senza, if approved, would be adequately described by existing CPT, HCPCS II and ICD-9-CM codes for the implantation of spinal cord stimulators and related leads performed in various sites of care, some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt Senza over more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives already available or subsequently become available. Further, any decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our customers for SCS procedures using Senza could make it difficult for new customers to adopt Senza and could create additional pricing pressure for us, which could adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business.

22


Table of Contents

        Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services can differ significantly from payor to payor. In addition, payors continually review new technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny coverage for these new products and procedures. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained, or maintained if obtained.

        Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region within some countries, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. In many international markets, a product must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. Further, many international markets have government-managed healthcare systems that control reimbursement for new devices and procedures. For example, the governmental healthcare system in France has not yet approved reimbursement of Senza. In most markets there are private insurance systems as well as government-managed systems. If sufficient coverage and reimbursement is not available for our current or future products, in either the United States or internationally, the demand for our products and our revenues will be adversely affected.

If we fail to receive access to hospital facilities, our sales may decrease.

        In the United States, in order for physicians to use Senza, we expect that the hospital facilities where these physicians treat patients will typically require us to enter into purchasing contracts. This process can be lengthy and time-consuming and require extensive negotiations and management time. In the EU, from time to time certain institutions require us to engage in a contract bidding process in the event that such institutions are considering making purchase commitments that exceed specified cost thresholds, which vary by jurisdiction. These processes are only open at certain periods of time, and we may not be successful in the bidding process. If we do not receive access to hospital facilities via these contracting processes or otherwise, or if we are unable to secure contracts or tender successful bids, our sales may decrease and our operating results may be harmed. Furthermore, we may expend significant effort in these time-consuming processes and still may not obtain a purchase contract from such hospitals.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

        We have been growing rapidly in recent periods and have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial company. We intend to continue to grow and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion, which could place a significant additional strain on our limited personnel, information technology systems and other resources. In particular, the hiring of our direct sales force in the United States requires significant management, financial and other supporting resources. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

        To achieve our revenue goals, we must successfully increase manufacturing output to meet expected customer demand. In the future, we may experience difficulties with manufacturing yields, quality control, component supply and shortages of qualified personnel, among other problems. These problems could result in delays in product availability and increases in expenses. Any such delay or increased expense could adversely affect our ability to generate our revenue.

        Future growth will also impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train and integrate additional employees. In addition, rapid and significant growth will place a strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure.

23


Table of Contents

        In order to manage our operations and growth we will need to continue to improve our operational and management controls, reporting and information technology systems and financial internal control procedures. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business strategy and our operating results and business could suffer.

If clinical studies for future indications do not produce results necessary to support regulatory clearance or approval in the United States or elsewhere, we will be unable to commercialize our products for these indications.

        We are currently conducting clinical trials for Senza to explore the potential for HF10 therapy to treat other chronic pain indications, including pre-spinal surgery patients, chronic intractable neck and upper extremity pain and refractory chronic migraine. We will likely need to conduct additional clinical studies in the future to support approval for these new indications. Clinical testing takes many years, is expensive and carries uncertain outcomes. The initiation and completion of any of these studies may be prevented, delayed, or halted for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

        Clinical failure can occur at any stage of the testing. Our clinical studies may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical or non-clinical studies in addition to those we have planned. Our failure to adequately demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of any of our devices would prevent receipt of regulatory clearance or approval and, ultimately, the commercialization of that device or indication for use.

24


Table of Contents

        We could also encounter delays if the FDA concludes that our financial relationships with investigators results in a perceived or actual conflict of interest that may have affected the interpretation of a study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site or the utility of the clinical trial itself. Principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive cash compensation and/or stock options in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation to or ownership interest by the clinical investigator carrying out the study result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or if the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected interpretation of the study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection of our PMA by the FDA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing any of our products currently in development.

        Even if our products are approved in the United States, Australia and the EEA, comparable regulatory authorities of additional foreign countries must also approve the manufacturing and marketing of our products in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, Australia or the EEA, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

We may face product liability claims that could result in costly litigation and significant liabilities.

        Manufacturing and marketing of Senza, and clinical testing of our HF10 therapy, may expose us to product liability and other tort claims. Although we have, and intend to maintain, liability insurance, the coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate and one or more successful claims brought against us may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For example, the U.S. Supreme Court recently declined to hear an appeal where the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit ruled that the 1976 Medical Device Amendments to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act did not preempt state laws in a product liability case involving a medical device company. If other courts in the United States adopt similar rulings, we may be subject to increased litigation risk in connection with our products. Product liability claims could negatively affect our reputation, continued product sales, and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for our products.

If we fail to retain our key executives or recruit and hire new employees, our operations and financial results may be adversely effected while we attract other highly qualified personnel.

        Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain our executive officers and other key employees and recruit and hire new employees. All of our executive officers and other employees are at-will employees, and therefore may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. The replacement of any of our key personnel likely would involve significant time and costs, may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and may harm our business.

        In addition, many of our employees have become or will soon become vested in a substantial amount of stock or number of stock options. Our employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock. Further, our employees' ability to exercise those options and sell their stock in a public market after the closing of this offering may result in a higher than normal turnover rate.

        Our future success also depends on our ability to retain executive officers and other key employees and attract new key employees. Many executive officers and employees in the neuromodulation and medical device industry are subject to strict non-compete or confidentiality agreements with their

25


Table of Contents

employers, including our main competitors Medtronic, Inc., Boston Scientific Corp., and St. Jude Medical, Inc. In addition, some of our existing and future employees are or may be subject to confidentiality agreements with previous employers. Our competitors may allege breaches of and seek to enforce such non-compete agreements or initiate litigation based on such confidentiality agreements. Such litigation, whether or not meritorious, may impede our ability to attract or use executive officers and other key employees who have been employed by our competitors and may result in intellectual property claims against us. Boston Scientific Corp., for example, has initiated a lawsuit against one of our employees alleging that the employee cannot work for us without inevitably disclosing Boston Scientific's proprietary information. Although we are not a party to this lawsuit, it has impeded our ability to utilize this employee. It is likely that we will experience similar aggressive tactics by our competitors as they seek to protect their market position, particularly as we prepare to enter the U.S. market.

Failure to protect our information technology infrastructure against cyber-based attacks, network security breaches, service interruptions, or data corruption could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and operating results.

        We rely on information technology and telephone networks and systems, including the Internet, to process and transmit sensitive electronic information and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including sales, billing, marketing, procurement and supply chain, manufacturing, and distribution. We use enterprise information technology systems to record, process, and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory, financial reporting, legal, and tax requirements. Our information technology systems, some of which are managed by third-parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions, or shutdowns due to computer viruses, attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or components thereof, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent breakdowns in our information technology and telephone systems, if our systems suffer severe damage, disruption, or shutdown and we are unable to effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our business and operating results may suffer.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We may in the future become involved in lawsuits to defend ourselves against intellectual property disputes, which could be expensive and time consuming, and ultimately unsuccessful, and could result in the diversion of significant resources, and hinder our ability to commercialize our existing or future products.

        Our success depends in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of others. Intellectual property disputes can be costly to defend and may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer. Significant litigation regarding patent rights occurs in the medical industry. Whether merited or not, it is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our products. We may also face allegations that our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property rights of their former employers or other third parties. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit, or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use, sell, and/or export our products. For example, our major competitors, Medtronic, Inc., Boston Scientific Corp., and St. Jude Medical, Inc., each have significant patent portfolios covering systems, sub-systems, methods, and manufacturing processes. These competitors may have one or more patents for which they can threaten and/or initiate patent infringement actions against us and/or any of our third-party suppliers. Our ability to defend ourselves and/or our third-party suppliers may be limited by our financial and human resources, the availability of reasonable defenses, and the ultimate acceptance of our defenses

26


Table of Contents

by the courts or juries. Further, if such patents are successfully asserted against us, this may result in an adverse impact on our business, including injunctions, damages, and/or attorneys' fees. From time to time and in the ordinary course of business, we may develop noninfringement and/or invalidity positions with respect to third-party patents, which may or not be ultimately adjudicated as successful by a judge or jury if such patents were asserted against us.

        We may receive in the future, particularly as a public company, communications from patent holders, including non-practicing entities, alleging infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights or misappropriation of trade secrets, or offering licenses to such intellectual property. Any claims that we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights. At any given time, we may be involved as either a plaintiff or a defendant in a number of patent infringement actions, the outcomes of which may not be known for prolonged periods of time.

        The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technologies involved and the uncertainty of litigation significantly increase the risks related to any patent litigation. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

        From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business with respect to intellectual property. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Finally, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

        If any of the foregoing occurs, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse

27


Table of Contents

effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the neuromodulation industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.

        In addition, we may indemnify our customers, suppliers and international distributors against claims relating to the infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties relating to our products, methods, and/or manufacturing processes. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers, suppliers, or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, suppliers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers, suppliers, or distributors or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products, or our suppliers may be forced to stop providing us with products.

        Similarly, interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions or other matters of inventorship with respect to our patents or patent applications. We may also become involved in other proceedings, such as re-examination or opposition proceedings, before the USPTO or its foreign counterparts relating to our intellectual property or the intellectual property rights of others. An unfavorable outcome in any such proceedings could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party, or could cause us to lose valuable intellectual property rights. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Litigation or other proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may also become involved in disputes with others regarding the ownership of intellectual property rights. For example, we jointly develop intellectual property with certain parties, and disagreements may therefore arise as to the ownership of the intellectual property developed pursuant to these relationships. If we are unable to resolve these disputes, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.

        Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, may affect patent litigation, and switched the United States patent system from a "first-to-invent" system to a "first-to-file" system. Under a "first-to-file" system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, in particular, the first-to-file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement and defense of our patents

28


Table of Contents

and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by United States and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

        The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products or procedures, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products that are the same as or similar to our own, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

        Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries, and the breadth of patent claims allowed can be inconsistent. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories in which we have patent protection that may not be sufficient to terminate infringing activities.

        We do not have patent rights in certain foreign countries in which a market may exist. Moreover, in foreign jurisdictions where we do have patent rights, proceedings to enforce such rights could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, such proceedings could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling in foreign countries products that are the same as or similar to our products, and our competitive position in the international market would be harmed.

29


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with our obligations under our existing intellectual property license with the Mayo Foundation or under future license agreements, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

        We are currently a party to a license agreement, or the Mayo License, with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Foundation. Our Mayo License imposes, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various diligence, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. For example, the Mayo License requires that we continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to commercialize products incorporating the technology we license and to satisfy other specified obligations, including the payment of royalties on the sales of such products. If we fail to comply with our obligations under the Mayo License or future license agreements, the counterparty to the license may have the right to terminate such license. If, following termination of the Mayo License, we continue to market products that are covered by the license, we may be subject to disputes with the Mayo Foundation which may be costly and time-consuming. Further, if any future licenses we enter into are terminated, we may need to negotiate new or reinstated licenses with less favorable terms, and we could lose access to critical technology related to our existing or future products.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

        We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of former employers or competitors. In addition, six of our nine executive officers and key employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, have worked for our major competitors (or companies acquired by these competitors), which include Boston Scientific Corporation, Medtronic, Inc. and St. Jude Medical, Inc. Although we have procedures in place that seek to prevent our employees and consultants from using the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of a former employer or competitor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our products would have a material adverse effect on our business, and may prevent us from selling our products or from practicing our processes. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

        Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. In addition, third parties have registered trademarks similar and identical to our trademarks in foreign jurisdictions, and may in the future file for registration of such trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we were not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we

30


Table of Contents

may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products in those countries. In any case, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

        In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our consultants and vendors, or our former or current employees. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, however, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our trade secrets and other unpatented or unregistered proprietary information, and once disclosed, we are likely to lose trade secret protection. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to enforce trade secret protection.

        Further, our competitors may independently develop knowledge, methods and know-how similar, equivalent, or superior to our proprietary technology. Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. In addition, our key employees, consultants, suppliers or other individuals with access to our proprietary technology and know-how may incorporate that technology and know-how into projects and inventions developed independently or with third parties. As a result, disputes may arise regarding the ownership of the proprietary rights to such technology or know-how, and any such dispute may not be resolved in our favor. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us and our competitive position could be adversely affected. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors' products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

Risks Related to our Financial and Operating Results

We will be required to obtain additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

        Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception, and we anticipate our expenses will increase as we build a commercial sales force in the United States, investigate the use of our HF10 therapy for the treatment of other chronic pain conditions, continue to grow our business and transition to operating as a public company. We believe that our growth will depend, in part, on our ability to fund our commercialization efforts and our efforts to develop Senza and our HF10 therapy for the treatment of chronic pain and technology complementary to our current products. Our existing resources may not allow us to conduct all of the activities that we believe would be beneficial for our future growth. As a result, we may need to seek funds in the future. If we are unable to raise funds on favorable terms, or at all, we may not be able to support our commercialization efforts or increase our research and development activities and the growth of our business may be negatively impacted. As a result, we may be unable to compete effectively. For the year ended December 31,

31


Table of Contents

2013, our net cash used in operating activities was $21.1 million as compared to $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and as of June 30, 2014 our working capital was $53.7 million, which included $17.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, as well as $24.2 million in short-term investments. Our cash requirements in the future may be significantly different from our current estimates and depend on many factors, including:

        To finance these activities, we may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt offerings and collaborative arrangements with corporate partners. We may be unable to raise funds on favorable terms, or at all.

        The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If we borrow additional funds or issue debt securities, these securities could have rights superior to holders of our common stock and could contain covenants that will restrict our operations. We might have to obtain funds through arrangements with collaborative partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to our technologies, product candidates, or products that we otherwise would not relinquish. If we do not obtain additional resources, our ability to capitalize on business opportunities will be limited, we may be unable to compete effectively and the growth of our business will be harmed.

Our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, which may negatively impact our stock price in the future.

        Our quarterly revenue and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to, among others, the following reasons:

32


Table of Contents

        Because of these and other factors, it is likely that in some future period our operating results will not meet investor expectations or those of public market analysts.

        Any unanticipated change in revenues or operating results is likely to cause our stock price to fluctuate. New information may cause investors and analysts to revalue our business, which could cause a decline in our stock price.

We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources, reduce our cash flows and lead to inventory impairment charges.

        As a result of the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory, we are subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence and expiration, which may lead to inventory impairment charges. Our products consist of a substantial number of individual components. In order to market and sell Senza effectively, we often must maintain high levels of inventory. The manufacturing process requires lengthy lead times, during which components of our products may become obsolete, and we may over- or under-estimate the amount needed of a given component, in which case we may expend extra resources or be constrained in the amount of end product that we can produce. As compared to direct manufacturers, our dependence on third-party manufacturers exposes us to greater lead times increasing our risk of inventory obsolesce comparatively. Furthermore, our products have a limited shelf life due to sterilization requirements, and part or all of a given product or component may expire and its value would become impaired and we would be required to record an impairment charge. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014, we recorded charges of $1.1 million and $12,000, respectively, for the write down of excess and obsolete inventory. In addition, we will need to build up our inventory in advance of our commercial launch in the United States in order to meet our estimated demand. If our estimates of required inventory are too high, we may be exposed to further inventory obsolesce risk. In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete or expires, or in the event we experience a supply chain imbalance as described above, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.

The seasonality of our business creates variance in our quarterly revenue, which makes it difficult to compare or forecast our financial results.

        Our revenue fluctuates on a seasonal basis, which affects the comparability of our results between periods. For example, we have historically experienced lower sales in the summer months and around the holidays, primarily due to the buying patterns and implant volumes of our distributors, hospitals and clinics. These seasonal variations are difficult to predict accurately, may vary amongst different markets, and at times may be entirely unpredictable, which introduce additional risk into our business as we rely upon forecasts of customer demand to build inventory in advance of anticipated sales. In addition, we believe our limited history commercializing our products has, in part, made our seasonal patterns more difficult to discern, making it more difficult to predict future seasonal patterns.

We are subject to risks associated with currency fluctuations, and changes in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our results of operations.

        All of our current business is located outside the United States and, as a result, we generate revenue and incur expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, a majority of which is denominated in Euros and Australian Dollars. In 2012 and 2013, nearly all of our total revenue was denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, changes in the exchange rates between such foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could materially impact our reported results of operations and distort period to period comparisons. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates also impact the reporting

33


Table of Contents

of our receivables and payables in non-U.S. currencies. As a result of such foreign currency fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations. In addition, to the extent that fluctuations in currency exchange rates cause our results of operations to differ from our expectations or the expectations of our investors, the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

        In the future, we may engage in exchange rate hedging activities in an effort to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations. If our hedging activities are not effective, changes in currency exchange rates may have a more significant impact on our results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses and tax credits to offset future taxable income and taxes may be subject to certain limitations.

        In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and other tax attributes, such as research and development tax credits to offset future taxable income and taxes.

        We may have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, one or more Section 382 "ownership changes," including in connection with our initial public offering. If so, or if we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs and tax credits, even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs and tax credits in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs and tax credits. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks Related to Regulation of our Industry

Senza is subject to extensive governmental regulation, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

        The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state and foreign regulatory agencies and authorities, such as the EU legislative bodies and the EEA Member State Competent Authorities. The FDA and other U.S., EEA and foreign governmental agencies and authorities regulate and oversee, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

34


Table of Contents

        The laws and regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Legislative or regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

        Our failure to comply with U.S. federal and state regulations or EEA or other foreign regulations applicable in the countries where we operate could lead to the issuance of warning letters or untitled letters, the imposition of injunctions, suspensions or loss of regulatory clearance or approvals, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. In the most extreme cases, criminal sanctions or closure of our manufacturing facilities are possible. If any of these risks materialize, our business would be adversely affected.

Senza is also subject to extensive governmental regulation in foreign jurisdictions, such as Europe, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

        In the EEA, Senza must comply with the Essential Requirements laid down in Annex I to the EU Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive. Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the CE mark to Senza, without which they cannot be marketed or sold in the EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the Essential Requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE Mark to Senza, we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and which are not sterile), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the Essential Requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body, which is an organization designated by a competent authority of an EEA country to conduct conformity assessments. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would audit and examine the Technical File and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a CE Certificate of Conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the Essential Requirements. This Certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity.

        As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the Essential Requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use and that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device (e.g., product labeling and instructions for use) are supported by suitable evidence. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained from (1) clinical studies conducted on the devices being assessed, (2) scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated or (3) both clinical studies and scientific literature. With respect to active implantable medical devices or Class III devices, the manufacturer must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless reliance on existing clinical data from equivalent devices can be justified. The conduct of clinical studies in the EEA is governed by detailed regulatory obligations. These may include the requirement of prior authorization by the competent authorities of the country in which the study takes place and the requirement to obtain a positive opinion from a competent Ethics Committee. This process can be expensive and time-consuming.

        In order to continue to sell Senza in Europe, we must maintain our CE Mark and continue to comply with certain EU Directives. Our failure to continue to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, including those administered by authorities of the EEA countries, could result in enforcement actions against us, including refusal, suspension or withdrawal of our CE Certificates of Conformity by our Notified Body (the British Standards Institution, or BSI), which could impair our ability to market products in the EEA in the future.

35


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation that could make it more expensive and time consuming for us to bring Senza to market in the United States and introduce new or improved products.

        Our products must comply with regulatory requirements imposed by the FDA in the United States and similar agencies in foreign jurisdictions. These requirements involve lengthy and detailed laboratory and clinical testing procedures, sampling activities, extensive agency review processes, and other costly and time-consuming procedures. It often takes several years to satisfy these requirements, depending on the complexity and novelty of the product. We also are subject to numerous additional licensing and regulatory requirements relating to safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. Some of the most important requirements we must comply with include:

        Government regulation may impede our ability to conduct clinical studies and to manufacture and sell our existing and future products. Government regulation also could delay our marketing of new products for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures on our activities. The FDA and other regulatory agencies may not approve Senza and any of our future products on a timely basis, if at all. Any delay in obtaining, or failure to obtain, such approvals could negatively impact our marketing of any future products and reduce our product revenues.

        Our products remain subject to strict regulatory controls on manufacturing, marketing and use. We may be forced to modify or recall a product after release in response to regulatory action or unanticipated difficulties encountered in general use. Any such action could have a material effect on the reputation of our products and on our business and financial position.

        Further, regulations may change, and any additional regulation could limit or restrict our ability to use any of our technologies, which could harm our business. We could also be subject to new international, federal, state or local regulations that could affect our research and development programs and harm our business in unforeseen ways. If this happens, we may have to incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations, which will harm our results of operations.

        In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive with a new regulation (the Medical Devices Regulation). Unlike the Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulation would be directly applicable in all EEA Member States and so is intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices.

        In October 2013, the European Parliament approved a package of reforms to the European Commission's proposals. Under the revised proposals, only designated "special notified bodies" would be entitled to conduct conformity assessments of high-risk devices, such as active implantable devices. These special notified bodies will need to notify the European Commission when they receive an application for a conformity assessment for a new high-risk device. The European Commission will then forward the notification and the accompanying documents on the device to the Medical Devices Coordination Group, or MDCG, (a new, yet to be created, body chaired by the European Commission, and representatives of Member States) for an opinion. These new procedures may result in the

36


Table of Contents

re-assessment of our existing medical devices, or a longer or more burdensome assessment of our new products.

        If adopted, the Medical Devices Regulation is expected to enter into force in 2015 and become applicable three years thereafter. In its current form it would, among other things, also impose additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of high risk medical devices, impose an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance, and provide for more strict clinical evidence requirements. While we believe that the Medical Device Regulation, if adopted in its current form, would likely require reassessment of Senza, the actual impact on Senza remains uncertain unless and until the adoption of a final Medical Device Regulation.

The misuse or off-label use of our product may harm our image in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business, or result in costly investigations and sanctions from the FDA and other regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in off-label promotion.

        Senza has been CE Marked in the EEA and approved by the TGA in Australia for specific treatments and anatomies and, if Senza is approved by the FDA, it will be approved for specific treatments and anatomies in the United States. We may only promote or market the Senza SCS system for its specifically approved indications as described on the approved label. We train our marketing and sales force against promoting our products for uses outside of the approved indications for use, known as "off-label uses." We cannot, however, prevent a physician from using our product off-label, when in the physician's independent professional medical judgment he or she deems appropriate. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to use our product off-label. Furthermore, the use of our product for indications other than those approved by the applicable regulatory body may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients.

        Physicians may also misuse our product or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. If our product is misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Product liability claims could divert management's attention from our core business, be expensive to defend, and result in sizable damage awards against us that may not be covered by insurance. In addition, if our products are approved for sale in the United States and the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations. Any of these events could significantly harm our business and results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

        Further, the advertising and promotion of our products is subject to EEA Member States laws implementing Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices, or the EU Medical Devices Directive, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. EEA Member State legislation may also restrict or impose limitations on our ability to advertise our products directly to the general public. In addition, voluntary EU and national Codes of Conduct provide guidelines on the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

37


Table of Contents

Senza may in the future be subject to notifications, recalls, or voluntary market withdrawals that could harm our reputation, business and financial results.

        The FDA, EEA Competent Authorities and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could affect patient safety. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must be based on an FDA finding that there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, conduct a product notification or recall to inform physicians of changes to instructions for use, or IFU, or if a deficiency in a device is found or suspected. A government-mandated recall or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other issues. Recalls, which include certain notifications and corrections as well as removals, of Senza could divert managerial and financial resources and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, harm our reputation with customers, and reduce our ability to achieve expected revenue.

        In addition, the manufacturing of our products is subject to extensive post-market regulation by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, and any failure by us or our contract manufacturers or suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements could result in recalls, facility closures, and other penalties. We and our suppliers and contract manufacturers are subject to the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, and comparable foreign regulations which govern the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the design, manufacture, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage, shipping, and servicing of medical devices. These regulations are enforced through periodic inspections of manufacturing facilities. Any manufacturing issues at our or our suppliers' or contract manufacturers' facilities, including failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in warning or untitled letters, manufacturing restrictions, voluntary or mandatory recalls or corrections, fines, withdrawals of regulatory clearances or approvals, product seizures, injunctions, or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties, which would adversely affect our business results and prospects.

We are required to report certain malfunctions, deaths, and serious injuries associated with our products, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions.

        Under the FDA medical device reporting, or MDR, regulations, medical device manufacturers are required to submit information to the FDA when they receive a report or become aware that a device has or may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or has or may have a malfunction that would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. All manufacturers placing medical devices on the market in the EEA are legally bound to report incidents involving devices they produce or sell to the regulatory agency, or competent authority, in whose jurisdiction the incident occurred. Under the EU Medical Devices Directive (Directive 93/42/EEC), an incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient, or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health.

        Malfunction of our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls, including corrections, or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection or enforcement actions. If malfunctions do occur, we may be unable to correct the malfunctions adequately or prevent further malfunctions, in which case we may need to cease manufacture and distribution of the affected products, initiate voluntary recalls, and redesign the products. Regulatory authorities may also take actions against us, such as ordering recalls, imposing fines, or seizing the affected products. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results.

38


Table of Contents

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA, an EEA Competent Authority or another governmental authority, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

        The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities such as the Competent Authorities of the EEA countries have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers' demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.

We may be subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations, and a finding of failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors for our products, we are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal, state and foreign governments, which could significantly impact our business. In the United States, the laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

39


Table of Contents

        The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management's attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business

        If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from governmental health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on us.

        In March 2010, the ACA was signed into law, which includes, among other things, a deductible 2.3% excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States, with limited exceptions, effective January 1, 2013. This excise tax is resulting in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry, and if any efforts we undertake to offset the excise tax are unsuccessful as we begin to sell the product in the United States, the increased tax burden could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Other elements of the PPACA, including comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board and payment system reforms, including shared savings pilots and other provisions, may significantly affect the payment for, and the availability of, healthcare services and result in fundamental changes to federal healthcare reimbursement programs, any of which may materially affect numerous aspects of our business.

40


Table of Contents

        In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, was signed into law which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to certain providers, including hospitals.

        We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

Our future success depends on our ability to develop, receive regulatory clearance or approval for, and introduce new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market in a timely manner.

        It is important to our business that we build a pipeline of product offerings for treatment of chronic pain. As such, our success will depend in part on our ability to develop and introduce new products. However, we may not be able to successfully develop and obtain regulatory clearance or approval for product enhancements, or new products, or these products may not be accepted by physicians or the payors who financially support many of the procedures performed with our products.

        The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

        If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand or if there is insufficient demand for these products or enhancements, or if our competitors introduce new products with functionalities that are superior to ours, our results of operations will suffer.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

        As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and will be required to comply

41


Table of Contents

with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly.

        In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and may need to establish an internal audit function. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. Additional compensation costs and any future equity awards will increase our compensation expense, which would increase our general and administrative expense and could adversely affect our profitability. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance on reasonable terms. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers

Our stock price may be volatile and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid.

        The trading price of our common stock following this offering could be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include those discussed in this "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus and others such as:

42


Table of Contents

        In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for medical device stocks in particular, have experienced volatility that may have been unrelated to the operating performance of the issuer. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price or liquidity of our common stock. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the issuer. If any of our stockholders were to bring such a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit and the attention of our management would be diverted from the operation of our business, which could seriously harm our financial position. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.

        Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to continue funding our activities related to seeking U.S. regulatory approval and preparing for the commercial launch of Senza in the United States, and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including research and development. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the public offering price.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock, and an active public market for our shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following the consummation of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies or in-license new product candidates using our shares as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may

43


Table of Contents

never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our clinical trials and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We are an "emerging growth company" and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

        As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our second annual report following this offering, which will be for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our management report on internal control over financial reporting be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent we are no longer an "emerging growth company," as defined by the JOBS Act. We do not expect to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to our management report on internal control over financial reporting for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

        If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting are effective, or, when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control

44


Table of Contents

over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock before giving effect to this offering. Accordingly, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate substantial dilution of approximately $         per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014. In addition, following this offering, purchasers in this offering will have contributed approximately      % of the total gross consideration paid by stockholders to us to purchase shares of our common stock, but will own only approximately      % of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or outstanding options or convertible securities are exercised, you could experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled "Dilution."

If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

        We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

        If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of            shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, approximately            shares of our common stock, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

        The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, as of June 30, 2014, up to an additional            shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market,            of which shares are held by current directors, executive officers and other affiliates and may be subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

45


Table of Contents

        In addition, as of June 30, 2014, approximately 67.1 million shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

        After this offering, the holders of approximately 415.3 million shares of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2014, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting schedules and to the lock-up agreements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

        As of October 1, 2014, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately 88.9% of our outstanding voting stock and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will hold approximately      % of our outstanding voting stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options). Therefore, even after this offering these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that could significantly reduce the value of our shares to a potential acquirer or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. The provisions in our charter documents will include the following:

46


Table of Contents

        In addition, these provisions would apply even if we were to receive an offer that some stockholders may consider beneficial.

        We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction. For a description of our capital stock, see the section titled "Description of Capital Stock."

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

47


Table of Contents

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

        We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend to pay dividends, your ability to receive a return on your investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased it.

48


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "aim," "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "contemplate," "continue," "could," "due," "estimate," "expect," "goal," "intend," "may," "objective," "plan," "predict," "potential," "positioned," "seek," "should," "target," "will," "would," and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

        These forward-looking statements are based on management's current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and management's beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include,

49


Table of Contents

among other things, those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Potential investors are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

50


Table of Contents


MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

        This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our Senza SCS system, including data regarding the estimated patient population in the SCS market, their projected growth rates, the perceptions and preferences of patients and physicians regarding the chronic pain conditions that we are pursuing or may pursue, as well as data regarding market research, estimates and forecasts prepared by our management. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

51


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of      shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $       million at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that net proceeds will be approximately $       million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $       million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $       million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

        We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

        However, due to the uncertainties inherent in the development and regulatory approval process, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. As such, our management will retain discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the timing of U.S. regulatory approval and commercial launch of Senza, the size, scope and timing of any additional research and development efforts and clinical trials that we may decide to pursue for Senza for potential future indications or chronic pain conditions and the amount of revenue received from our existing sales in Europe and Australia. Following our commercial launch of Senza in the United States, if Senza is approved by the FDA, we may need to raise additional capital. For additional information regarding our potential capital requirements, see "We will be required to obtain additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all" under the heading "Risk Factors."

        Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or government securities.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors.

52


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and capitalization as of June 30, 2014:

        You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings

53


Table of Contents

"Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  As of June 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro
Forma
  Pro Forma As
Adjusted (1) (2)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and
per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 41,616   $ 41,616   $    
               
               


 

 

Capitalization

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 130,508,081 shares authorized, 130,508,081 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $ 47,217          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 234,485,750 shares authorized, 234,485,749 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    106,105          

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Preferred stock, par value of $0.001 per share; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 472,000,000 shares authorized, 32,042,663 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 290,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 397,036,493 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    32     397        

Additional paid-in capital

    6,763     159,720        

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    17     17     17  

Accumulated deficit

    (105,722 )   (105,722 )   (105,722 )
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (98,910 )   54,412        
               

Total capitalization

  $ 54,412   $ 54,412   $    
               
               

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholder's equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and stockholders' equity by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

54


Table of Contents

(2)
We are obligated to issue 500,000 shares of our common stock to the Mayo Foundation upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to a license agreement. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, total stockholders' equity would increase by approximately $         million and total capitalization would increase by approximately $         million after giving effect to such issuance. For additional information, see "Business—Intellectual Property—The Mayo License."

        The outstanding share information in the table above excludes the following:

55


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of June 30, 2014, we had a historical net tangible book value of $(98.9) million, or $(3.09) per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, all divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on June 30, 2014. Our pro forma net tangible book value at June 30, 2014, before giving effect to this offering, was $         million, or $        per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value, before the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, gives effect to:

        After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2014 would have been approximately $         million, or $        per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $        per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $        per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $               

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

  $ (3.09 )      

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share

             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

             

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

        $               
             
             

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 after this offering by approximately $         million, or approximately $        per share, and would decrease (increase) dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $        per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 after this offering by approximately $         million, or approximately $        per share, and would decrease (increase) dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $        per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

56


Table of Contents

        If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would increase to approximately $        per share, and there would be an immediate dilution of approximately $        per share to new investors.

        To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, before giving effect to the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

        The following table shows, as of June 30, 2014, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (in thousands, except share and per share amounts and percentages):

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

          % $                    % $               

Investors participating in this offering

                        $               
                         

Total

        100 % $                  100 %      
                         
                         

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 397,036,493 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and excludes the following:

57


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        We derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

        You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue:

  $ 18,150   $ 23,500   $ 11,106   $ 14,190  

Cost of revenue

    7,527     9,473     4,451     5,521  
                   

Gross profit

    10,623     14,027     6,655     8,669  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    15,659     20,345     11,121     9,846  

Sales, general, and administrative

    14,094     18,833     8,788     13,525  
                   

Total operating expenses

    29,753     39,178     19,909     23,371  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,130 )   (25,151 )   (13,254 )   (14,702 )

Interest income

    139     153     71     72  

Other income (expense), net

    186     (654 )   (927 )   382  
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (18,805 )   (25,652 )   (14,110 )   (14,248 )

Income taxes

    (162 )   (362 )   (148 )   (237 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (18,967 ) $ (26,014 ) $ (14,258 ) $ (14,485 )
                   
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (1.61 ) $ (1.24 ) $ (0.75 ) $ (0.55 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    11,875,018     21,046,772     19,203,301     26,551,889  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

        $ (0.07 )       $ (0.04 )
                       
                       

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited) (1)

          372,300,551           391,545,719  
                       
                       

(1)
See Notes 2 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per common share, pro forma net loss per

58


Table of Contents

    common share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 30,615   $ 56,532   $ 41,616  

Working capital

    43,572     66,870     53,713  

Total assets

    49,111     75,411     62,904  

Convertible preferred stock

    47,217     47,217     47,217  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    58,191     106,018     106,105  

Accumulated deficit

    (64,983 )   (91,150 )   (105,722 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (61,794 )   (85,790 )   (98,910 )

59


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        We are a medical device company that has developed and commercialized an innovative neuromodulation platform for the treatment of chronic pain. Our Senza system is the only spinal cord stimulation, or SCS, system that delivers our proprietary HF10 therapy. Our SENZA-RCT U.S. pivotal study, a non-inferiority study, met its primary and secondary endpoints, and our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapies for treating both leg and back pain. While SCS therapy is indicated and reimbursed for treating back and leg pain, it has limited efficacy in back pain and is utilized primarily for treating leg pain, which has limited its market adoption. In our pivotal study, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide significant and sustained back pain relief in addition to leg pain relief. Additionally, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide pain relief without paresthesia, a constant tingling sensation that is the basis of traditional SCS therapy. By utilizing anatomical lead placement instead of relying on paresthesia, HF10 therapy is designed to reduce variability in the operating procedure, providing meaningful benefits to both patients and physicians. We believe we are positioned to transform and grow the approximately $1.5 billion existing global SCS market under current reimbursement by treating back pain in addition to leg pain and by eliminating paresthesia.

        Senza received a CE Mark in 2010, and full commercialization commenced in Europe and Australia in 2011 and is reimbursed under existing SCS codes. We market our products to physicians and sell to hospitals and outpatient surgery centers through both a direct sales organization and distributors in Australia, and Europe. During 2011, we established our international sales organizations to support our product launch outside of the United States. Senza is not currently approved for sale in the United States and we have not generated any sales revenue within the United States. We submitted our PMA to the FDA in June 2014 and the FDA confirmed acceptance of our PMA for review in July 2014. To support our PMA, we initiated our pivotal clinical trial, SENZA-RCT, in May 2012, and we received the trial results in March 2014. We are preparing to commercially launch in the United States by early 2016 if approved by the FDA, but there can be no assurance we will receive FDA approval within this timeframe or at all.

        Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private equity financings. Our accumulated deficit as of June 30, 2014 was $105.7 million. We intend to make a significant investment building our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force and in recruiting and training our sales representatives for U.S. commercialization. We also intend to continue to make significant investments in research and development to develop Senza to treat other chronic pain indications, including conducting clinical trials to support our future regulatory submissions. As a result of these and other factors, we expect to continue to incur net losses for the next several years and we expect to require substantial additional funding, which may include future equity and debt financings.

        We rely on third-party suppliers for all of the components of Senza and for the assembly of the system. Many of these suppliers are currently single source suppliers. We are also required to maintain high levels of inventory, and, as a result, we are subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence and expiration, which may lead to inventory impairment charges. Additionally, as compared to direct

60


Table of Contents

manufacturers, our dependence on third-party manufacturers exposes us to greater lead times increasing our risk of inventory obsolesce comparatively.

Important Factors Affecting our Results of Operations

        We believe there are several important factors that have impacted and that we expect will impact our results of operations.

We Do Not Expect Our Revenue Growth Rate in International Markets to Continue at Historic Rates

        Our revenue has increased from $18.2 million in 2012 to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 on the basis of our sales of Senza in Europe and Australia; however, we do not expect to continue this rate of revenue growth in these international markets given our existing penetration in these markets. Due to governmental reimbursements constraints in the European SCS market limiting the number of annual SCS implants and our current penetration in these markets, we expect to grow less rapidly in the future than we have in the past in this market.

Significant Investment in U.S. Sales Organization

        We intend to make a significant investment building our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force and in recruiting and training our sales representatives for U.S. commercialization. This is a lengthy process that requires recruiting appropriate sales representatives, establishing a commercial infrastructure in the United States, and training our sales representatives, and will require significant investment by us in advance of PMA approval. Following initial training for Senza, our sales representatives typically require lead time in the field to grow their network of accounts and produce sales results. Successfully recruiting and training a sufficient number of productive sales representatives is required to achieve growth at the rate we expect.

Importance of Physician Awareness and Acceptance of Senza

        We continue to invest in programs to educate physicians who treat chronic pain about the advantages of Senza. This requires significant commitment by our marketing team and sales organization, and can vary depending upon the physician's practice specialization, personal preferences and geographic location. We are competing with well-established companies in our industry that have strong existing relationships with many of these physicians. Educating physicians about the advantages of Senza, and influencing these physicians to use Senza to treat chronic pain, is required to grow our revenue.

Access to Hospital Facilities

        In the United States, in order for physicians to use Senza, the hospital facilities where these physicians treat patients typically will require us to enter into purchasing contracts. This process can be lengthy and time-consuming and require extensive negotiations and management time. In Europe, we may be required to engage in a contract bidding process in order to sell Senza product, which processes are only open at certain periods of time, and we may not be successful in the bidding process.

Investment in Research and Clinical Trials

        We intend to continue investing in research and development to expand into new indications and chronic pain conditions for Senza, as well as develop product enhancements to improve outcomes and enhance the physician and patient experience. In the future, we expect to initiate clinical trials to support the development of Senza and HF10 therapy for the treatment of other chronic pain conditions. We believe that our continuing clinical research and regulatory efforts will continue to drive adoption of Senza. While research and development and clinical testing are time consuming and costly, we believe that clinical data demonstrating efficacy, safety and cost effectiveness is critical to increasing the adoption of HF10 therapy.

61


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Use of Estimates

        This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates.

Revenue

        We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

        For a majority of sales, where our sales representative delivers our product at the point of implantation at hospitals or medical facilities, we recognize revenue upon completion of the procedure and authorization, which represents satisfaction of the required revenue recognition criteria. For the remaining sales, which are sent from our distribution centers directly to hospitals and medical facilities, as well as distributor sales where product is ordered in advance of an implantation procedure and a valid purchase order has been received, we recognize revenue at the time of shipment of the product, which represents the point in time when the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss and the required revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Such customers are obligated to pay within specified terms regardless of when or if they ever they sell or use the products. We do not offer rights of return or price protection and we have no post-delivery obligations.

Inventory Valuation

        We contract with third parties for the manufacturing and packaging of all of the components of Senza. We plan the manufacture of our systems based on estimates of market demand. The nature of our business requires that we maintain sufficient inventory on hand to meet the requirements of our customers. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value.

        We regularly review inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experiences, projected future demand, and remaining shelf life to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate. Inventory write downs are recorded for excess and obsolete inventory. We periodically assesses the recoverability of all inventories to determine whether write downs for impairment are required. We evaluate projected future demand as compared to remaining shelf life and other obsolescence and excess criteria in assessing the recoverability of our inventory. In determining the adequacy of reserves, we analyze the following, among other things:

62


Table of Contents

        Any inventory write-downs are recorded in cost of goods sold within the statements of operations during the period in which such write-downs are determined necessary by management. We recorded inventory write-downs of zero, $1.1 million, $0.5 million and $12,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Stock-based compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees are measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term of four years.

        The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management's best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management's judgment, so that they are inherently subjective. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

        Fair Value of Common Stock.     Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate its fair value, as discussed in "Common Stock Valuations" below.

        Risk-Free Interest Rate.     We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term of the options for each option group.

        Expected Term.     The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer or our common stock as a privately held company, we do not believe our historical exercise pattern is indicative of the pattern we will experience as a publicly traded company. We have consequently used the Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, 110, simplified method to calculate the expected term, which is the average of the contractual term and vesting period. We plan to continue to use the SAB 110 simplified method until we have sufficient trading history as a publicly traded company.

        Volatility.     We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our peer group as we did not have a sufficient trading history for our common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the medical device technology industry with comparable characteristics including enterprise value, risk profiles and position within the industry. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

        Dividend Yield.     The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. We currently do not expect to issue any dividends.

63


Table of Contents

        In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

        The fair value of the employee stock options was estimated using the following assumptions for the periods presented:

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

  5.8-6.1   5.9-6.1   6.0-6.1   6.0-6.1

Expected volatility

  63%-66%   62%-63%   62%   63%

Risk-free interest rate

  0.8%-1.3%   1.1%-1.8%   1.1%   2.0%

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   0%

        We recorded the following stock based compensation expense (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 8   $ 10   $ 4   $ 48  

Research and development

    277     349     147     259  

Sales, general and administrative

    840     1,218     543     491  
                   

  $ 1,125   $ 1,577   $ 694   $ 798  
                   
                   

        As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately $2.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of related forfeiture estimates, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.8 years.

        The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of June 30, 2014 was $             million based on the estimated fair value of our common stock of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

Common Stock Valuations

        The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock and in the absence of recent arm's-length cash sales transactions of our common stock with independent third parties, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock by considering at the time of grant a number of objective and subjective factors. Our board of directors intends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of our common stock was determined at each valuation date in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Our board of directors, with the assistance of management, developed these valuations using significant judgment and taking into account numerous factors, including the following:

64


Table of Contents

        We considered the following approaches in the preparation of our valuations:

        In addition, we also considered an enterprise value allocation method:

        The per share common stock value was estimated by allocating the enterprise value of the company using the OPM method in both February 2013 and February 2014, which determined the common stock value to be $0.15 and $0.15, respectively. The per share common stock value was estimated in June 2014 by allocating our enterprise value using a hybrid allocation method which utilized a combination of both the OPM and PWERM methods, which determined the common stock value to be $0.42.

        In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, we applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

65


Table of Contents

        The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuations primarily consisted of: (i) the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions, (ii) the selection of the appropriate comparable publicly traded companies, (iii) the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, (iv) the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, (v) the estimated weighted-average cost of capital and (vi) the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock.

        We granted stock options during the period from January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014 as summarized below:

Grant Date
  Number of Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
  Exercise Price
Per Share
  Estimated Fair Value of
Common Stock Per
Share Used to
Determine Stock-
Based Compensation
Expense
 

January 31, 2013

    520,000   $ 0.15   $ 0.15  

May 15, 2013

    17,588,000   $ 0.15   $ 0.15  

July 10, 2013

    445,000   $ 0.15   $ 0.15  

October 15, 2013

    3,418,000   $ 0.15   $ 0.15  

January 16, 2014

    1,484,000   $ 0.15   $ 0.15  

April 28, 2014

    5,038,000   $ 0.15   $ 0.42  

        At each grant date the board of directors reviewed any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock. As is provided for in Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, we generally rely on our valuations for up to twelve months unless we have experienced a material event that would have affected the estimated fair value per common share.

        For grants of stock awards made on dates for which there was no valuation performed by an independent valuation specialist, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based upon the immediately preceding valuation and other pertinent information available to it at the time of grant.

        Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.

Income Tax

        We recognize deferred income taxes for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. We periodically evaluate the positive and negative evidence bearing upon realizability of our deferred tax assets. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes our historical operating performance, reported cumulative net losses since inception and difficulty in accurately forecasting our future results, we maintained a full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013. We intend to maintain a full valuation allowance on the federal, state and foreign deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of the valuation allowance.

        As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $80.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income, due to prior period losses, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2026 and 2016 for federal and state purposes, respectively. We also have federal research tax credit carryforwards that will begin to expire in 2026. Realization of these NOL and research tax credit carryforwards depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

        In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards or other tax attributes such as research tax credits, in any

66


Table of Contents

taxable year may be limited if we experience, or have experienced, an "ownership change." A Section 382 "ownership change" generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws.

        No deferred tax assets have been recognized on our balance sheet related to our NOLs and tax credits, as they are fully reserved by a valuation allowance. We may have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, one or more Section 382 "ownership changes," including in connection with our initial public offering. If so, or if we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs and tax credits even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs and tax credits in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs and tax credits. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

        We record unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities and adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the unrecognized tax benefit liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. No interest and penalties related to income taxes have been recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss in 2012 and 2013.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We must make estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable. In doing so, we analyze historical bad debt trends, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment patterns when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Our accounts receivable balance was $6.6 million, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million, as of December 31, 2013.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

        Our revenue is generated from sales to two types of customers: hospitals and outpatient medical facilities served through a direct sales force, and third-party distributors. Sales to hospitals and medical facilities represent the majority of our revenue. Product sales to hospitals and medical facilities are billed to and paid by the hospitals as part of their normal payment processes, with payment received by us in the form of an electronic transfer, check or credit card. Product sales to distributors are billed to and paid by the distributors as part of their normal payment processes, with payment received by us in the form of an electronic transfer.

        Revenue from sales of Senza fluctuate based on the selling price of the system, as the sales price of a system varies among jurisdictions, and the mix of sales by jurisdiction. In addition, our revenue may fluctuate based on the ratio of trials to permanent implants. Our revenue from international sales can also be significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as our sales are denominated in the local currency in the countries that we sell our products in. We expect our revenue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, including seasonality, as we have historically experienced lower sales in the summer months and around the holidays, and the impact of the buying patterns and implant volumes of our hospitals and medical facilities, and third party distributors.

67


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

        We utilize contract manufactures for production of Senza. Cost of revenue consists primarily of acquisition costs of the components of Senza, allocated manufacturing overhead, royalty payments, scrap and inventory obsolescence, as well as distribution-related expenses such as logistics and shipping costs, net of costs charged to customers.

        We calculate gross margin as revenue less cost of revenue divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily by our costs to have our products manufactured for us, the ratio of trials to permanent implants, the period of time between a trial and the related permanent implant, and, to a lesser extent, the percentage of products we sell to distributors as compared to those sold directly to hospitals and medical facilities as our gross margin is typically higher on products we sell directly as compared to products we sell through distributors.

        We expect our gross margin to be positively affected over time to the extent we are successful in reducing manufacturing costs as our sales volume increases. However, our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period.

Operating Expenses

        Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales, general and administrative expense. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation, and sales commissions. We expect operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars, as we continue to invest to grow our business.

        Research and Development.     Research and development, or R&D, costs are expensed as incurred. R&D expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits and stock-based compensation expenses for our R&D employees. R&D expense also includes costs associated with product design efforts, development prototypes, testing, clinical trial programs and regulatory activities, contractors and consultants, equipment and software to support our development, facilities and information technology. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop product enhancements to Senza and develop our HF10 therapy to treat other chronic pain indications, including conducting additional clinical studies. Our R&D expenses may fluctuate from period to period due to the timing and extent of our R&D and clinical trial expenses.

        Sales, General and Administrative.     Sales, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits and stock-based compensation expenses for our sales and marketing personnel, including sales commissions, and for administrative personnel that support our general operations such as information technology, executive management, financial accounting, customer services and human resources personnel. We expense commissions at the time of the sale. SG&A expense also includes costs attributable to marketing, as well as travel, intellectual property and other legal fees, financial audit fees, insurance, fees for other consulting services, depreciation and facilities.

        In the last 24 months, we significantly increased the size of our sales presence internationally and increased marketing spending to generate sales opportunities. We expect SG&A expenses to significantly increase as we build up our sales and marketing personnel in anticipation of approval and launch of Senza in the United States, to continue to increase the size of our sales and marketing organizations and increase our international presence and to develop and assist our channel partners. We also expect our administrative expenses will increase as we increase our headcount and expand our facility and information technology to support our operations as a public company. Additionally, we anticipate increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs associated with being a public

68


Table of Contents

company. Our SG&A expenses may fluctuate from period to period due to the seasonality of our revenue and the timing and extent of our SG&A expenses.

Interest Income

        Interest and other income consists primarily of interest income earned on our investments.

Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the effect of exchange rates on our foreign currency-denominated asset and liability balances. Translation adjustments are recorded as foreign currency gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense consists primarily of income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets including net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credits and other tax credits.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014

Revenue, Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2013   2014   Change  

Revenue

  $ 11,106   $ 14,190   $ 3,084  

Cost of revenue

    4,451     5,521     1,070  

Gross profit

    6,655     8,669     2,014  

Gross margin

    60 %   61 %   1 %

        Revenue.     In the six months ended June 30, 2014, revenue increased to $14.2 million from $11.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $3.1 million, or 28%, due to increased sales as Senza gained increasing acceptance in the markets where it is available.

        Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     Total cost of revenue increased $1.1 million, or 24%, in the six month period ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same period of the prior year primarily due to increased costs to purchase manufactured products of $0.5 million, increased personnel costs of $0.4 million, and increased shipping charges of $0.1 million due to increased sales of products. Gross profit increased $2.0 million, or 30%, to $8.7 million, in the six month period ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the six month period ended June 30, 2013 due to higher sales volume.

Operating Expenses

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,    
 
 
  2013   2014    
 
 
  Change  
 
   
  % of
Total
Revenue
   
  % of
Total
Revenue
 
(in thousands)
  Amount   Amount   Amount  

Operating expenses:

                               

Research and development

  $ 11,121     100 % $ 9,846     69 % $ (1,275 )

Sales, general and administrative

    8,788     79     13,525     95     4,738  
                       

Total operating expenses

  $ 19,909     179 % $ 23,371     164 % $ 3,463  
                       
                       

69


Table of Contents

        Research and Development Expenses.     R&D expense decreased $1.3 million, or 11%, in the six month period ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily due to the completion of our clinical trial enrollment in February 2013 which resulted in lower clinical trial costs of $2.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the prior 2013 period. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 we also had lower development costs of $0.7 million as a result of lower expenses related to our preclinical studies and regulatory costs to prepare our PMA submission as most of those costs were incurred during fiscal 2013. The decrease in clinical and regulatory costs was offset by increases in salary and benefit costs of $1.3 million as we increased headcount during the periods.

        Sales, General and Administrative Expenses.     SG&A expense increased $4.7 million, or 54%, in the six month period ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.0 million as we increased sales headcount to support growth. We also had an increase in legal and other professional consulting expenses of $1.2 million to support our commercial growth, and travel-related expense increased $0.6 million as a result of travel requirements of our larger sales team and the expansion in foreign markets

Interest Income, Other Income (Expense), Net and Income Tax Expense

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2013   2014   Change  

Interest income

  $ 71   $ 72   $ 1  

Other income (expense), net

    (927 )   382     1,309  

Income tax

    (148 )   (237 )   89  

        Interest Income.     Interest income was relatively constant in both of the six month periods ended June 30.

        Other Income (Expense), Net.     Other income (expense), net was primarily comprised of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and gains and losses from the remeasurement of foreign-denominated balances. During the six month period ended June 30, 2014, we recognized income of $0.4 million, whereas during the prior period in 2013 we recognized a loss of $0.9 million.

        Income Tax Expense.     Income tax expense was $0.1 million and $0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively and was associated with foreign taxes. We continue to generate tax losses for U.S. federal and state tax purposes and have net operating loss carryforwards creating a deferred tax asset. We have a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets. The change in income tax expense was due to changes in foreign income taxes on profits realized by our foreign subsidiaries as we expanded internationally.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue, Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2012   2013   Change  

Revenue

  $ 18,150   $ 23,500   $ 5,350  

Cost of revenue

    7,527     9,473     1,946  

Gross profit

    10,623     14,027     3,404  

Gross margin

    59 %   60 %   1 %

        Revenue.     In the year ended December 31, 2013, revenue increased to $23.5 million from $18.2 million in the prior year, an increase of $5.4 million, or 29%, due to increased acceptance of

70


Table of Contents

Senza in Europe and Australia. We established our international sales operations in 2011, and materially expanded our sales forces in those countries during 2012 and 2013 to support our revenue growth.

        Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     Cost of revenue increased $2.0 million, or 26%, in 2013 as compared to 2012 due to higher costs for manufactured goods of $1.3 million related to the increased production of units due to the increase in sales volume, as well as an increase in our write-off of obsolete inventory of $0.9 million. Gross profit increased $3.4 million, or 32%, to $14.0 million, in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year due to higher sales volume, while our gross profit as a percentage of sales remained essentially the same in each year.

Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
 
  2012   2013    
 
 
  Change  
 
   
  % of Total
Revenue
   
  % of Total
Revenue
 
(in thousands)
  Amount   Amount   Amount  

Operating expenses:

                               

Research and development

  $ 15,659     86 % $ 20,345     87 % $ 4,686  

Sales, general and administrative

    14,094     78     18,833     80     4,739  
                       

Total operating expenses

  $ 29,753     164 % $ 39,178     167 % $ 9,425  
                       
                       

        Research and Development Expenses.     R&D expense increased $4.7 million, or 30%, in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.2 million as we increased our headcount to support continued investment in our products, as well as increased external consulting costs of $1.2 million, and an increase in facilities related expenses of $0.6 million. Our clinical trial expenses declined to $3.9 million during 2013 as compared to $6.7 million during 2012 due to the completion of the enrollment in our clinical trial in February 2013. Our development costs increased from $1.7 million during 2012 to $4.5 million during 2013 due to our continued investment in preclinical activities for our products and our preparation of the PMA submission for Senza throughout 2013. We submitted our completed PMA in June 2014 to the FDA.

        Sales, General and Administrative Expenses.     SG&A expense increased $4.7 million, or 34%, in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.8 million as we increased sales and administrative headcount to support growth. Travel-related expense increased $0.9 million and our marketing and promotional expenses increased by $0.4 million as a result of our larger sales team and support for the expansion in foreign markets. In addition our professional consulting expenses increased by $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 over the comparable period in 2012.

Interest Income, Other Income (Expense), Net and Income Tax Expense

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2012   2013   Change  

Interest income

  $ 139   $ 153   $ 14  

Other income (expense), net

    186     (654 )   (840 )

Income tax

    (162 )   (362 )   (200 )

        Interest Income.     Interest income increased to $0.2 million during 2013 from $0.1 million during the prior year, primarily due to an increase in our average investment balances during the year.

71


Table of Contents

        Other Income (Expense), Net.     Other income (expense), net was primarily comprised of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and the gains and losses from the remeasurement of foreign-denominated balances to the U.S. dollar. We recorded income of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, and a loss of $0.7 million during the same period in 2013.

        Income Tax Expense.     Income tax expense was $0.4 million in 2013, compared to an income tax expense of $0.2 million in 2012. We incur income tax expense primarily due to foreign taxes. We continue to generate tax losses for U.S. federal and state tax purposes and have net operating loss carryforwards creating a deferred tax asset. We have a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets. The change in income tax expense was due to changes in foreign income taxes on profits realized by our foreign subsidiaries as we expanded internationally.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Plan of Operations

        Since our inception through June 30, 2014, we have financed our operations through private placements of preferred stock. At June 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $41.6 million. Based on our current operating plan, we expect that our cash on hand, together with the anticipated funds from our operations and this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least December 31, 2015.

        We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future in connection with the expansion of our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force in anticipation of our commercial launch of Senza in the United States. In addition, we intend to make investment in the development of Senza and HF10 therapy for the treatment of other chronic pain conditions, including ongoing research and development programs and clinical trials. In order to build the sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure that we believe will be necessary to commercialize our product in the United States, if approved, we expect to require substantial additional funding.

        We will continue to seek funds through equity or debt financings, or through other sources of financing. Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital in the future could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, the requirements of which will depend on many factors, including:

    the outcome, timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and other regulatory authorities, including the potential for the FDA and other regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies or product tests than we currently expect;

    the scope and timing of our investment in our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force;

    the R&D activities we intend to undertake in order to expand the chronic pain indications and product enhancements that we intend to pursue;

    the costs of commercialization activities including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution;

    the degree and rate of market acceptance of Senza;

    the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

    our need to implement additional infrastructure and internal systems;

    our ability to hire additional personnel to support our operations as a public company; and

    the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.

        If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce, or terminate some or all of our commercial development plans.

72


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

        The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented below:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

                         

Operating activities

  $ (22,467 ) $ (21,095 ) $ (12,082 ) $ (15,080 )

Investing activities

    15,276     (19,899 )   (30,542 )   19,528  

Financing activities

    1,532     47,785     47,701     537  
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash

  $ (5,659 ) $ 6,791   $ 5,077   $ 4,985  
                   
                   

        Cash Used in Operating Activities.     Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $12.1 million compared to $15.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, primarily as a result of the net losses recorded in the periods of $14.3 million and $14.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The increase in cash used in operations during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was primarily due to changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including an increase in our outstanding prepaid and other assets of $0.6 million and inventories of $1.5 million, offset by an increase of $0.6 million in accrued liabilities, and non-cash stock based compensation expense of $0.8 million. During the six month period ended June 30, 2013, the net cash used in operations was affected by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including an increase in our inventory balances of $0.9 million, offset by an increase in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.4 million and non-cash stock based compensation expense of $0.7 million.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $22.5 million and $21.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, primarily due to the net losses during the periods of $19.0 million and $26.0 million, respectively. The increase in cash used in operations during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including a decrease in our outstanding prepaid and other assets of $1.2 million, an increase of $3.1 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and non-cash stock based compensation expense of $1.6 million, which were offset in part by an increase in our accounts receivable balances of $0.7 million and an increase in our inventory balance by $1.6 million. The cash used in operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 were affected by changes in operating assets and liabilities, including an increase of $1.7 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and non-cash stock based compensation expense of $1.1 million, offset by an increase in our prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.0 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.2 million, and an increase in our inventory balances by $3.6 million.

        Cash Used in Investing Activities.     Investing activities consisted primarily of changes in investment balances, including purchases and maturities of short-term investments. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 we purchased a net $30.5 million of investments, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014 when $19.7 million of investments matured. During the year ended December 31, 2012 a total of $15.4 million of investments matured, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, when we purchased a net $19.6 million in investments.

        Cash Provided by Financing Activities.     Cash provided by financing activities was $47.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to the issuance of $47.7 million in Series C convertible preferred stock to investors, compared to $0.5 million received during the six month period ended June 30, 2014 as a result of exercise of common stock options.

        Cash provided by financing activities was $1.5 million for 2012, compared to $47.8 million for 2013. Cash provided by financing activities for 2012 consisted primarily of proceeds received upon exercise of

73


Table of Contents

common stock options. Cash provided by financing activities for 2013 consisted of $47.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in March 2013 and $0.1 million received upon exercise of common stock options.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        We have lease obligations consisting of an operating lease for our principal offices that expires in 2015. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Total   Less
than
1 year
  1 to 3
years
  4 to 5
years
  After
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Lease obligations

  $ 690   $ 485   $ 205   $   $  
                       

Total

  $ 690   $ 485   $ 205   $   $  
                       
                       

        In February 2014, we entered into a lease agreement for additional office space located in Menlo Park, California for a period beginning in March 1, 2014 through August 31, 2015, with annual payments totalling approximately $142,800. Other than this lease agreement, there have been no material changes to our contractual obligations since December 31, 2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Through June 30, 2014, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Mayo Foundation License Agreement

        Pursuant to the terms of our license agreement with the Mayo Foundation, we are obligated to issue the Mayo Foundation 500,000 shares of our common stock upon the earlier of (1) FDA approval of our PMA for Senza or (2) the consummation of this offering. We are also obligated to pay a minimal annual royalty of $200,000 per year or, if greater, a low single-digit royalty of net sales of Senza. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Segment Information

        We have one primary business activity and operate as one reportable segment.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

        The Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an "emerging growth company" such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity ." The ASU amendment changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20. The amendment is

74


Table of Contents

effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued. We will apply the provisions of this ASU to any future transactions after the effective date which qualify for reporting discontinued operations.

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The ASU's effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 using one of two retrospective application methods. We have not determined the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02). This newly issued accounting standard update requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. This ASU is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 and the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 , Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a Consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (ASU 2013-02) . This newly issued accounting standard update requires a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2014 and the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to limited market risk related to fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital to fund our operations.

        We also seek to maximize income from our investments without assuming significant risk. To achieve our objectives, we maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in a variety of securities of high credit quality. As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $12.4 million consisting of cash and money market funds and investments of $44.1 million that are deposited in highly rated financial institutions in the United States. We maintained investments in money market funds that were not federally insured during the year ended December 31, 2013 and held cash in foreign banks of approximately $2.0 million and $5.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013 that was not federally insured. A portion of our investments may be subject to interest rate risk and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. However, because our investments are primarily short-term in duration, we believe that our exposure to interest rate risk is not significant. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. A hypothetical 1% change in interest

75


Table of Contents

rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        To date, all of our revenue and a portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Australian dollar, the Euro and the United Kingdom pound sterling. Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction realized gains and losses have not been material to our consolidated financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

        We do not believe that inflation and change in prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.

76


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a medical device company that has developed and commercialized an innovative neuromodulation platform for the treatment of chronic pain. Our Senza system is the only spinal cord stimulation, or SCS, system that delivers our proprietary HF10 therapy. Our SENZA-RCT U.S. pivotal study, a non-inferiority study, met its primary and secondary endpoints, and our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapies for treating both leg and back pain. While SCS therapy is indicated and reimbursed for treating back and leg pain, it has limited efficacy in treating back pain and is used primarily for treating leg pain, limiting its market adoption. In our pivotal study, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide significant and sustained back pain relief in addition to leg pain relief. Additionally, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide pain relief without paresthesia, a constant tingling sensation that is the basis of traditional SCS therapy. HF10 therapy is also designed to reduce variability in the operating procedure, providing meaningful benefits to both patients and physicians. We believe we are positioned to transform and grow the approximately $1.5 billion existing global SCS market under current reimbursement by treating back pain in addition to leg pain and by eliminating paresthesia.

        In June 2014, we submitted our premarket approval, or PMA, application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for our Senza SCS system, or Senza. We are preparing to commercially launch in the United States by early 2016 if approved by the FDA, however there can be no assurance we will receive FDA approval within this timeframe or at all. Outside of the United States, Senza is indicated for the treatment of chronic intractable pain of the trunk and limbs, is reimbursed under existing SCS codes, and has been commercially available in certain European markets since November 2010 and in Australia since August 2011. We hold 49 issued patents globally and over 100 pending patent applications in the United States and international jurisdictions. Our revenue has increased from $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, with a net loss of $19.0 million and $26.0 million in these periods, respectively. We have a history of significant net losses and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. Due to market penetration in Europe and Australia, we expect that our future revenue growth, if any, will be largely from sales in the U.S. market, if we receive FDA approval for Senza.

        We completed our SENZA-RCT pivotal study in March 2014, which was the first prospective randomized controlled pivotal study in the history of SCS and the first to directly demonstrate comparative effectiveness between SCS therapies. The SENZA-RCT study was designed as a non-inferiority trial comparing HF10 therapy to traditional commercially available SCS therapy and met its primary and secondary endpoints. Although the statistical analysis plan filed with the FDA did not include a superiority analysis, we performed a post-hoc superiority analysis of the clinical results. We believe the results of this study support the safety and effectiveness of Senza and HF10 therapy.

        Key highlights of our SENZA-RCT pivotal study are as follows:

77


Table of Contents

        The outcomes for HF10 therapy in our pivotal study are consistent with the outcomes from our European clinical study, the two year results of which have been published in the Pain Medicine journal of the American Academy of Pain Medicine.

        Patients with chronic pain are generally classified by physicians based on the location of their pain, for example whether their worst pain is predominant back, predominant leg, mixed back and leg, upper limb, neck or other. The adoption of SCS to date has been driven primarily by the treatment of patients whose worst pain is in their legs and for whom other treatment approaches have failed. With a primary focus on treating leg pain, the global market for traditional SCS therapy has grown from approximately $300 million in 2001 to approximately $1.4 billion in 2012, a compound annual growth rate of approximately 8%. This market is estimated to be approximately $1.5 billion in 2014 and projected to grow to approximately $1.8 billion in 2017, with the United States comprising approximately 80% of this global market. We believe that broader utilization of traditional SCS therapy has been restrained by the lack of prospective randomized clinical evidence supporting SCS broadly and, in particular, demonstrating an ability to treat back pain. We believe a therapy backed by pivotal clinical evidence showing statistically superior efficacy over traditional SCS therapy and the ability to treat back pain could achieve significant market share and greatly expand the existing SCS market.

        Traditional SCS therapy utilizes low frequency stimulation, typically between 40 Hz and 60 Hz, to generate paresthesia, a constant tingling sensation that overlaps the pain area. Paresthesia is often considered unpleasant or uncomfortable, sometimes causes a shocking or jolting sensation with changes in posture and is a continuous reminder of the patient's chronic condition. Medtronic, a current leader in neuromodulation, released a survey showing that 71% of patients with implantable neuromodulators experienced discomfort when changing position. Compared to traditional SCS therapy, HF10 therapy delivers spinal cord stimulation at a lower amplitude and a higher frequency waveform of 10,000 Hz. HF10 therapy relies on consistent anatomical placement of the stimulation leads across patients, thus reducing procedure variability relative to traditional SCS therapy. Comparatively, traditional SCS therapy requires individualized lead placement by the physician during the implant procedure utilizing

78


Table of Contents

paresthesia mapping, an often time-consuming portion of the procedure in which the patient is awakened and queried by the physician as to whether they feel the paresthesia over the site of their pain. Paresthesia mapping is an often cumbersome and variable process, which creates variability in the implant procedure and can greatly impact a physician's schedule. In contrast, HF10 therapy is intended to relieve pain without causing paresthesia, while increasing the predictability of the procedure. We believe the ability of HF10 therapy to deliver pain relief without paresthesia provides a substantial benefit over traditional SCS therapy to patients and physicians.

        We believe our proprietary HF10 therapy has distinct advantages over traditional SCS therapy, including:

        We believe we have built competitive advantages through our proprietary technology, clinical evidence base, strong track record of execution including over 2,500 patients implanted with Senza, and proven management team with a substantial amount of neuromodulation experience. With what we believe are compelling efficacy data for both leg and back pain compared to traditional SCS therapy, we aim to secure U.S. FDA approval, drive adoption in the U.S. market, which represents the largest opportunity in SCS, and expand patient access to HF10 therapy by investing in the development of Senza for new indications.

Market Overview

Chronic Pain

        Chronic pain has been defined by the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP) as pain that lasts longer than the time required for tissues to heal, which is often defined to be three months. According to a report by the Institute of Medicine, chronic pain is widespread and has seen an increase in prevalence due to aging populations, progress in saving lives after suffering catastrophic injuries, increases in failed surgeries, and greater public understanding of pain. About 1.5 billion people suffer from chronic pain worldwide, including approximately 100 million Americans, which is greater than the sum of patients with heart disease, diabetes and cancer combined. Approximately 10% of chronic pain sufferers have severe disabling pain, which significantly affects their daily activities and quality of life, and is often linked to suicide.

79


Table of Contents

        The back is the most common location of chronic pain, with an estimated 84 million patients in the United States experiencing chronic back pain. Among U.S. adults reporting pain, low back pain was the highest reported location at 28%, followed by knee pain at 20% and severe headache/migraine at 16%. In a study conducted by the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and published in 2009, the prevalence of low back pain more than doubled from 1992 to 2006. According to data from users of the Department of Veterans Affairs health system, the annualized increase in prevalence of low back pain is larger than increases in the three other conditions studied, which were depression, diabetes and hypertension. In terms of impact, the annual cost of back pain in the United States is estimated to be $34 billion for treatment, with another $100 billion in lost productivity.

Existing Treatments for Chronic Pain and Limitations

        Patients who present with chronic pain are typically placed on a treatment progression plan. Initial medical management typically includes behavioral modification, exercise, physical therapy, and over-the-counter analgesics and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. When early stage medical management is not sufficient for the treatment of chronic leg and back pain, patients may progress to interventional techniques including steroid injections or nerve blocks. Patients who do not respond to these more conservative treatments are considered candidates for more advanced therapies.

Spine Surgery

        Spine surgery is a common invasive surgical procedure for the treatment of pain and typically precedes traditional SCS therapy. Despite the possibility of surgical complications, recent data suggests that over 500,000 spinal procedures are performed in the United States every year. Common surgeries include spinal fusion, which involves joining spinal bones to limit movement, and laminectomy, which entails removing part of the bone or ligaments in the back. These surgical procedures often fail to treat certain difficult types of chronic pain, such as severe neuropathic and intractable back pain. Failed Back Surgery Syndrome, or FBSS, is a common outcome of spine surgery where chronic back and/or leg pain continues to persist and affects an estimated 10% to 40% of patients receiving spine surgery. Given the failure rate for spine surgery, FBSS patients make up a significant portion of the addressable patient population for SCS.

Oral Opioids

        Oral opioids are prescription pain medications that suppress the patient's acute perception of pain but lack clinical evidence supporting their long term use to treat chronic pain including back pain. Oral opioids can significantly compromise the patient's quality of life, with patients often reporting being in a "fog" and commonly experiencing side effects such as nausea, vomiting, constipation and dizziness. Less common side effects can include immunologic dysfunction, hormonal dysfunction and muscle rigidity. Oral opioids are also known to present a high risk of addiction. Abuse and accidental overdoses have led to dramatic increases in deaths over the past two decades.

Traditional Spinal Cord Stimulation

        SCS is a type of neuromodulation technology that utilizes an implantable pacemaker-like device to deliver electrical impulses to the spinal cord. Traditional SCS therapy is a long-established pain treatment designed to induce paresthesia, a tingling sensation, that overlaps the distribution of pain with the intent of masking pain perception. The electrical pulses are delivered by small electrodes on leads that are placed near the spinal cord and are connected to a compact, battery-powered generator implanted under the skin. Traditional SCS therapy is currently indicated as a treatment for chronic pain of the trunk and limbs in patients who failed conventional medical management. Traditional SCS therapy is considered to be a minimally invasive, reversible therapy that may provide greater long-term benefits over more invasive surgical approaches or opioids. The most common use for traditional SCS therapy is for neuropathic pain conditions such as FBSS.

80


Table of Contents

        The global SCS market is estimated to be approximately $1.5 billion in 2014 and is expected to grow to approximately $1.8 billion per year by 2017. The United States represents approximately 80% of this global market due in part to governmental reimbursement restraints in international markets. In addition, the addressable market in the United States for potential SCS candidates is estimated to be 1 million patients. We believe that due to factors such as an aging population, and an increasing number of failed back surgeries, the number of candidates for SCS will continue to grow. Despite the sizeable potential market, only approximately 40,000 SCS systems are implanted each year in the United States, representing less than 10% of the addressable U.S. market at a cost of approximately $25,000 per procedure. According to 2012 IMS data, there are approximately 4,400 facilities in the United States where SCS systems are implanted by a variety of physicians, including neurosurgeons, physiatrists, interventional pain specialists and orthopedic spine surgeons. However, only approximately half of chronic pain patients are considered candidates for traditional SCS therapy. A key reason for this may be the limited evidence supporting efficacy of traditional SCS therapy for back pain. We believe there is an additional opportunity for an SCS therapy that effectively treats back pain that is approximately the size of the existing global SCS market.

        Traditional SCS therapy generally consists of two phases, an evaluation period, also called the trial period, which typically lasts several days, and a permanent implant for those patients who experience a successful trial. The trial period involves a percutaneously placed insulated wire, called a lead, that a physician implants near the spinal cord using a needle. During the trial period, a temporary external system is used by patients and physicians for evaluating whether traditional SCS therapy is effective for the patient. The patient is able to control their stimulation during the trial period by utilizing the patient remote control, which resembles a small television remote control. The remote control allows a patient to turn the therapy on and off, in addition to other functions. If the trial period is successful, a permanent system is implanted in the patient. The success criterion is typically at least 50% reduction in pain during the evaluation period.

        A key part of the permanent system is the Implantable Pulse Generator, or IPG, which is a miniaturized version of the external stimulator. The implant procedure involves connecting the leads to the IPG that is implanted under the skin. The IPG should provide the patient with multiple years of use and can be either rechargeable or non-rechargeable. Primary cell IPGs, or non-rechargeable IPGs, are used in cases where the patient requires a lower level of stimulation and such systems have a limited life. Rechargeable IPGs, a more recent innovation, are more expensive but allow for higher levels of stimulation and can last 10 years or more. Due to payor constraints in certain European countries, the transition from primary cell IPGs to rechargeable IPGs has been slow. In the United States and Australia, most IPGs implanted are rechargeable.

        Traditional SCS products have required paresthesia to provide pain relief, and have focused on ancillary features with incremental benefits. Paresthesia coverage has been used as a surrogate metric for successful pain relief. As such, innovation in the SCS market has historically focused on technologies that optimize traditional SCS therapy's ability to create more precise paresthesia fields or different changes that include smaller IPGs and improved compatibility with magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI. Even with successful paresthesia coverage, patients still may not receive pain relief or often lose pain relief after a period of time.

Limitations of Traditional SCS Therapy

81


Table of Contents

Our Solution for Chronic Pain

HF10 Therapy

        Our HF10 therapy is designed to deliver innovative neuromodulation solutions for treating chronic pain based on what we believe to be the best clinical evidence available, which we refer to as evidence-based. By overcoming many of the limitations of traditional SCS therapy, HF10 therapy offers benefits

82


Table of Contents

to patients, physicians and hospitals. We believe the advantages of our proprietary HF10 therapy over traditional SCS include:

83


Table of Contents

Clinical Data

        To support development of our proprietary HF10 therapy, the technology was evaluated in preclinical studies and further studied in prospective clinical trials, all of which have now been published or are pending publication in peer-reviewed journals. The results from the clinical studies have been consistent across studies and across outcome measures. Most notably, in 2014 we completed our prospective, comparative, randomized, controlled U.S. pivotal study, called SENZA-RCT, to support approval of our PMA for Senza.

Clinical Program Overview

Clinical Trial
  Number of Patients Enrolled   Clinical Trial Sites   Year Completed   Trial Overview   Status

U.S. Pivotal (SENZA-RCT)

    241   11 U.S. sites     2014   One year evaluation of Senza in patients with back and leg pain in the United States   Completed (submitted but not yet accepted for publication in peer reviewed journal)

EU Long-term (Prospective Multicenter European Clinical Study)

    83   2 European sites     2013   Two year evaluation of Senza primarily in patients with predominant back pain in Europe   Completed (published in peer reviewed journal: Pain Medicine)

U.S. Feasibility

   
24
 

5 U.S. sites

   
2009
 

One week evaluation of Senza in patients with predominant back pain in the United States

 

Completed (published in peer reviewed journal: Neuromodulation)

Key Metrics for Studies

        Statistical significance is denoted by p-values in the figures below for both non-inferiority and our post-hoc superiority analysis. The p-value is the probability that the reported result was achieved purely by chance (i.e., a non-inferiority p-value <0.001 in the Primary Endpoint Results chart means that there is a less than a 0.1% chance that the demonstrated non-inferiority of HF10 therapy in relation to traditional SCS therapy was purely due to chance). The superiority p-value is the probability that the results of the test group are statistically superior to those of the control group (i.e., a between group p-value <0.001 in the Primary Endpoint Results chart means that there is a less than a 0.1% chance that the demonstrated superiority of HF10 therapy in relation to traditional SCS therapy was purely due to chance).

        The performance of SCS therapy is evaluated using a number of commonly used metrics, including the following:

         Visual analog score (VAS): VAS measures a patient's pain intensity on a 0 to 10 scale, with 0 representing no pain and 10 representing the worst pain imaginable. The VAS score is used to calculate changes in patient pain.

         Oswestry Disability Index (ODI): The questionnaire measures the levels of a patient's disability.

84


Table of Contents

U.S. Pivotal Clinical Study (SENZA-RCT)

        Our pivotal study was a prospective, randomized, multi-center study, conducted across 11 U.S. clinical trial sites, comparing the safety and effectiveness of Senza delivering HF10 therapy, which we refer to as the test to Boston Scientific's FDA-approved Precision Plus system, delivering traditional SCS therapy, which we refer to as the control. The study completed enrollment in seven months and study visits took place at one, three, six, nine, and 12 months. Each screened patient was required to have a leg and back pain VAS score of at least 5 to be randomized between the test and control arms. Among the 198 chronic pain patients who were randomized for treatments, 171 had a successful therapy evaluation phase, or trial phase, and were implanted with an SCS system. The study was designed as a non-inferiority trial and met its primary and secondary endpoints. The subjects in our pivotal study were evaluated over a 12-month period, which we believe is considered sufficient by clinicians treating patients with chronic pain with SCS therapies to provide long-term efficacy information regarding the therapy. Although the statistical analysis plan filed with the FDA did not include a superiority analysis, we also performed a post-hoc superiority analysis of the clinical results. We believe our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superior efficacy of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy.

        The following is a graphical representation of the study design:

GRAPHIC

85


Table of Contents

        The three analysis populations were:

Primary Endpoint

        The primary endpoint of the study is the percentage of subjects who respond to SCS therapy for back pain in both the test and control groups and do not have a stimulation-related neurological deficit at three months. A non-inferiority analysis was performed to assess the primary endpoint and response was defined as 50% or more back pain relief at three months. Subjects who did not have a successful trial or who experienced a stimulation-related neurological deficit were considered non-responders towards the primary endpoint.

        The chart below shows a comparison of the response rate for each analysis population at the primary endpoint, as measured by the percent of patients who achieved 50% or more back pain reduction according to their VAS score. The results demonstrate that HF10 therapy was nearly twice as successful in each of the three analysis populations in treating back pain at three months when compared to traditional SCS therapy. These results demonstrated non-inferiority, and, additionally, we believe our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the statistical superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy. Finally, the relatively consistent success across all three analysis populations speaks to the robustness of both the study design and results.

GRAPHIC

86


Table of Contents

        The following figure demonstrates the difference in response rate between the two treatment groups for all three analysis populations. The center point of each confidence interval is the result of subtracting the test arm response rate from the control arm demonstrating the difference between treatment groups. The results are negative because the test response rate is greater than the control response rate. Since the right hash of the confidence interval for all three analysis populations is to the left of the 10% non-inferiority margin, the results for all three analysis populations are considered statistically to be non-inferior. Furthermore since the right hash of the confidence interval for all three analysis populations is to the left of the 0% line, the results for all three analysis populations are considered statistically superior.

GRAPHIC

Secondary Endpoints

        We used a hierarchical statistical process to assess certain of the secondary endpoints. The study defined seven secondary endpoints to be successively evaluated until non-inferiority was not demonstrated (Per Protocol Population). These secondary endpoints were chosen to complement the primary endpoint responder rate by showing the percent decrease in back and leg pain at three, six and 12 months, as well as disability level at three months. All secondary endpoint analysis on these endpoints demonstrated non-inferiority and our post-hoc statistical analysis supported the superiority of HF10 therapy for all of these endpoints.

87


Table of Contents

        The following figure sets forth the hierarchy of this secondary endpoint analysis:

GRAPHIC

        In addition to the seven hierarchical secondary endpoints, we evaluated other secondary endpoints, including Back Pain Responder Rate at three and 12 months, paresthesia sensation and safety results.

Secondary Endpoints Results

        The longitudinal back pain VAS scores for each of the three, six and 12 month measurements are presented in the chart appearing on the left below. The percentage change in back pain results, as calculated by change in VAS score from baseline, at the three, six and 12 month measurements is presented in the chart appearing on the right below. We demonstrated non-inferiority based on percentage change from baseline in back pain at the three, six and 12 month measurement points, which were secondary endpoints. Additionally, our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy at the three, six and 12 month follow-up for both the longitudinal VAS score and percent change in back pain measurements. In particular, at 12 months,

88


Table of Contents

mean back pain VAS decreased 66% (or 4.3 points) with HF10 therapy compared to a decrease of 45% (or 2.5 points) for traditional SCS therapy.

GRAPHIC

        The longitudinal leg pain VAS scores for each of the three, six and 12 month measurements are presented in the chart appearing on the left below. The percentage change in leg pain results, as calculated by change in VAS score from baseline, at the three, six and 12 month measurements are presented in the chart appearing on the right below. We demonstrated non-inferiority based on percentage change from baseline in leg pain at the three, six and 12 month measurement points, which were secondary endpoints. Additionally, our post-hoc statistical analysis supports the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapy at the three, six and 12 month follow-up for both the longitudinal VAS score and percentage change in leg pain measurements. In particular, at 12 months, mean leg pain VAS decreased 70% (or 3.9 points) with HF10 therapy compared to a decrease of 48% (or 2.1 points) for traditional SCS therapy.

GRAPHIC

89


Table of Contents

        As part of the hierarchical secondary endpoint analysis, we evaluated change in disability, as measured by percentage change in ODI score from baseline to three months. The mean ODI score decreased by 31.5% for subjects receiving HF10 therapy, compared to 24% for subjects receiving traditional SCS therapy (10% non-inferiority p-value: <0.001, post-hoc superiority p-value: 0.042).

        The chart below presents the secondary endpoint of the back pain responder rate at three and 12 months. The response rate is defined as the percent of patients who achieve 50% or more pain reduction from baseline as measured by VAS score. The following results demonstrate non-inferiority at each of the measurement points for the secondary endpoint and, based on our post-hoc statistical analysis, support the statistical superiority of the response rate of HF10 therapy for treating back pain at each of the three, six and 12 month measurement points over traditional SCS therapy.

GRAPHIC

Paresthesia Results

        At the three and 12 month time points, subjects were asked to report whether they perceived paresthesia and if so if they general found the stimulation to be uncomfortable. 0% of subjects in the test group reported feeling paresthesia at both three and 12 months, compared to 46.5% and 44.4% of subjects in the control group who reported feeling uncomfortable stimulation at three and 12 months, respectively. No subjects in the test group reported uncomfortable stimulation. The secondary endpoint only considered the response at three months.

Additional Analysis

        In addition to the secondary endpoint analysis in our statistical analysis plan filed with the FDA, we also performed two additional analyses of our pivotal trial results—a leg pain responder rate analysis and a remitter status analysis.

90


Table of Contents

        The chart below presents the secondary endpoint of the leg pain responder rate at three and 12 months. The response rate is defined as the percent of patients who achieve 50% or more pain reduction from baseline as measured by VAS score. The following results demonstrate non-inferiority at each of the measurement points for the secondary endpoint and, based on our post-hoc statistical analysis, support the statistical superiority of the response rate of HF10 therapy for treating leg pain at each of the three, six and 12 month measurement points over traditional SCS therapy.

GRAPHIC

        In the practice of pain management, a VAS score above 4 is generally considered to be the threshold for pharmaceutical intervention such as oral opioids. In analyzing the results of the SENZA-RCT pivotal study, we utilized a more conservative threshold of a VAS score less than or equal to 2.5 to assess the ability of both therapies to provide a level of pain relief that would not impact quality of life and activities of daily living. Patients meeting this criteria were considered to be "remitters." Based on this definition, nearly twice the number of patients receiving HF10 therapy achieved remitter status for both back and leg pain compared to patients receiving traditional SCS therapy, a result that was statistically superior.

GRAPHIC

91


Table of Contents

Safety Results

        Safety results were consistent between the test and control groups. Study-related serious adverse events, or SAEs, occurred in 4.0% of HF10 therapy subjects (n=4) compared with 7.2% of traditional SCS therapy subjects (n=7; p  = 0.37). In addition to the SAEs described above, there were two deaths, one of which was study-related and resulted from a myocardial infarction of a subject randomized to traditional SCS therapy that occurred during the implant procedure. The other death occurred outside the study period in the test group and resulted from a malignant hepatic neoplasm. The most common study-related AEs were implant site pain (in 11.9% of HF10 therapy and 10.3% of traditional SCS therapy subjects) and uncomfortable paresthesia (in 11.3% of traditional SCS therapy participants). Lead migration leading to revision occurred in 3.0% of HF10 therapy and 5.2% of traditional SCS therapy participants. Importantly, neurological assessment revealed no stimulation-related neurological deficits in either treatment group. Also, there were no stimulation related SAEs in either arm.

Tertiary Endpoint Analysis

        Per our protocol, we collected data on a number of tertiary endpoints regarding functional outcomes and patient satisfaction. The analysis of these tertiary endpoints support the results from the primary and secondary endpoints, with several demonstrating statistical superiority between HF10 therapy and traditional SCS therapy based on our post-hoc analysis.

Consistency of Results

        We also performed a comparison of the trial results from SENZA-RCT with our European long-term clinical study. This comparison demonstrates consistency of results across these two studies.

        The chart below compares longitudinal back pain, as measured by change in VAS score from baseline of HF10 therapy in SENZA-RCT to our European long-term clinical study at each of the three, six and 12 month measurement points, demonstrating consistency across the results of these two studies.

GRAPHIC

92


Table of Contents

        The figure below compares the trial-to-implant ratio in SENZA-RCT to that of our European long-term clinical study based on achieving a 50% pain reduction from baseline, as measured by change in VAS score, demonstrating consistency across the results of these two studies.

GRAPHIC

        In addition, the figure below compares change in disability from baseline to 12 months, as measured by percentage change in ODI score, in SENZA-RCT to that of our European long-term clinical study, demonstrating consistency across the results of these two studies.

GRAPHIC

Results of Published Prospective Studies

        The following chart sets forth the evidence base for HF10 therapy in light of the history of published prospective studies of SCS therapy for leg and back pain. Traditional SCS therapy performed better in our recent Senza-RCT pivotal study relative to the Kumar Process study, a widely cited study on SCS. This is possibly due to factors such as improvements in technology and patient selection.

93


Table of Contents

        Comparatively the evidence base for HF10 therapy as demonstrated in SENZA-RCT and Van Buyten/Al Kaisy studies stands out along several lines. First, both HF10 therapy studies will have 24-month data which matches the total number of 24-month studies in SCS history (Kumar and North). Second, both HF10 therapy studies are uniquely the first to study and show efficacy in treating back pain as can be seen from the back pain portion of the table below. Third, the efficacy demonstrated in treating leg pain exceeds both the control arm in SENZA-RCT and historical data for treating leg pain per this chart. Finally, the table demonstrates the strength of the overall evidence base for HF10 therapy in both quality and quantity of evidence relative to traditional SCS therapy. This can be seen in terms of number of patients treated, relative efficacy in both back and leg pain and comprehensiveness of results reported.

GRAPHIC

Studies with minimum six month follow up.

(1)
NA: Not applicable, subjects already implanted
(2)
At follow-up of 16 weeks post implantation
(3)
At follow-up of 2.9±1.1 years
(4)
Trial Success rates are based on the % of patients who had at least 50% reduction in VAS score from baseline at the end of the trial phase
(5)
Response rate defined as % of patients who had at least 50% reduction in VAS score from baseline
(6)
Al-Kaisy, A., Van Buyten, J., Smet, I., Palmisani, S., Pang, D., Smith, T. (2014). Sustained Effectiveness of 10 kHz High-Frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for Patients with Chronic, Low Back Pain: 24-Month Results of a Prospective Multicenter Study. Pain Medicine 2014; 15: 347-354
(7)
Oakley , J., Krames , E., et al. A New Spinal Cord Stimulation System Effectively Relieves Chronic, Intractable Pain: A Multicenter Prospective Clinical Study. Neuromodulation 2007; Volume 10, Number 3
(8)
Schultz, D., Webster, L., et al. Sensor-Driven Position-Adaptive Spinal Cord Stimulation for Chronic Pain. Pain Physician 2012; 15:1-12
(9)
North RB, Kidd DH, Farrokhi F, Piantadosi SA. Spinal Cord Stimulation Versus Repeated Lumbosacral Spine Surgery for Chronic Pain: A Randomized, Controlled Trial. Neurosurgery 2005;56:98-106.
(10)
Kumar K, Taylor RS, Jacques L, et al. The Effects of Spinal Cord Stimulation in Neuropathic Pain are Sustained:A 24-Month Follow-Up of the Prospective Randomized Controlled Multicenter Trial of the Effectiveness of Spinal Cord Stimulation. Neurosurgery 2008;63:762-70.
(11)
Kumar K, Taylor RS, Jacques L, et al. Spinal Cord Stimulation Versus Conventional Medical Management for Neuropathic Pain: A Multicentre Randomised Controlled Trial in Patients with Failed Back Surgery Syndrome. Pain (200&), doi:10.1016/j.pain2007.07.028

94


Table of Contents

European Long-Term Clinical Study

        The two-year follow up of the European long-term clinical study was completed in 2013. The open label, prospective study was conducted at two sites in Belgium and the United Kingdom. 82 chronic pain patients completed the therapy evaluation phase, or trial phase, for HF10 therapy and 72 were permanently implanted as a result of successful evaluation phase. 65 of these patients were followed to two years.

        Among the patients who went through the evaluation phase, 87% enrolled had predominant back pain, 17% had failed traditional SCS therapy previously, and 19% of the patients did not have prior back surgery. These are difficult-to-treat patients that have been excluded from traditional SCS therapy studies in the past.

        Key safety results:

        Key efficacy results:

        Other results:

Pilot Study

        Senza and HF10 therapy offers a favorable safety profile. In an initial caprine histological study of HF10 therapy no stimulation-related damage to any evaluated structures was shown, including dorsal nerve rootlets, connective tissue and spinal cord. These results allowed us to move on to an initial pilot study in humans.

        In the initial pilot study, twenty-four patients with back pain greater than leg pain who were candidates for spinal cord stimulation were trialed at five centers in the United States in a prospective, open label trial. Results showed there was significant improvement from baseline in overall pain scores (8.68 to 2.03, p  < 0.001) and back pain scores (8.12 to 1.88, p < 0.001) with Senza. Senza was preferred to the commercially available systems in 21 of 24 patients (88%).

95


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

        Our mission is to be the neuromodulation leader in the treatment of chronic pain by developing innovative, evidence-based solutions. To accomplish this objective we intend to:

96


Table of Contents

Our Senza System

        Senza is designed to create electrical impulses from 2 Hz to 10 kHz, including our proprietary HF10 therapy, which allows for pain relief without paresthesia. HF10 therapy delivers proprietary waveforms at 10 kHz pulse rate with a statistically driven and clinically verified programming algorithm.

        Senza, similar to other commercially available SCS systems, consists of leads, a trial stimulator, an implantable pulse generator, or IPG, surgical tools, a clinician laptop programmer, a patient remote control, and a mobile charger. These components enable physicians to implant the leads and the IPG, and patients to operate the system.

GRAPHIC

        Leads:     The leads are thin, insulated medical wires that conduct electrical pulses from the IPG to near the spinal cord. Senza uses percutaneous leads, which can be inserted to the epidural space minimally invasively through a needle. The leads are cylindrical, flexible and steerable, and are offered in different lengths.

        Trial Stimulator:     The trial stimulator contains electronics that deliver electrical pulses to the lead. It is an external device that is worn around the waist during the evaluation period that typically lasts several days. It is powered by batteries.

        Implantable Pulse Generator (IPG):     The IPG contains a rechargeable battery and electronics that deliver electrical pulses to the lead. It has 16 output channels and can connect to one or two leads. It is a programmable device and can deliver customized programs for each patient. The IPG is rechargeable and is placed surgically under the skin, usually above the buttock or the abdomen. The Senza SCS system is CE Marked and has "at least 10 year battery life" as indicated in its CE label.

        Surgical Tools:     Surgical tools include percutaneous insertion needles that are used to introduce the lead into the epidural space, a variety of stylets that give physicians the ability to steer and deliver the lead to the desired location, anchors to secure the leads, and tunneling tools that provide access from the lead insertion site to the location of the IPG.

97


Table of Contents

        Programmer:     The clinician laptop programmer contains proprietary software that allows customized programming of the IPG. It can non-invasively interrogate the IPG and transmit programming information and download diagnostic information.

        Patient Remote Control:     The patient remote control is a handheld device that allows patients to turn their stimulation on and off and change programs.

        Charger:     The charger recharges the IPG from outside the body. To charge, the charging coil of the charger is placed over the location of the IPG and then initiated by pushing a button on the charger. The charger is mobile and can be worn around the waist using a belt when charging is needed, so that the patient can perform various tasks while charging. Charging sessions are usually performed daily and are expected to average approximately 45 minutes a day.

Growth Opportunities

        Senza is a platform technology. We believe that our platform will have applications in other pain indications, and we are actively investigating some of these opportunities.

Pre-Spinal Surgery

        One of the most common uses for SCS is for neuropathic pain conditions such as FBSS. The incidence of patients that will develop FBSS following lumbar spinal surgery is estimated to be within the range of 10% to 40%. With the increasing number of spinal surgeries in the United States, FBSS is also increasing. While there is a clear need for spinal surgery in many patients, given the high rate of FBSS there is a potential for SCS to move up the treatment progression ahead of spinal surgery for some patients without mechanical instability. HF10 therapy could provide an attractive treatment option for these patients due to its cost, reversibility and initial trial period. In subset analysis of pre-spinal surgery patients from our SENZA-RCT and European studies, we found a decrease in back pain VAS scores from 7.2 to 2.5 (12 months, n=11) and 8.1 to 3.4 (24 months, n=14), respectively, as well as a decrease in leg pain VAS scores from 7.1 to 2.3 (12 months, n=11) and 5.9 to 2.8 (24 months, n=14) respectively. We have an ongoing feasibility study in this indication.

Chronic Intractable Neck and Upper Extremity Pain

        Chronic neck pain with or without upper extremity pain is prevalent in 48% of women and 38% of men in the general adult population, with persistent complaints in 22% of women and 16% of men. Multiple treatments currently exist in the market today, such as epidural injections, but there is a lack of clinically efficacious treatments. In addition, there has been a very small body of evidence published on the application of SCS in chronic neck pain and upper extremity pain by placing the leads in the cervical spine. The evidence has suggested promising therapeutic response when traditional SCS therapy is used, but the paresthesia in the cervical spine associated with traditional SCS therapy can create intolerable discomfort, limiting its viability. We believe Senza can overcome this barrier due to its ability to deliver pain relief without paresthesia. We have an ongoing feasibility study in this indication.

Refractory Chronic Migraine

        Chronic migraine is a widespread and debilitating disorder affecting 2% of the general population. Chronic migraine patients have greater than 15 headache-days per four week period lasting more than 3 months. Conventional treatments often include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, triptans, ergots, acetaminophens, opioids and botox as well as other therapies. Despite all of these pharmacologics, many patients do not respond to these therapies. Recognizing the opportunity and the potential for HF10 therapy to address this unmet need, we have begun to investigate this indication through feasibility studies. The benefit of HF10 therapy in this indication as opposed to traditional SCS therapy in chronic migraine is the treatment of patients without paresthesia through cervical lead placement,

98


Table of Contents

rather than occipital nerve stimulation which requires lead insertion at the base of the skull. We have an ongoing feasibility study in this indication.

Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement

        In the United States, the primary purchasers of Senza are hospitals and outpatient surgery centers. These purchasers bill various third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans for the healthcare services associated with the SCS procedure. Government agencies and private payors determine whether to provide coverage for specific procedures. We believe that SCS procedures using Senza, if approved, would be adequately described by existing CPT, HCPCS II, and ICD-9-CM codes for the implantation of spinal cord stimulators and related leads performed in various sites of care. Medicare reimbursement rates for the same or similar procedures vary due to geographic location, nature of facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., hospital outpatient department or outpatient surgery centers) and other factors. Although private payors' coverage policies and reimbursement rates tend to vary, the Medicare program is increasingly used as a model for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for healthcare items and services, including SCS procedures. Outside the United States, reimbursement levels vary significantly by country, and by region within some countries. Reimbursement is obtained from a variety of sources, including government-sponsored and private health insurance plans, and combinations of both. Some countries will require us to gather additional clinical data before recognizing granting broader coverage and reimbursement for our products. It is our intent to complete the requisite clinical studies and obtain coverage and reimbursement approval beyond what we have today in countries where it makes economic sense to do so.

Product Development

        Our objective is to continue to improve patient outcomes and further expand patient access to HF10 therapy through enhancements to Senza and the development of new indications. Research and development expenses were $15.7 million and $20.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

        Since the launch of the initial Senza system, we have introduced a number of new product enhancements. These include a short-tip version of the lead, new lengths of the lead, an active anchor with improved performance over silicon anchors, second generation active anchor with smaller volume, lead adaptors that allow use of competitor leads already implanted in patients, second generation clinician programmer software, second generation IPG with improved shape and head-MRI compatibility. We also expect to continue developing enhancements to Senza to further increase performance and introduce new benefits including next generation IPGs and leads and improved MRI compatibility.

Sales and Marketing

United States

        We do not currently have a direct sales organization in the United States. In anticipation of FDA regulatory approval, we expect to recruit, hire and train a direct sales force in the United States, who will target physician specialties involved in SCS treatment decisions, including neurosurgeons, physiatrists, interventional pain specialists and orthopedic spine surgeons. We plan to target approximately 2,400 hospitals and outpatient surgery centers at which we believe an estimated 90% of SCS procedures are performed in the United States. In addition, our commercial team plans to create awareness and demand for Senza among additional stakeholders involved in the SCS treatment decision, including third-party payors, hospitals administrators and SCS patients and their families. We also intend to develop a product support team in order to provide ongoing support to physicians for the use of Senza.

99


Table of Contents

International

        We sell Senza in Europe and Australia through a combination of our direct sales force and a network of sales agents and independent distributors. We began our direct sales operations in the United Kingdom in 2010 and to date have expanded our direct sales operations to Austria, Australia, Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg, Sweden and Switzerland. We utilize sales agents and independent distributors to sell in an additional seven countries. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, one customer, Joymed BV, accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue. Joymed is the exclusive distributor of Senza in the Netherlands.

Competition

        We compete in the SCS market for chronic pain. We also compete with spine surgeries, in particular re-surgeries. Currently, our major competitors are Medtronic, Boston Scientific and St. Jude Medical, who have obtained regulatory approval for SCS systems. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the market are:

    Sales force experience and access

    Company brand recognition

    Product support and service

    Effective marketing and education

    Technological innovation, product enhancements and speed of innovation

    Pricing and reimbursement

    Published clinical efficacy data

    Product reliability, safety and durability

    Ease of use

    Clinical research leadership

        Many of our competitors have greater capital resources, more established operations, longer commercial histories and more extensive relationships with physicians. They also have a wider product offerings within neuromodulation and in other product categories, providing them with greater supplier power and with more opportunities to interact with stakeholders involved in purchasing decisions. We also face competition to recruit and retain qualified sales and other personnel.

        We expect our competitors to launch new products and release additional clinical evidence within the next few years. We understand that St. Jude Medical is currently working on a U.S. pivotal study, SUNBurst, to gain approval for its burst stimulation technology, intended for chronic pain relief with minimal paresthesia. Medtronic is performing randomized clinical studies to collect data on existing SCS products for back pain. We believe that Boston Scientific has commenced recruiting patients for a randomized clinical trial of a high-frequency SCS therapy. Boston Scientific is also expected to introduce incremental product enhancements such as a reduction in the size of the IPG, new accessories and improved MRI compatibility labeling.

Intellectual Property

        We actively seek to protect the intellectual property and proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, which includes seeking and maintaining patents covering our technology and products, proprietary processes and any other inventions that are commercially or strategically important to the development of our business. We also rely upon trademarks to build and maintain the integrity of our brand, and we seek to protect the confidentiality of trade secrets that may be important

100


Table of Contents

to the development of our business. For more information, please see "Risk factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property."

Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary Technology

        As of October 1, 2014, we owned 49 issued patents globally, of which 34 were issued U.S. patents, 10 were issued Australian patents, 4 were issued European patents, and one was an issued Chinese patent. In particular, one of our patent claims covers a SCS that is configured to generate a non-parasthesia producing therapy at a frequency within a frequency range from 1,500 Hz to 100,000 Hz. As of October 1, 2014, we held 113 patent applications pending globally, of which 56 were patent applications pending in the United States, and 57 were patent applications pending across Europe, Australia, Canada, Japan, China, and Korea. We also have an exclusive license from the Mayo Foundation to one U.S. issued patent and two U.S. pending patent applications. All of our current issued patents are projected to expire between 2028 and 2032.

        As of October 1, 2014, our trademark portfolio contained 13 trademark registrations, 4 of which were U.S. trademark registrations, as well as 16 pending U.S. trademark applications and 7 pending foreign trademark applications.

        The term of individual patents depends on the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in the applicable country. We cannot assure you that patents will be issued from any of our pending applications or that, if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection for our technology. Notwithstanding the scope of the patent protection available to us, a competitor could develop treatment methods or devices that are not covered by our patents. Furthermore, numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing products. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications unknown to us, which applications may later result in issued patents that our existing or future products or proprietary technologies may be alleged to infringe.

        There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device industry. In the future, we may need to engage in litigation to enforce patents issued or licensed to us, to protect our trade secrets or know-how, to defend against claims of infringement of the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could be costly and could divert our attention from other functions and responsibilities. Adverse determinations in litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, could require us to seek licenses from third parties and could prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using Senza, any of which could severely harm our business.

        We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation, and may rely upon licensing opportunities in the future, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary information, under which they are bound to assign to us inventions made during the term of their employment.

The Mayo License

        In October 2006, we entered into a license agreement, or the Mayo License, with the Venturi Group, LLC, or VGL, and the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Foundation, pursuant to which the Mayo Foundation committed to confer with us exclusively to develop products for the treatment of autonomic and peripheral nervous system disorders, including pain, using devices to modulate nerve signaling, and non-exclusively to test such devices, and VGL committed to confer with us non-exclusively to develop such devices, and exclusively to test such

101


Table of Contents

devices. These commitments to confer expired in January 2011. We were granted a worldwide license to make, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products incorporating or using the know-how developed for and provided to us by the Mayo Foundation or VGL in the course of such development and testing activities, exclusively for product development and non-exclusively for product testing. We were also granted an exclusive worldwide license under certain patents and patent applications, including any patent applications or issued patents claiming inventions that arose out of the device development and testing activities conducted on our behalf by the Mayo Foundation or VGL pursuant to the agreement, to develop, make, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products covered by the licensed patents or patent applications. As of August 5, 2014, two issued patents were covered by the Mayo License. These two patents expire in 2027 and 2028, respectively.

        Pursuant to the Mayo License, we are obligated to pay royalties to the Mayo Foundation, on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis, based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products in the low single digits, subject to reduction under certain circumstances. Our obligation to pay royalties commences upon the first commercial sale of a licensed product in a particular country and expires, on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis, in the case of products covered by a licensed patent or patent application upon the expiration of the last valid claim covering such product in such country, and in the case of any other licensed product, upon the fifth anniversary of the first commercial sale of such product in such country. We are obligated to pay Mayo a double-digit percentage of any sublicensing revenue we receive from any sublicensees during the term of the Mayo License. In addition, we are obligated to issue the Mayo Foundation 500,000 shares of our common stock upon the earlier of (1) FDA approval of our PMA for Senza or (2) the consummation of this offering. We are also required under the Mayo License to use commercially reasonable efforts to research, develop and commercialize licensed products.

        The Mayo License terminates upon the expiration (1) the last to expire of the licensed patents or (2) our obligation to pay royalties, whichever is later. We, the Mayo Foundation or VGL may terminate the Mayo License upon 60 days' notice of a party's material breach if such breach remains uncured after such 60-day period. In the event of termination as a result of our material breach, all licenses to the licensed patents will terminate, and our licenses to the know-how provided to us by the Mayo Foundation or VGL in the course of the development and testing activities will become non-exclusive. We do not believe a termination of the Mayo License would have a material adverse impact on our ability to develop, market and sell Senza. In the event that we terminate the Mayo License for breach by either the Mayo Foundation or VGL, all licenses to licensed patents continue, our license to the licensed know-how shall become non-exclusive and our obligation to pay royalties on net sales of licensed products shall be reduced by half. The Mayo Foundation or VGL may also terminate in the event of our insolvency.

Manufacturing and Supply

        We rely upon third-party suppliers for the manufacture and assembly of our Senza SCS system and its components, some of which are single- or sole-sources of the relevant product component. We have not yet identified and qualified second-source replacements for many of our critical single-source suppliers. Thus, in the event that our relationship with any of our single- or sole-source suppliers terminates in the future, we may have difficulty maintaining sufficient production of our products at the standards we require. Where practicable, we are currently seeking, or intending to seek, second-source manufacturers for our single-source components. We believe that existing third-party facilities will be adequate to meet our current and anticipated manufacturing needs. We do not currently plan to manufacture the Senza SCS system components ourselves.

        We believe our manufacturing operations, and those of our suppliers, are in compliance with regulations mandated by the FDA. Manufacturing facilities that produce medical devices or their component parts intended for distribution world-wide are subject to regulation and periodic unannounced inspection by the FDA and other domestic and international regulatory agencies. In the

102


Table of Contents

United States, we are required to manufacture any products that we sell in compliance with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the methods used in, and the facilities used for, the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA inspected our facilities in October 2012 and April 2013. In each instance, we received a Form FDA 483 with one inspectional observation. We implemented corrective actions and responded to each of the observations and, as of the date of this prospectus, the FDA has not taken any further actions with respect to these inspections. In international markets, we are required to obtain and maintain various quality assurance and quality management certifications. We have obtained the following international certifications: Quality Management System ISO13485, Full Quality Assurance Certification for the design and manufacture of spinal cord stimulator systems and accessories and a Design Examination certificate for Implantable Pulse Generator and Accessories. We are required to demonstrate continuing compliance with applicable regulatory requirements to maintain these certifications and will continue to be periodically inspected by international regulatory authorities for certification purposes.

        We believe that our most significant supply contracts are as follows:

Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing

        In July 2014, we entered into a new supply agreement with Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing, Inc., or Pro-Tech, pursuant to which Pro-Tech, as a single-source supplier, conducts the inspection, labeling, packaging and sterilization of our Senza SCS system. Our supply agreement is scheduled to expire in July 2019, unless terminated earlier. We may terminate the agreement without cause upon six months' prior written notice, and Pro-Tech may terminate without cause upon 18 months' prior written notice. In addition, we and Pro-Tech have the right to terminate the agreement upon 30 days' prior written notice in the event of the other party's material breach that remains uncured at the end of such 30-day period.

Stellar Technologies

        On July 1, 2009, we entered into a manufacturing agreement with Stellar Technologies, Inc., or Stellar, our single-source supplier of our percutaneous leads and percutaneous lead extenders for our neurological stimulator products. On June 30, 2014, the agreement's initial term expired, and the agreement automatically renewed for the first time. On July 1, 2014, we entered into a first amendment to the manufacturing agreement with Stellar, which provides for an additional five year term commencing from the date of the amendment, after which the agreement automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless either party provides written notice of intent not to renew at least 30 days before the expiration of the then-current term. We refer to the manufacturing agreement as amended by the first amendment as the Stellar Agreement.

        Either we or Stellar may terminate the Stellar Agreement at will upon one years' advance notice, subject to certain remaining rights and payment obligations, including an early cancellation fee payable by us to Stellar. We may also terminate the Stellar Agreement if Stellar is unable to perform its obligations under the Stellar Agreement for 60 days or more, or if Stellar is unwilling to perform its obligations under the Stellar Agreement and does not cure such defect within 60 days' of our providing written notice to cure. Stellar may terminate the Stellar Agreement in the event of our default of certain specified obligations, including our payment obligations, material violation of a warranty or law, our material breach, and our insolvency.

CCC Supply Agreement

        We rely upon C.C.C. Del Uruguay S.A., or CCC, as our single-source manufacturer of our IPG. In April 2012, we entered into a supply agreement with CCC, later amended in March 2013, pursuant to which CCC has agreed to manufacture this component at its manufacturing facility in Montevideo,

103


Table of Contents

Uruguay. Pursuant to the agreement, if we issue orders for products in quantities of at a least a specified number of units, CCC may not develop, manufacture, distribute, or sell any high-frequency IPGs to any entity other than us. Pursuant to the agreement, CCC must cooperate with us to provide any assistance necessary to enable a second-source supplier to manufacture our products in the same manner as CCC.

        Our supply agreement with CCC is scheduled to expire in March 2015, after which the agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless we or CCC provide written notice of intent not to renew at least 90 days' prior to the end of the then-current term. Either we or CCC may terminate the agreement immediately upon written notice in the event the other party's acquisition or termination of its business operations; material breach of the agreement that is not cured with 60 days of the other party's notice of such breach; or bankruptcy or insolvency.

EaglePicher Medical Power Supply Agreement

        In April 2009, we entered into a product supply and development agreement with EaglePicher Medical Power LLC, or EaglePicher, our single-source supplier of the batteries and related products for our IPG. Pursuant to the agreement, EaglePicher must use its best efforts to supply these batteries and related products in sufficient quantity to meet our demand. The agreement also provides that, upon our written request, EaglePicher will conduct development of a modified version of these products to our specifications, if we so desire.

        The initial term of our supply agreement with EaglePicher expired in November 2010, and the term has been automatically renewing for successive one-year periods and, unless terminated otherwise, shall continue to renew until we or EaglePicher provide written notice of intent not to renew at least 60 days prior to the end of the then-current term. We or EaglePicher may terminate the agreement for convenience upon three months' prior written notice. In addition, we or EaglePicher may terminate upon 60 days' written notice in the event of the other party's material breach or an action indicating bankruptcy or insolvency, if such breach or condition is not cured within such 60-day period. We also have the right to terminate the agreement in the event that a specified percentage of products received fail to meet our specifications, such failure is not cured within six months and such failure is at least partially the fault of EaglePicher.

Other Key Suppliers

        We also have other key suppliers, including some sole-source suppliers, for certain of our components, with whom we do not have agreements.

Product Liability and Insurance

        The manufacture and sale of our products subjects us to the risk of financial exposure to product liability claims. Our products are used in situations in which there is a risk of serious injury or death. We carry insurance policies which we believe to be customary for similar companies in our industry. We cannot assure you that these policies will be sufficient to cover all or substantially all losses that we experience.

        We endeavor to maintain executive and organization liability insurance in a form and with aggregate coverage limits that we believe are adequate for our business purposes, but our coverage limits may prove not to be adequate in some circumstances.

Government Regulations

United States

        Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, and its

104


Table of Contents

implementing regulations, guidances, and standards. The FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, promotion, distribution, and production of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses. The FDA also regulates the export of medical devices manufactured in the United States to international markets. Any violations of these laws and regulations could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if there is a change in law, regulation or judicial interpretation, we may be required to change our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Under the FFDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness.

        Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to FDA's "general controls" for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below.

        Class II devices are subject to FDA's general controls, and any other "special controls" deemed necessary by FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification procedure, though certain Class II devices are exempt from this premarket review process. When a 510(k) is required, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the device is "substantially equivalent" to a legally marketed device, which in some cases may require submission of clinical data. Unless a specific exemption applies, 510(k) premarket notification submissions are subject to user fees. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, the FDA will place the device, or the particular use of the device, into Class III, and the device sponsor must then fulfill much more rigorous premarketing requirements.

        A Class III product is a product which has a new intended use or utilizes advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be assured solely by general or special controls. These devices almost always require formal clinical studies to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

        Submission and FDA approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application is required before marketing of a Class III device can proceed. As with 510(k) submissions, unless subject to an exemption, PMA submissions are subject to user fees. The PMA process is much more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. A PMA application, which is intended to demonstrate that the device is safe and effective, must be supported by extensive data, including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials. The PMA must also contain a full description of the device and its components, a full description of the methods, facilities, and controls used for manufacturing, and proposed labeling. Following receipt of a PMA application, once the FDA determines that the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review, the FDA will formally accept the application for review. The FDA, by statute and by regulation, has 180-days to review an "accepted" PMA application, although the review of an application more often occurs over a significantly longer period of time, and can take up to several years. In approving a PMA application or clearing a 510(k) application, the FDA may also require some form of post-market surveillance when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. In such cases, the manufacturer might be required to follow certain patient groups for a number of years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients.

105


Table of Contents

PMA Approval

        The Senza SCS system is a Class III device subject to review and approval through the PMA pathway. PMA applications must be supported by, among other things, valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to the FDA's satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. A PMA application must also include, among other things, a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling.

        The FDA has 45 days from its receipt of a PMA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the applicant and/or its third-party manufacturers' or suppliers' manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.

        The timing of FDA review of an initial PMA application can vary substantially and, in some cases, require several years to complete. The FDA can delay, limit, or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

    it is not demonstrated that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe or effective under the conditions of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the proposed labeling;

    the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient; and

    the manufacturing process, methods, controls, or facilities used for the manufacture, processing, packing, or installation of the device do not meet applicable requirements.

        If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. If the FDA's evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the PMA approvable. The FDA may also determine that additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and the data is then submitted in an amendment to the PMA. Once granted, PMA approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post approval requirements, conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

        Approval by the FDA of new PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application and may not require as extensive clinical data.

Clinical Studies

        When FDA approval of a Class I, Class II or Class III device requires human clinical trials, and if the device presents a "significant risk" to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an investigational device exemption, or IDE, application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trial. If the device is considered a "non-significant risk," IDE

106


Table of Contents

submission to FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the Institutional Review Board, or IRB, overseeing the investigation at each clinical trial site is required. Human clinical studies are generally required in connection with approval of Class III devices and may be required for Class I and II devices. The FDA or the IRB at each institution at which a clinical trial is being performed may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

Continuing Regulation

        After FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: compliance with the QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow elaborate design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process; labeling regulations; the FDA's general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or "off-label" uses; the reports of Corrections and Removals regulation, which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk of health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDC Act; and the Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur. Manufacturers are also required to register and list their devices with the FDA, based on which the FDA will conduct inspections to ensure continued compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

        The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory and enforcement powers. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters; fines; injunctions; consent decrees; civil penalties; repairs replacements or refunds; recalls, corrections or seizures of products; total or partial suspension of production; the FDA's refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of current product applications; and criminal prosecution. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

International

        Our international sales are subject to regulatory requirements in the countries in which our products are sold. The regulatory review process varies from country to country and may in some cases require the submission of clinical data. In addition, the FDA must be notified of, or approve the export to certain countries of devices that require a PMA, and not yet approved in the United States.

        In the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland), we need to comply with the requirements of the EU Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive or AIMDD, and appropriately affix the CE Mark on our products to attest to such compliance. To achieve compliance, our products must meet the "Essential Requirements" laid down in Annex I of the AIMDD relating to safety and performance. To demonstrate compliance with the Essential Requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE mark we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and which are not sterile), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the Essential Requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body, which is an organization designated by a competent authority of an EEA country to conduct conformity assessments. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would audit and examine the Technical File and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a CE Certificate of Conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the Essential Requirements. This Certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE

107


Table of Contents

mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity. The assessment of the conformity of Senza has been certified by our Notified Body ((the British Standards Institution or BSI).

        As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the Essential Requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use and that the known and foreseeable risks, and that any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device (e.g., product labeling and instructions for use) are supported by suitable evidence. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained from (1) clinical studies conducted on the devices being assessed, (2) scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated or (3) both clinical studies and scientific literature. With respect to active implantable medical devices or Class III devices, the manufacturer must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless reliance on existing clinical data from equivalent devices can be justified. The conduct of clinical studies in the EEA is governed by detailed regulatory obligations. These may include the requirement of prior authorization by the competent authorities of the country in which the study takes place and the requirement to obtain a positive opinion from a competent Ethics Committee. This process can be expensive and time-consuming. Additionally, Senza must continue to comply with the requirements of certain EU Directives.

        We are subject to continued surveillance by our Notified Body and will be required to report any serious adverse incidents to the appropriate authorities. We also must comply with additional requirements of individual countries in which our products are marketed.

        The assessment of the conformity of Senza with the AIMDD and the R&TTE (Radio and Telecommunications Terminal) Directive has been certified by our Notified Body (the British Standards Institution or BSI).

        In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive with a new regulation (the Medical Devices Regulation). Unlike the Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulation would be directly applicable in all EEA Member States and so is intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices.

        In October 2013, the European Parliament approved a package of reforms to the European Commission's proposals. Under the revised proposals, only designated "special notified bodies" would be entitled to conduct conformity assessments of high-risk devices, such as active implantable devices. These special notified bodies will need to notify the European Commission when they receive an application for a conformity assessment for a new high-risk device. The European Commission will then forward the notification and the accompanying documents on the device to the Medical Devices Coordination Group, or MDCG, (a new, yet to be created, body chaired by the European Commission, and representatives of Member States) for an opinion. These new procedures may result in the re-assessment of our existing medical devices, or a longer or more burdensome assessment of our new products.

        If adopted, the Medical Devices Regulation is expected to enter into force in 2015 and become applicable three years thereafter. In its current form it would, among other things, also impose additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of high risk medical devices, impose an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance, and provide for more strict clinical evidence requirements.

108


Table of Contents

Other Regulations

        We are also subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation in the jurisdictions in which we will conduct our business. These laws include, without limitation, applicable anti-kickback, false claims, physician sunshine and patient privacy and security laws and regulations.

        Anti-Kickback Statute:     The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. The term "remuneration" includes kickbacks, bribes, or rebates and also has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. These statutory exceptions and safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they may not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more applicable statutory exceptions or safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Further, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act which is discussed below. Penalties for violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute include, but are not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of operations.

        Federal Civil False Claims Act:     The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from or approval by, the federal government. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the civil False Claims Act in the name of the government alleging false and fraudulent claims presented to or paid by the government (or other violations of the statutes) and to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Such suits, known as qui tam actions, have increased significantly in the healthcare industry in recent years. Manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to "cause" the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Penalties for a federal civil False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs and criminal liability. The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal Anti-Kickback and False Claims Act, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

        Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996:     The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, created several new federal crimes, including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits

109


Table of Contents

knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

        In addition, HIPAA and its implementing regulations established uniform standards for certain covered entities, which are healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates, governing the conduct of specified electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys' fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA and HITECH.

        EU Data Protection Directive:     We are subject to laws and regulations in non-U.S. countries covering data privacy and the protection of health-related and other personal information. EU member states and other jurisdictions have adopted data protection laws and regulations, which impose significant compliance obligations. For example, the EU Data Protection Directive, as implemented into national laws by the EU member states, imposes strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, analyze and transfer personal data, including health data from clinical trials and adverse event reporting. Failing to comply with these laws could lead to government enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, and adversely impact our operating results. A proposal for an EU Data Protection Regulation, intended to replace the current EU Data Protection Directive, is currently under consideration and, if adopted, could lead to additional and stricter requirements and penalties in the event of non-compliance.

        The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act:     The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program, with certain exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to "payments or other transfers of value" made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and to report annually to CMS certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Certain states also require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures, require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources.

        Healthcare Reform:     In March 2010 the Affordable Care Act was signed into law, which has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the medical device industry. The Affordable Care Act impacted existing government healthcare programs and resulted in the development of new programs. The Affordable Care Act's provisions of importance include, but are not limited to, a deductible 2.3% excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States, with limited exceptions, effective January 1, 2013.

        The full impact of the ACA, as well as other laws and reform measures that may be proposed and adopted in the future, remains uncertain, but may continue the downward pressure on medical device pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business operations.

110


Table of Contents

        The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act:     The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

        The UK Bribery Act.     The UK Bribery Act prohibits giving, offering, or promising bribes to any person, including non-UK government officials and private persons, as well as requesting, agreeing to receive, or accepting bribes from any person. In addition, under the UK Bribery Act, companies which carry on a business or part of a business in the UK, as we do, may be held liable for bribes given, offered or promised to any person, including non-UK government officials and private persons, by employees and persons associated with the company in order to obtain or retain business or a business advantage for the company. Liability is strict, with no element of a corrupt state of mind, but a defense of having in place adequate procedures designed to prevent bribery is available. Furthermore, under the UK Bribery Act there is no exception for facilitation payments.

Facilities

        Our corporate headquarters and research and development facilities are located in Menlo Park, California, where we lease and occupy approximately 17,600 square feet of office and laboratory space. The current term of our lease expires in July 2015. We also lease office space in Switzerland and a small warehouse space in Menlo Park, California. We believe our current facilities will be adequate and suitable for our operations for the foreseeable future.

Employees

        As of June 30, 2014, we had 114 employees globally. We believe the success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We are committed to developing our employees and providing them with opportunities to contribute to our growth and success. Our employees are not subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe that we have good relations with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. However, we may from time to time be involved in various claims and legal proceedings of a nature we believe are normal and incidental to a medical device business. These matters may include product liability, intellectual property, employment, and other general claims. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

111


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, significant employees and directors, as of June 30, 2014:

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Executive Officers

         

Michael DeMane

    58   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Rami Elghandour

    35   President

Andrew H. Galligan

    58   Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer

Michael Enxing

    48   Vice President of Sales and Marketing

Balakrishnan Shankar

    48   Vice President, Operations

Andre Walker

    50   Senior Vice President, Research & Development

Significant Employees

   
 
 

 

David Caraway, M.D., Ph.D. 

    57   Chief Medical Officer

Bradford E. Gliner

    49   Vice President, Clinical & Regulatory

Tamara F. Rook

    42   Vice President, Health Economics & Reimbursement

Non-Employee Directors

   
 
 

 

Ali Behbahani, M.D. (2)(3)

    38   Director

Peter T. Bisgaard (2)

    40   Director

Frank Fischer (3)

    72   Director

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. (1)(2)

    58   Director

Shawn T McCormick (1)

    49   Director

Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. (1)(3)

    62   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.
(2)
Member of the compensation committee.
(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

         Michael DeMane joined us in March 2011 and serves as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. DeMane continuously served on the board of directors of several private companies from June 2010 to March 2011. From March 2009 to June 2010, Mr. DeMane served as a Senior Advisor to Thomas, McNerney & Partners, a healthcare venture firm. Mr. DeMane served as the Chief Operating Officer of Medtronic, Inc. from August 2007 to April 2008. Prior to his COO role, Mr. DeMane served at Medtronic Inc. as Senior Vice President from May 2007 to August 2007, Senior Vice President and President: Europe, Canada, Latin America and Emerging Markets from August 2005 to May 2007, Senior Vice President and President: Spinal, ENT and Navigation from February 2002 to August 2005, and President, Spinal from January 2000 to February 2002. Prior to that, he was President at Interbody Technologies, a division of Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Inc., from June 1998 to December 1999. From April 1996 to June 1998, Mr. DeMane served at Smith & Nephew Pty. Ltd. as Managing Director, Australia and New Zealand, after a series of research and development and general management positions with Smith & Nephew Inc. Mr. DeMane earned a B.S. in Chemistry from St. Lawrence University and an M.S. in bioengineering from Clemson University. We believe that Mr. DeMane is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience, strategic

112


Table of Contents

leadership track record, service on other boards of directors of companies in the healthcare industry and his service as our chief executive officer.

         Rami Elghandour joined us in October 2012, has served as our Chief Business Officer and currently serves as our President. From September 2008 to October 2012, Mr. Elghandour managed investments for Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation, or JJDC, where he led several investments and served on the board of directors of a number of private companies, including our board of directors. Additionally, he led strategic initiatives in the development and management of JJDC's portfolio. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Elghandour worked for Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. (acquired by St. Jude Medical, Inc.), a medical device company, where he led firmware design and development on several implantable neurostimulators. Mr. Elghandour received an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Rutgers University School of Engineering.

         Andrew H. Galligan has served as our Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer since May 2010. From February 2009 to July 2010, Mr. Galligan served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer at OOMA, a consumer electronics manufacturer and VOIP service provider. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Galligan served as Vice President of Finance and CFO of Reliant Technologies, Inc. (later acquired by Solta Medical, Inc.), a medical device company. Mr. Galligan has also held the top financial executive position at several other medical device companies and began his career in various financial positions at KPMG and Raychem Corp. Mr. Galligan currently serves on the board of directors of DiaDexus, Inc., a public medical diagnostics company. Mr. Galligan received a degree in Business Studies from Trinity College in Dublin, Ireland and is also a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland.

         Michael Enxing has served as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing since December 2012. From 2009 to December 2012, Mr. Enxing served as Vice President of Vertos Medical Inc., a medical device company. From 1990 to 2009, Mr. Enxing held various executive positions at Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (f/k/a Cardio Vascular Solutions (CSI)), a medical device company, Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. (acquired by St. Jude Medical, Inc.), a medical device company, Stryker Corporation, a medical technology company, and Tecnol Medical Products, Inc. (acquired by Kimberly Clark), a medical device company. Mr. Enxing is a graduate of Iowa State University with a B.S. in Communications and focus in business administration.

         Balakrishnan Shankar has served as our Vice President of Operations since March 2014. From 2008 to 2014, Mr. Shankar held a variety of leadership positions at St. Jude Medical, Inc. with responsibility for the development and manufacturing its implantable pacemakers and defibrillators, including Vice President, Neurotechnology Development from October 2013 to March 2014, Vice President of Software Development from April 2012 to September 2013, Vice President of Operations from January 2010 to March 2012 and Division Director, Operations from October 2008 to December 2009. Mr. Shankar received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology and an M.S. in Biomedical Engineering from Johns Hopkins University.

         Andre Walker has served as our Senior Vice President, Research & Development since February 2007. From 1999 to 2007, Mr. Walker was Vice President of R&D at St. Jude Medical, Inc., responsible for the development of its implantable Defibrillators and Pacemaker products. Mr. Walker has also held leadership positions at Siemens Pacesetter, Inc., a medical device company, and Zilog, Inc., a consumer semiconductor manufacturer. Mr. Walker holds a M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Hasselt in Hasselt, Belgium.

Significant Employees

         David Caraway, M.D., Ph.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since April 2014. Before joining Nevro, from 2001 to May 2014, Dr. Caraway was the CEO of The Center for Pain Relief, Tri-State, L.L.C., in partnership with St. Mary's Regional Medical Center in Huntington, West Virginia.

113


Table of Contents

Dr. Caraway has maintained an active medical practice for over 20 years and has held leadership positions in the North American Neuromodulation and the American Society of Interventional Pain Physicians. As a nationally recognized expert in the treatment of chronic pain, he has lectured regionally, nationally and internationally in the field of Interventional Pain Medicine and authored numerous publications in this field. Dr. Caraway received a B.S. in chemical engineering from the University of Virginia School of Engineering, an M.D. from the University of Virginia School of Medicine and a Ph.D. in biophysics from the University of Virginia Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. He also received post-graduate training in anesthesiology and pain management from the University of Virginia. Dr. Caraway is board certified by the American Board of Anesthesiology.

         Bradford E. Gliner has served as our Vice President of Clinical and Regulatory Affairs since May 2011. From 2008 to May 2011, Mr. Gliner was President and CEO at MitoGuard Neuroscience, Inc., a photobiomodulation medical device company. From 1999 to 2008, Mr. Gliner was Vice President of Research at Northstar Neuroscience, Inc., a medical device company, where he led research on numerous neuromodulation applications. From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Gliner was also a co-founder of Heartstream, Inc. (acquired by Koninklijke Philips Electronics NV), a medical device company that manufactures and markets automatic external defibrillators. Mr. Gliner received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois and a M.S. in Biomedical Engineering from Johns Hopkins University in Maryland.

         Tamara F. Rook has served as our Vice President, Health Economics & Reimbursement since September 2013. From June 2012 to August 2013, Ms. Rook was the Vice President of Reimbursement at Vertos Medical Inc., a medical device company, where she focused on gaining market access for an emerging therapy. From 2006 to June 2012, Ms. Rook worked in the neuromodulation space with Medtronic, Inc. and from 2004 to 2006 she worked at Cyberonics, Inc. where she was focused on managing patient access and initiating coverage for new indications. Ms. Rook received a Master of Business Administration from the University of Houston and a B.A. in Public Administration from Texas State University.

Non-Employee Directors

         Ali Behbahani, M.D. has served on our board of directors since September 2014. Dr. Behbahani joined New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, in 2007 and is a Partner on the healthcare team. Prior to joining NEA, Dr. Behbahani worked as a consultant in business development at The Medicines Company, a specialty pharmaceutical company developing acute care cardiovascular products. Dr. Behbahani previously held positions as a venture associate at Morgan Stanley Venture Partners and as a healthcare investment banking analyst at Lehman Brothers. He conducted basic science research in the fields of viral fusion inhibition and structural proteomics at the National Institutes of Health and at Duke University. Dr. Behbahani currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies. Dr. Behbahani holds an M.D. from The University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, an M.B.A. from The University of Pennsylvania Wharton School and a B.A. in Biomedical Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Chemistry from Duke University. We believe that Dr. Behbahani is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the life science industry and his investment experience.

         Peter T. Bisgaard has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2013. Mr. Bisgaard is currently employed as a Partner with Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides consultancy services to Novo A/S, a Danish limited liability company that manages investments and financial assets. He joined Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in 2009. From 2001 to 2009, Mr. Bisgaard was employed as a Partner of Novo A/S. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Bisgaard was employed with McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm, where he focused on strategy development, mergers, acquisitions and alliances in various industries. Mr. Bisgaard is a member of the board of directors of Alder BioPharmaceuticals, Inc. and Chairman of the Board of Otonomy, Inc.. Alder and Otonomy are both publicly traded clinical-stage biopharmaceutical companies. Further, Mr. Bisgaard is on the board

114


Table of Contents

of numerous private medtech and biotech companies. Mr. Bisgaard holds a MSc from the Technical University of Denmark and was awarded a post graduate degree in Mathematical Modeling in Economics by the European Consortium for Mathematics in the Industry. We believe Mr. Bisgaard is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his strong financial expertise, extensive industry experience, his experience of serving on the board of directors for several biopharmaceutical and medtech companies, and his experience with venture capital investments.

         Frank Fischer has served on our board of directors since October 2012. Mr. Fischer joined NeuroPace, Inc., a privately held developer of treatment devices for neurological disorders, in 2000 and currently serves as its President and Chief Executive Officer. From May 1998 to September 1999, Mr. Fischer was President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Heartport, Inc., a formerly publicly traded cardiac surgery company (later acquired by Johnson & Johnson in 2001). From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Fischer served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ventritex, Inc., a publicly traded designer, developer, manufacturer and marketer of implantable defibrillators and related products for the treatment of ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation, which was acquired by St. Jude Medical in 1997. Mr. Fischer currently serves on the board of directors of several privately held companies. Mr. Fischer received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering and a M.S. in Management from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. We believe that Mr. Fischer is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his operational experience in the life science industry.

         Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. has served on our board of directors since January 2012. Dr. Jaeger cofounded Three Arch Partners in 1993 and has served as a Partner and Managing Member since that time. Prior to co-founding Three Arch Partners, Dr. Jaeger was a general partner at Schroder Ventures. Dr. Jaeger currently serves on the board of directors of Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public clinical stage biopharmaceutical company, Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public pharmaceutical company, as well as numerous private companies. Dr. Jaeger received a B.S. in Biology from the University of British Columbia, an M.D. from the University of British Columbia School of Medicine and an M.B.A from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe that Dr. Jaeger is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience, strategic leadership track record and service on other boards of directors of life sciences companies.

         Shawn T McCormick has served on our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. McCormick currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of Tornier N.V., a public medical device company, a position that he has held since September 2012. From April 2011 to February 2012, Mr. McCormick was Chief Operating Officer of Lutonix, Inc., a medical device company acquired by C. R. Bard, Inc. in December 2011. From January 2009 to July 2010, Mr. McCormick served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ev3 Inc., a public endovascular device company acquired by Covidien plc in July 2010. From May 2008 to January 2009, Mr. McCormick served as Vice President, Corporate Development at Medtronic, Inc., a public medical device company, where he was responsible for leading Medtronic's worldwide business development activities. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. McCormick served as Vice President, Corporate Technology and New Ventures of Medtronic. From 2002 to 2007, Mr. McCormick was Vice President, Finance for Medtronic's Spinal, Biologics and Navigation business. Prior to that, Mr. McCormick held various other positions with Medtronic, including Corporate Development Director, Principal Corporate Development Associate, Manager, Financial Analysis, Senior Financial Analyst and Senior Auditor. Prior to joining Medtronic, he spent four years with the public accounting firm KPMG Peat Marwick. Mr. McCormick earned his M.B.A. from the University of Minnesota's Carlson School of Management and his B.S. in Accounting from Arizona State University. He is a Certified Public Accountant. We believe that Mr. McCormick is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his financial expertise and operational experience in the medical device industry.

         Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. has served on our board of directors since October 2009. Dr. Pliam joined Bay City Capital LLC in January 2007 and has served as a Venture Partner since that time. Since December 2011, Dr. Pliam has also been a Venture Partner at Decheng Capital, a Bay City Capital

115


Table of Contents

co-sponsored, Shanghai-based venture fund focused on life sciences investments relevant to the Chinese market. He is a co-founder of Ketai Medical Device Ltd, a China-based orthopedic implant company. Dr. Pliam currently serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Dr. Pliam received a B.A. in German literature at the University of California, Berkeley, and the Georg August Universite in Gattingen, Germany, an M.D. from Dartmouth Medical School and a Ph.D. from the University of California, San Francisco. We believe that Dr. Pliam is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience, strategic leadership track record and service on other boards of directors of companies in the healthcare industry.

Board Composition

Director Independence

        Our board of directors currently consists of six members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Mr. DeMane, qualify as "independent" directors in accordance with the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements. Mr. DeMane is not considered independent because he is an employee of Nevro. The New York Stock Exchange independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by New York Stock Exchange rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director's business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified Board of Directors

        In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    the Class I directors will be Messrs. Bisgaard and DeMane and Dr. Pliam, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

    the Class II directors will be Drs. Behbahani and Jaeger, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

    the Class III directors will be Messrs. Fischer and McCormick, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company.

Voting Arrangements

        The election of the members of our board of directors is governed by the amended and restated stockholders agreement, as amended, that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock

116


Table of Contents

and certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and the related provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement and these provisions, the following individuals have been designated to serve on our board of directors:

    one (1) individual designated by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P., for which Dr. Pliam has been designated;

    one (1) individual designated by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P., for which Dr. Jaeger has been designated;

    one (1) individual designated by JJDC, which is not currently designated;

    one (1) individual designated by Novo A/S, for which Mr. Bisgaard has been designated;

    one (1) individual designated by NEA, for which Dr. Behbahani has been designated;

    one (1) independent director, who shall be acceptable to each of the directors appointed by Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation and Novo A/S, for which Mr. Fischer has been designated; and

    the remaining one (1) director shall be the current chief executive officer, currently Mr. DeMane.

        The holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock who are parties to our stockholders agreement are obligated to vote for such designees indicated above. The provisions of this stockholders agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering and our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated, after which there will be no further contractual obligations or charter provisions regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed, or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

Leadership Structure of the Board

        Our bylaws and corporate governance guidelines will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer and/or the implementation of a lead director in accordance with its determination that utilizing one or the other structure would be in the best interests of our company. Mr. Fischer currently serves as the Chairman of our board of directors. In that role, Mr. Fischer presides over the executive sessions of the board of directors in which Mr. DeMane does not participate and serves as a liaison to Mr. DeMane and management on behalf of the board of directors.

        Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

        Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

117


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our nominating and governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines and considers and approves or disapproves any related-persons transactions. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

    appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

    evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications, independence and performance;

    determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

    reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;

    discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

    approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

    monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;

    is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

    reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and

    annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee's performance.

        We expect that after this offering our audit committee will be comprised of Mr. McCormick and Drs. Pliam and Jaeger and that Mr. McCormick will serve as the chairperson of the committee. We expect that all members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. McCormick will be an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and will have the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the SEC, members of the audit committee must also meet heightened independence standards. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. McCormick and Drs. Pliam and Jaeger will be independent under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange. The audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

118


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and recommends to our board of directors the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also recommends to our board of directors the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter. The current members of our compensation committee are Drs. Behbahani, Jaeger and Pliam and Messrs. Fischer and Bisgaard. We expect that after this offering our compensation committee will be composed of Drs. Behbahani and Jaeger and Mr. Bisgaard and that Dr. Jaeger will serve as the chairman of the committee. Each of the members of our compensation committee is and will be independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange and is and will be a "non-employee director" as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and an "outside director" as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). The compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies and reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. We expect that after this offering our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of Drs. Behbahani and Pliam and Mr. Fischer and that Mr. Fischer will serve as the chairman of the committee. Each of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be an independent director under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. The nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During 2013, our compensation committee consisted of Drs. Jaeger and Pliam and Mr. Fischer and former director, John Nehra. None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

        Upon consummation of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

    personal and professional integrity;

119


Table of Contents

    ethics and values;

    experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company;

    experience in the industries in which we compete;

    experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company;

    diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

    conflicts of interest; and

    practical and mature business judgment.

        Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the consummation of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the consummation of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.nevro.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the consummation of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related

120


Table of Contents

expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

Director Compensation

        In 2013, we did not pay cash compensation to our non-employee directors. However, we reimburse our non-employee directors for travel and other necessary business expenses incurred in the performance of their services for us. In addition, in May 2013, we granted Mr. Fischer an option to purchase 423,000 shares of our common stock for an exercise price per share of $0.15, which represented the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Mr. Fischer's option was fully exercisable on the date of grant and vests as to 1/48 th  of the shares underlying the option on each monthly anniversary of the date of grant, such that the shares subject to the option will be fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the director continuing to provide services to us through each such vesting date.

        The following table summarizes the total compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2013 for our non-employee directors.

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
  Option
Awards (1)  ($)
  Total ($)  

Peter T. Bisgaard

             

Michael Chuisano (2)

             

Frank Fischer

        45,473     45,473  

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. 

             

John M. Nehra

             

Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. 

             

(1)
Amounts shown represents the grant date fair value of options granted during 2013 as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 7 of the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for the assumptions used in calculating this amount. As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Fischer held options covering an aggregate of 1,416,000 shares of our common stock. None of our other non-employee directors held any option or stock awards.
(2)
Mr. Chuisano resigned from our board in 2014.

        In September 2014, our board of directors approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors to be effective in connection with the consummation of this offering, or the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program. Pursuant to the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation, paid quarterly in arrears, as follows:

    Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer in the amount of $40,000 per year.

    The chairperson of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $20,000 per year for such chairperson's service on the audit committee. Each non-chairperson member of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such member's service on the audit committee.

121


Table of Contents

    The chairperson of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $15,000 per year for such chairperson's service on the compensation committee. Each non-chairperson member of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $8,000 per year for such member's service on the compensation committee.

    The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such chairperson's service on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each non-chairperson member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $5,000 per year for such member's service on the nominating and corporate governance committee.

        Under the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, each non-employee director will receive an option for that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $150,000 upon the director's initial appointment or election to our board of directors, referred to as the Initial Grant. In addition, each non-employee director will receive an annual option to purchase that number shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $90,000 on the date of each annual stockholder's meeting thereafter, referred to as the Annual Grant. The Initial Grant will vest as to 1/36 th  of the shares subject to the Initial Grant each month following the applicable grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. The Annual Grant will vest as to 1/12 th  of the shares subject to the Annual Grant each month following the applicable grant date, which vesting will accelerate in full on the date of the next annual stockholder's meeting to the extent unvested as of such date, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. All equity awards, including any Initial Grants and Annual Grants, held by our non-employee directors will vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a change in control.

        Upon the pricing of this offering, Mr. McCormick will receive an option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $150,000 (or approximately                shares based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) with an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price, which option will vest as to 1/36 th  of the shares subject thereto each month following the date of the pricing of this offering, in each case, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. In addition, upon the pricing of this offering, Mr. Fischer and Drs. Behbahani, Jaeger and Pliam will each receive an option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $90,000 (or approximately            shares based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) with an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price, which option will vest as to 1/12 th  of the shares subject thereto each month following the date of the pricing of this offering, provided, that the vesting will accelerate in full on the date of the next annual stockholder's meeting, in each case, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. Mr. Bisgaard is waiving his right to receive any compensation for serving as a director.

122


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers, or NEOs. This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

        Our compensation committee, who is appointed by our board of directors, is responsible for establishing, implementing and monitoring our compensation philosophy and objectives. We seek to ensure that the total compensation paid to our executive officers is reasonable and competitive. Compensation of our executives is structured around the achievement of individual performance and near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives.

        Our NEOs for fiscal year 2013 were as follows:

2013 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth total compensation paid to our NEOs for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2013.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary   Option
Awards (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
  All Other
Compensation (3)
  Total  

Michael DeMane,
Chief Executive Officer

    2013   $ 500,000   $ 446,852   $ 250,000   $ 253,333   $ 1,450,185  

Rami Elghandour,
President

    2013   $ 252,218   $ 181,223   $ 50,444   $ 15,415   $ 499,300  

Andrew H. Galligan,
VP of Finance & Chief Financial Officer

    2013   $ 266,250   $ 100,413   $ 53,250       $ 419,913  

(1)
For the stock awards and option awards columns, amounts shown represents the grant date fair value of stock awards and options granted during 2013 as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 7 of the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for the assumptions used in calculating this amount.
(2)
The amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column represent the annual cash performance-based bonuses earned by our NEOs pursuant to the achievement of certain company performance objectives. These amounts were paid to the named executive officers in January 2014. Please see the descriptions of the annual performance bonuses paid to our NEOs in "Narrative to 2013 Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End—Terms and Conditions of Annual Bonuses" below.
(3)
The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column (i) represents for Mr. DeMane (a) monthly lease payments paid directly by the Company for Mr. DeMane's residence in Palo Alto, California of $4,285 pursuant to terms and conditions of the DeMane Agreement (as defined below), whereby the Company reimburses or directly pays the costs incurred by Mr. DeMane for commuting from Minneapolis, Minnestoa to the Company's offices in Menlo Park, California plus (b) $195,433, which represents the loan forgiveness by the Company of the remaining amount under the promissory note Mr. DeMane executed to purchase shares of restricted stock pursuant to the terms of the DeMane Agreement and (ii) represents for Mr. Elghandour supplemental insurance benefits. For more information, please see the description of the

123


Table of Contents

    DeMane Agreement in "Narrative to 2013 Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End—Terms and Conditions of Employment Agreement with Michael DeMane" below.

    Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End

            The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2013.

 
   
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Vesting
Commencement
Date (1)
  Number
of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
  Number
Of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
  Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Shares that
Have Not
Vested
($) (2)
 

Michael DeMane

    3/9/2011 (3)                   833,967     130,099  

    3/9/2011 (3)                   653,682     101,974  

    5/15/2013     761,250     4,458,750     0.15     5/14/2023          

Rami Elghandour

    11/1/2012 (4)   896,187     2,412,813     0.15     12/17/2022          

    5/15/2013     308,729     1,808,271     0.15     5/14/2023          

Andrew H. Galligan

    5/18/2010 (4)   1,888,779     219,625     0.06     5/17/2020          

    9/29/2011 (4)   861,434     670,005     0.15     9/28/2021          

    5/15/2013     171,062     1,001,938     0.15     5/14/2023          

(1)
Except as otherwise noted, options and stock awards vest as to 1/48 th  of the shares on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, such that all awards will be vested on the four year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.
(2)
The market value of shares that have not vested is calculated based on the fair market value of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 which our board of directors determined to be $0.15.
(3)
Reflects the remaining unvested portion of restricted stock purchased upon exercise of an option and a stock purchase right which provided for vesting as to 1/3 rd  of the shares on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 th  of the shares monthly thereafter, such that all shares will be vested on the three year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. DeMane's continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.
(4)
The option vests as to 1/4 th  of the shares on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and vests as to 1/48 th  of the shares on each monthly anniversary thereafter, such that all awards will be vested on the four year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.

Narrative to 2013 Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End

Terms and Conditions of Employment Agreement with Michael DeMane

        On March 9, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. DeMane (the "Prior Agreement") to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, providing for base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, and standard employee benefit plan participation. In October 2014, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement (the "DeMane Agreement"), which superseded and replaced the Prior Agreement in its entirety. Under the DeMane Agreement, the board or the compensation committee will review Mr. DeMane's base salary on a periodic basis as it deems appropriate, except that neither the board nor the compensation committee can reduce his base salary. Mr. DeMane's base salary currently is $500,000 and he had an annual bonus target of 50% of base salary that is earned based on the achievement of certain milestones established by our board of directors. Please see the section below entitled "Terms and Conditions of Annual Bonuses" for a further description of our annual bonuses awarded to Mr. DeMane. In addition, the Company reimburses or directly pays for the costs incurred by Mr. DeMane for commuting from Minneapolis, Minnesota to our offices in Menlo Park, California. For

124


Table of Contents

2013, we directly paid $57,900 in the aggregate for Mr. DeMane's apartment in Palo Alto, California. We also agreed to maintain directors and officers liability insurance providing a level of protection of no less than $5 million for as long as Mr. DeMane serves as a director and/or officer of Nevro. Under the DeMane Agreement, Mr. DeMane's employment is terminable at-will and was subject to execution of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement and certain non-competition covenants during Mr. DeMane's employment with Nevro.

        Under the DeMane Agreement, in the event Mr. DeMane's employment is terminated by us other than for "cause" (as defined below) or as a result of Mr. DeMane resigning for "good reason" (as defined below), then Mr. DeMane will receive (i) a severance payment equal to 12 months of Mr. DeMane's base salary, payable in a cash lump sum, and (ii) payment or reimbursement by us of COBRA premiums for up to 12 months. In the event Mr. DeMane's employment is terminated within the period commencing three months prior to and ending 12 months following a change of control, by us other than for cause or as a result of Mr. DeMane resigning for good reason, then in lieu of the foregoing severance benefits, Mr. DeMane will receive (i) a severance payment equal to the sum of (a) two times Mr. DeMane's annual base salary and (b) two times Mr. DeMane's annual target bonus, payable in cash lump sum, (ii) payment or reimbursement by us of COBRA premiums for up to 24 months, and (iii) 100% of Mr. DeMane's then-unvested options and other equity awards will immediately vest and, if applicable, become exercisable. Mr. DeMane's severance benefits are contingent on Mr. DeMane providing a general release of claims against us.

        For purposes of the DeMane Agreement, "cause" means (i) theft or falsification of any employment or company records committed by Mr. DeMane that is not trivial in nature; (ii) malicious or willful, reckless disclosure by Mr. DeMane of the Company's confidential or proprietary information; (iii) commission by Mr. DeMane of any immoral or illegal act or any gross or willful misconduct, where a majority of the non-employee members of our board reasonably determines that such act or misconduct has (A) seriously undermined the ability of our board to entrust him with important matters or otherwise work effectively with him, (B) contributed to our loss of significant revenues or business opportunities, or (C) significantly and detrimentally affected our business or; and/or (iv) the willful failure or refusal by Mr. DeMane to follow the reasonable and lawful directives of our board, provided such failure or refusal continues after Mr. DeMane's receipt of reasonable notice in writing of such failure or refusal and an opportunity of not less than 30 days to correct the problem.

        For purposes of the DeMane Agreement, a resignation for "good reason" means Mr. DeMane's resignation from employment with us that occurs after: (i) a reduction in Mr. DeMane's authority, duties and responsibilities as our Chief Executive Officer, including a material reduction of authority, duties and responsibilities which results from Mr. DeMane no longer serving as an officer; (ii) a material reduction by us in Mr. DeMane's base salary; (iii) the forced relocation of the principal place of business at which Mr. DeMane performs services for us that increases his one way commute by 35 miles or more; or (iv) the failure of any entity that acquires all or substantially all of our assets in a change in control to assume our obligations under the DeMane Agreement. In order to resign for good reason, Mr. DeMane must provide us with written notice of the event giving rise to good reason within 60 days after its initial occurrence and such event must remain uncured 30 days after Mr. DeMane provides us written notice.

        For purposes of the DeMane Agreement, "change in control" generally means (i) the transfer or exchange in a single transaction or series of related transactions by our stockholders of more than 50% of our voting stock to a person or group, (ii) a change in the composition of our board over a two-year period such that the members of our board who were approved by at least two-thirds of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination was so approved cease to constitute a majority of our board, and (iii) a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination in which we are involved, directly or indirectly, other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination, sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction that

125


Table of Contents

results in our outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the voting power of the acquiring company's outstanding voting securities and after which no person or group beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction.

        In addition, under the DeMane Agreement, Mr. DeMane is also eligible for an option award upon the pricing of this offering. Please see the section below entitled "Terms and Condition of Equity Award Grants" for a further description of the option that will be awarded to Mr. DeMane upon the pricing of this offering.

Terms and Conditions of Offer Letters for Rami Elghandour and Andrew Galligan

        We have entered into standard offer letters with each of Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan that provided for employment at-will and annual base salary, annual target bonus, an initial option award and certain other benefits. All other obligations under the offer letters have been satisfied. Our board of directors or the compensation committee reviews each NEO's base salary and target bonus opportunity from time to time to ensure compensation adequately reflects the NEO's qualifications, experience, role and responsibilities. Mr. Galligan's and Mr. Elghandour's current base salary is $331,000. In addition, for 2013, Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan each had an annual bonus target of 20% of base salary awarded based on the achievement of certain milestones established by our board of directors. In 2014, the annual bonus target for each of Mr. Galligan and Mr. Elghandour was increased to 50% of base salary, effective January 1, 2015. Please see the section below entitled "Terms and Conditions of Annual Bonuses" for a further description of our annual bonuses awarded to our NEOs.

        In connection with this offering, we entered into change in control severance agreements with each of Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan. Pursuant to the terms of the change in control severance agreements, in the event the executive's employment is terminated by us other than for "cause" or the executive experiences a "constructive termination" (each as defined below), then the executive will receive as severance six months of base salary in a single cash lump sum payment and six months of COBRA reimbursement; provided, that if the termination or resignation occurs within the period commencing three months prior to a "change in control" (which has the same meaning as defined above for the DeMane Agreement) and ending 12 months after a change in control, the severance will consist of 12 months of base salary paid in a single cash lump sum, 100% of the executive's target bonus paid in a single cash lump sum, 12 months of COBRA reimbursement and full vesting acceleration for each stock option and other equity award held by the executive. The executive must timely deliver an effective release of claims to us in order to be eligible for the foregoing severance benefits.

        For purposes of Messrs. Elghandour's and Galligan's change in control and severance agreements, "cause" means (i) Messrs. Elghandour's or Galligan's gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the duties and services required pursuant to the change in control and severance agreement or Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's employment or offer letter agreement with us; (ii) Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's conviction of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's willful refusal to perform the duties and responsibilities required of him under the change in control and severance agreement or his employment agreement which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice to Mr. Elghandour or Galligan by us of such breach; (iv) Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's material breach of any material provision of the change in control and severance agreement, the employment agreement, his confidential information agreement or corporate code or policy which remains uncorrected for 30 days following written notice to Mr. Elghandour or Galligan by us of such breach; or (v) Mr. Elghandour or Galligan violates the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or other applicable United States law. "Constructive termination" means Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's resignation from employment that is effective within 120 days after the occurrence, without his written consent, of any of the following: (i) a material diminution in Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's base compensation that is not proportionately applicable to other of our

126


Table of Contents

officers and key employees generally; (ii) a material diminution in Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's job responsibilities or duties inconsistent in any material respect with his position, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such change, provided, that any change made solely as the result of our company becoming a subsidiary or business unit of a larger company in a change in control shall not provide for his constructive termination; or (iii) the failure by any successor entity or corporation following a change in control to assume the obligations under the change in control and severance agreement. A resignation will not constitute a "constructive termination" unless the condition giving rise to such resignation continues uncured by us more than 30 days following Mr. Elghandour's or Galligan's written notice of such condition provided within 90 days of the first occurrence of such condition and such resignation is effective within 30 days following the end of such notice period.

Terms and Conditions of Annual Bonuses

        For 2013, all of our NEOs were eligible for performance-based cash incentives pursuant to the achievement of certain performance objectives. The performance goals for these annual performance cash incentives are reviewed and approved annually by our board of directors. When determining the 2013 performance bonus program for our NEOs, in December 2012, the board set certain performance goals, using a mixture of revenue, clinical, financing, operating and strategic performance objectives after receiving input from our Chief Executive Officer. There is no specific weighing for each performance goal when determining the overall bonus amount, and instead the board evaluates the overall achievement of all performance goals based on the importance to the success of the Company. For each of these performance goals under the annual cash incentive program, the board sets general performance goal, but there is no minimum or maximum achievement for each performance target, instead the board weighs the achievement, partial achievement or non-achievement for each performance target when deciding the overall achievement level. These performance goals are not expected to be attained based on average or below average performance. The board intended for the revenue, clinical, financing, operating and strategic targets to require significant effort on the part of our NEOs and, therefore, set these targets at levels they believed would be difficult to achieve, such that average or below average performance would not satisfy these targets.

        Each NEOs' target bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary which can be achieved by meeting corporate goals. For each of our NEOs, their target bonus opportunity is originally set in their offer letters with the Company as described above. Our board reviews these target percentages to ensure they are adequate, while reviewing these target percentages the board does not follow a formula but rather used the factors as general background information prior to determining the target bonus opportunity rates for our participating NEOs. The board set these rates based on each participating executive's experience in his role with the company and the level of responsibility held by each executive, which the board believes directly correlates to his ability to influence corporate results. In May 2013, the board used a guideline target bonus opportunity of 50% for Mr. DeMane and 20% for Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan for 2013.

        Corporate goals and performance targets are reviewed and approved by the board prior to any allocation of the bonus. In January 2014, the board reviewed our 2013 company-wide performance with respect to determining bonuses to executive officers and determined the company-wide target achievement of 100% based on achievement of almost all the performance goals at 100%. Following its review and determinations, the board awarded cash bonuses to the NEOs at 100% of their target bonus opportunity. The NEOs' 2013 bonuses are set forth in the "Summary Compensation Table" above.

Terms and Conditions of Equity Award Grants

        All of our NEOs received options to purchase our common stock in 2013. The table above entitled "Outstanding Option Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year-End" describes the material terms of other option awards made in past fiscal years to our NEOs. In May 2013, our board of directors granted an option to purchase 5,220,000, 2,117,000, and 1,173,000 shares of our common stock to each of Messrs.

127


Table of Contents

DeMane, Elghandour and Galligan, respectively, with an exercise price of $0.15 per share, which the board determined was the fair market value on the date of grant. The options vest and become exercisable as to 1/4 th  of the shares on the first anniversary and 1/48 th  of the shares on each subsequent monthly anniversary of May 15, 2013 such that 100% of the shares subject to the option will be vested and exercisable on May 15, 2017, subject to each NEO continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.

        Upon the pricing of this offering, Mr. DeMane will receive an option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $1,500,000 (or approximately                        shares based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each of Messrs. Elghandour and Galligan will receive an option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock necessary for the award to have an aggregate grant date fair value of $600,000 (or approximately                        shares based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each option will have an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price and will vest as to 1/48 th  of the shares on each monthly anniversary of the pricing of this offering, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

Employee Equity Plans

        The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text of the plans or agreements, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement.

2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

        We have adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or 2014 Plan, which will be effective on the pricing of this offering. The principal purpose of the 2014 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The material terms of the 2014 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the 2014 Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Share Reserve

        Under the 2014 Plan, 44,500,000 shares of our common stock will be initially reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock awards, deferred stock unit awards, dividend equivalent awards, stock payment awards and performance awards, plus the number of shares remaining available for future awards under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2007 Plan, as of the pricing of this offering. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to awards under the 2014 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under our 2007 Plan that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the effective date are not issued under our 2007 Plan, and (ii), if approved by our board of directors or the compensation committee of our board of directors, an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, equal to the lesser of (A) four percent (4%) of the shares of stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, that no more than 267,000,000 shares of stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

128


Table of Contents

        The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2014 Plan:

    generally, to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares or for which shares are forfeited or repurchased for the original purchase price thereof, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2014 Plan;

    shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to an award under the 2014 Plan and shares subject to a stock appreciation right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the stock appreciation right on exercise thereof may again be available for future grants under the 2014 Plan;

    to the extent that shares of our common stock are repurchased by us prior to vesting so that shares are returned to us, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2014 Plan;

    the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan; and

    to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

        In addition, the maximum number of shares underlying awards that may be granted to any non-employee director pursuant to the 2014 Plan during any calendar year is the number of shares such that the maximum aggregate value of awards granted to the non-employee director during such calendar year is $2,000,000.

Administration

        The compensation committee of our board of directors is expected to administer the 2014 Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, the compensation committee will consist of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an "outside director," within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an "independent director" within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange, or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded. The 2014 Plan provides that the board or compensation committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to employees other than executive officers and certain senior executives of our company to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers, other than awards made to our non-employee directors, which must be approved by our full board of directors.

        Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2014 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time remove the compensation committee as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2014 Plan. The full board of directors will administer the 2014 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility

        Options, SARs, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees or consultants or are the

129


Table of Contents

officers, employees or consultants of certain of our affiliates. Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees of our company or certain of our affiliates may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards

        The 2014 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, deferred stock units, dividend equivalents, performance awards, and stock payments, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

    Nonstatutory Stock Options, or NSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant's continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years.

    Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs, will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2014 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.

    Restricted Stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.

    Restricted Stock Units may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

    Deferred Stock Awards represent the right to receive shares of our common stock on a future date. Deferred stock may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until issued. Deferred stock will not be issued until the deferred stock award has vested, and recipients of deferred stock generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and the shares are issued. Deferred stock awards generally will be forfeited, and the underlying shares of deferred stock will not be issued, if the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions are not met.

130


Table of Contents

    Deferred Stock Units are denominated in unit equivalent of shares of our common stock, and vest pursuant to a vesting schedule or performance criteria set by the administrator. The common stock underlying deferred stock units will not be issued until the deferred stock units have vested, and recipients of deferred stock units generally will have no voting rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

    Stock Appreciation Rights, or SARs, may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2014 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Except as required by Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to a SAR intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m) of the Code, there are no restrictions specified in the 2014 Plan on the exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom, although restrictions may be imposed by the administrator in the SAR agreements. SARs under the 2014 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.

    Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. Dividend equivalents may be settled in cash or shares and at such times as determined by the compensation committee or board of directors, as applicable.

    Performance Awards may be granted by the administrator on an individual or group basis. Generally, these awards will be based upon specific performance targets and may be paid in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both. Performance awards may include "phantom" stock awards that provide for payments based upon the value of our common stock. Performance awards may also include bonuses that may be granted by the administrator on an individual or group basis and which may be payable in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both.

    Stock Payments may be authorized by the administrator in the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase common stock as part of a deferred compensation or other arrangement in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable in cash to the employee, consultant or non-employee director.

Change in Control

        In the event of a change in control where the acquiror does not assume or replace awards granted, prior to the consummation of such transaction, awards issued under the 2014 Plan, other than performance awards, will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. Performance awards will vest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. In addition, the administrator will also have complete discretion to structure one or more awards under the 2014 Plan to provide that such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable on an accelerated basis in the event such awards are assumed or replaced with equivalent awards but the individual's service with us or the acquiring entity is subsequently terminated within a designated period following the change in control event. The administrator may also make appropriate adjustments to awards under the 2014 Plan and is authorized to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions. In the event that, within the 12 month period immediately following a change in control, a participant's services with us is terminated by us other than for cause (as defined in the 2014 Plan), then the vesting and, if applicable, exercisability of 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to the

131


Table of Contents

outstanding equity awards held by such participant under the 2014 Plan will accelerate effective as of the date of such termination. Under the 2014 Plan, a change in control is generally defined as:

    the transfer or exchange in a single transaction or series of related transactions by our stockholders of more than 50% of our voting stock to a person or group;

    a change in the composition of our board of directors over a two-year period such that the members of the board of directors who were approved by at least two-thirds of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination was so approved cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors;

    a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination in which we are involved, directly or indirectly, other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination, sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction that results in our outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the voting power of the acquiring company's outstanding voting securities and after which no person or group beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction; or

    stockholder approval of our liquidation or dissolution.

Adjustments of Awards

        In the event of a nonreciprocal transaction between our company and our stockholders such as any stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, recapitalization, distribution of our assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends) or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock, the administrator will make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to:

    the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2014 Plan;

    the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards); and

    the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan.

        In the event of certain other corporate transactions, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2014 Plan, the administrator has the discretion to make such equitable adjustments and may also:

    provide for the termination or replacement of an award in exchange for cash or other property;

    provide that any outstanding award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event;

    provide that awards may be exercisable, payable or fully vested as to shares of common stock covered thereby; or

    provide that any surviving corporation will assume or substitute outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan.

132


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination

        Our board of directors or the compensation committee (with board approval) may terminate, amend or modify the 2014 Plan at any time and from time to time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval:

    to increase the number of shares available under the 2014 Plan (other than in connection with certain corporate events, as described above);

    reduce the price per share of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2014 Plan; or

    cancel any option or stock appreciation right in exchange for cash or another award when the option or stock appreciation right price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares.

Termination

        The board of directors may terminate the 2014 Plan at any time. No awards may be granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2014 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2014 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2014 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2014 Plan.

2007 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, the 2007 Plan, effective as of February 16, 2007 and our stockholders approved the 2007 Plan on June 12, 2007. The 2007 Plan was subsequently amended on June 12, 2007, June 4, 2008, August 25, 2008, March 3, 2010, March 9, 2011, July 14, 2011, December 18, 2012, February 8, 2013 and February 14, 2013. ISOs, NSOs, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, SARs, performance awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-grants and other stock-based awards. As of June 30, 2014, options to purchase 67,115,690 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price per share of $0.126 remained outstanding under the 2007 Plan. No other award have been granted under the 2007 Plan. As of June 30, 2014, 7,649,305 shares of our common stock were available for future issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan. Following the pricing of this offering and in connection with the effectiveness of our 2014 Plan, the 2007 Plan will terminate and no further awards will be granted under the 2007 Plan. However, all outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

        Administration.     Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, has the authority to administer the 2007 Plan and the awards granted under it. In addition, the administrator may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or a committee of such officers the authority to grant awards to participants, subject to applicable laws. Among other powers, the administrator has the authority to select the participants to whom awards will be granted under the 2007 Plan, the number of shares to be subject to those awards under the 2007 Plan, and the terms and conditions of the awards granted. In addition, the administrator has the authority to construe and interpret the 2007 Plan and to adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the 2007 Plan.

        Awards.     The 2007 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue options, including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance stock award, dividend equivalents, other stock-grants and other stock-based awards. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

133


Table of Contents

    Stock Options.   The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs or NSOs. ISOs may be granted only to employees. NSOs may be granted to employees, directors or consultants. The exercise price of ISOs granted to employees who at the time of grant own stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our common stock may not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price of ISOs granted to any other employees may not be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of NSOs to employees, directors or consultants may not be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. Shares subject to options under the 2007 Plan generally vest in a series of installments over an optionee's period of service; provided that, except with regard to options granted to officer, board members, managers or consultants, in no event will an option granted become vested and exercisable at a rate of less than 20% per year over five years from the date of grant. In general, the maximum term of options granted is ten years. The maximum term of options granted to an optionee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our common stock is five years.

    Stock Appreciation Rights.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue SARs. Each SAR will be governed by a stock appreciation right agreement and may be granted in connection with stock options or separately. SARs typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2007 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The grant price, term, methods of exercise, dates of exercise, methods of settlement and any other terms and conditions of any SAR shall be as determined by the adminstrator.

    Restricted Stock Awards.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue restricted stock awards. Each restricted stock award will be governed by a restricted stock award agreement, which will set forth the restrictions imposed by the administrator (including, without limitation, a waiver by the participant of the right to vote or to receive any dividend or other right or property with respect thereto). Upon the termination of the purchaser's status as an employee, director or consultant for any reason any restricted stock shall be forfeited. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire.

    Restricted Stock Units.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue restricted stock unit awards. Each restricted stock unit award will be governed by a restricted stock unit award agreement and may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire.

    Performance Awards.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue performance stock awards or other stock-based or cash-based awards subject to performance vesting conditions. Each performance stock award will be governed by a performance stock award agreement and may be granted by the administrator. Generally, these awards will be based upon specific performance targets and may be paid in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both. The performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any performance award granted, the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any performance award and any other terms and conditions of any performance award shall be determined by the administrator.

    Dividend Equivalents.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue dividend equivalents, which represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by the Company, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. Dividend equivalents may be

134


Table of Contents

      settled in cash, shares, other securities, other awards or other property as determined in the discretion of the administrator equivalent to the amount of cash dividends paid by the Company to holders of shares with respect to a number of shares determined by the administrator.

    Other Stock Grants.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may grant shares without restrictions thereon as are deemed by the administrator to be consistent with the purpose of the 2007 Plan.

    Other Stock-Based Awards.   The 2007 Plan provides that the Company may issue such other awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under the 2007 Plan will be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms (including, without limitation, cash, shares, other securities, other awards or other property or any combination thereof), as the administrator shall determine.

        Other Terms.     Payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or payment of an award may be made in such form or forms as the administrator shall determine (including, without limitation, cash, shares, other securities, other awards or other property or any combination thereof), and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the administrator. No award (other than other stock grants) and no right under any such award will be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that, with the approval of the administrator, a participant may, in the manner established by the administrator in compliance with applicable securities law, transfer options (other than ISOs) or designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the participant and receive any property distributable with respect to any award upon the death of the participant. No award or right under any such award may be pledged, alienated, attached or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

        Taxes.     In order to assist a participant in paying all or a portion of the federal and state taxes to be withheld or collected upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) an award, the administrator, in its discretion and subject to such additional terms and conditions as it may adopt, may permit a participant to satisfy such tax obligation by (i) electing to have the Company withhold a portion of the shares otherwise to be delivered upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) such award with a fair market value equal to the amount of such taxes or (ii) electing to deliver to the Company shares other than shares issuable upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) such award with a fair market value equal to the amount of such taxes. The election, if any, must be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

        Tax Bonuses.     The administrator, in its discretion, will have the authority, at the time of grant of any award under the 2007 Plan or at any time thereafter, to approve cash bonuses to designated participants to be paid upon their exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) awards in order to provide funds to pay all or a portion of federal and state taxes due as a result of such exercise or receipt (or the lapse of such restrictions).

        Adjustments.     In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares or other securities of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the shares or the share price and causes a change in the per share value of the shares, the administrator will make such proportionate adjustment in (i) the number and type of shares (or other securities or other property) that thereafter may be made the subject of awards, (ii) the number and type of shares (or other

135


Table of Contents

securities or other property) subject to outstanding awards, and/or (iii) the purchase or exercise price with respect to any award.

        Amendment; Termination.     The Company's board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2007 Plan; provided, however, that, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made that, absent such approval would (i) increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2007 Plan; (ii) change the class of employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors eligible to participate in the 2007 Plan; or (iii) materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the 2007 Plan.

        The administrator may waive any conditions of or rights of the Company under any outstanding award, prospectively or retroactively. However, the administrator may not amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any outstanding award, prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of the participant.

        Awards shall only be granted under the 2007 Plan during a 10-year period beginning on the effective date of the 2007 Plan. No awards may be granted under our 2007 Plan after it is terminated.

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2007 Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        We have adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as our ESPP, which will be effective upon the pricing of this offering. The ESPP is designed to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code.

        Plan Administration.     Subject to the terms and conditions of the ESPP, our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. Our compensation committee can delegate administrative tasks under the ESPP to the services of an agent and/or employees to assist in the administration of the ESPP. The administrator will have the discretionary authority to administer and interpret the ESPP. Interpretations and constructions of the administrator of any provision of the ESPP or of any rights thereunder will be conclusive and binding on all persons. We will bear all expenses and liabilities incurred by the ESPP administrator.

        Shares Available Under ESPP.     The maximum number of our shares of our common stock which will be authorized for sale under the ESPP is equal to the sum of (a) 4,720,000 shares of common stock and (b), if approved by our board of directors or the compensation committee of our board of directors, an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, equal to the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, no more than 52,000,000 shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP. The shares made available for sale under the ESPP may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

        Eligible Employees.     Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP for a given offering period generally include employees who are employed by us or one of our subsidiaries on the first day of the offering period, or the enrollment date. Our employees and any employees of our subsidiaries who customarily work less than five months in a calendar year or are customarily scheduled to work less than 20 hours per week will not be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Finally, an employee who owns (or is deemed to own through attribution) 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all our classes of stock or of one of our subsidiaries will not be allowed to participate in the ESPP.

136


Table of Contents

        Participation.     Employees will enroll under the ESPP by completing a payroll deduction form permitting the deduction from their compensation of at least 1% of their compensation but not more than the lesser of 15% of their compensation and $25,000 per offering period. Such payroll deductions may be expressed as a whole number percentage and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each semi-annual purchase date. However, a participant may not purchase more than 5,000 shares in each offering period, and may not subscribe for more than $25,000 in fair market value of shares our common stock (determined at the time the option is granted) during any calendar year. The ESPP administrator has the authority to change these limitations for any subsequent offering period.

        Offering.     Under the ESPP, participants are offered the option to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during a series of successive offering periods, which will commence and end on such dates as determined by our compensation committee. The initial offering period will commence and end on dates as determined by the ESPP administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the ESPP administrator, each offering period will have a duration of six months. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length.

        The option purchase price will be the lower of 85% of the closing trading price per share of our common stock on the first trading date of an offering period in which a participant is enrolled or 85% of the closing trading price per share on the semi-annual purchase date, which will occur on the last trading day of each offering period.

        Unless a participant has previously canceled his or her participation in the ESPP before the purchase date, the participant will be deemed to have exercised his or her option in full as of each purchase date. Upon exercise, the participant will purchase the number of whole shares that his or her accumulated payroll deductions will buy at the option purchase price, subject to the participation limitations listed above.

        A participant may cancel his or her payroll deduction authorization at any time prior to the end of the offering period. Upon cancellation, the participant will have the option to either (a) receive a refund of the participant's account balance in cash without interest or (b) exercise the participant's option for the current offering period for the maximum number of shares of common stock on the applicable purchase date, with the remaining account balance refunded in cash without interest. Following at least one payroll deduction, a participant may also decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction authorization once during any offering period. If a participant wants to increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so effective for the next offering period by submitting a new form before the offering period for which such change is to be effective.

        A participant may not assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) payroll deductions credited to a participant's account or any rights to exercise an option or to receive shares of our common stock under the ESPP, and during a participant's lifetime, options in the ESPP shall be exercisable only by such participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will not be given effect.

        Adjustments upon Changes in Recapitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale.     In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, we will proportionately adjust the aggregate number of shares of our common stock offered under the ESPP, the number and price of shares which any participant has elected to purchase pursuant under the ESPP and the maximum number of shares which a participant may elect to purchase in any single offering period.

        If there is a proposal to dissolve or liquidate us, then the ESPP will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, and any offering period then in progress

137


Table of Contents

will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our dissolution or liquidation. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date. If we undergo a merger with or into another corporation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or the parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume the outstanding options or substitute equivalent options, then any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our proposed sale or merger. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date.

        Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, the board of directors may not amend the ESPP without obtaining stockholder approval within 12 months before or after such amendment to the extent required by applicable laws.

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering our shares issuable under the ESPP.

401(k) Plan

        Effective January 18, 2007, we adopted our 401(k) plan for employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Service Code of 1986, as amended, so that contributions to the 401(k) plan by employees or by us, and the investment earnings thereon, are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan, and so that contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by us when made. Under the 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and to have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. Under the 401(k) Plan, we do not provide matching contributions to employees.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

        Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in limited circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares of our common stock outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

138


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Sales and Purchases of Securities

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        In July 2011, we issued an aggregate of 130,814,045 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at $0.448 per share.

        The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or owners of more than 5% of a class of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

Name
  Number of
Shares of
Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

    66,964,285     30,000,000  

Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. (1)

    16,741,071     7,500,000  

Entities affiliated with Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. (2)

    16,741,071     7,500,000  

AMV Partners II, L.P. 

    12,877,747     5,769,230  

Entities affiliated with Aberdare Ventures (3)

    11,160,714     5,000,000  

(1)
Consists of (a) 16,387,835 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. ("BCCF") and (b) 353,236 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P. ("BCCF Co-Investment Fund"). Bay City Capital Management IV ("BCCM IV") is the General Partner of BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund and Bay City Capital LLC ("BCC") is the Manager of BCCM IV. BCCM IV holds no shares of company stock directly. It is deemed to have beneficial ownership of company stock owned by BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund due to its role as a general partner of such funds. Investment and voting decisions by BCCM IV are exercised by BCC as manager. BCC holds no shares of stock directly. Due to its role as manager of BCCM IV, BCC is deemed to have beneficial ownership of shares deemed to be beneficially owned by BCCM IV. Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. is a Venture Partner of BCC and a member of our board of directors. As a venture partner of BCC, Dr. Pliam disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by BCCF.
(2)
Consists of (a) 16,379,412 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. ("Partners") and (b) 361,659 shares of Series B Preferred stock held by Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. ("Associates"). Three Arch Management IV, LLC (the "General Partner") is the general partner of Partners and Associates. Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. is a managing member of the General Partner and a member of our board of directors. As the managing member of the General Partner he, together with Mark Wan, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Partners and Associates, and may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held by Partners and Associates. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by Partners and Associates in which they do not have an actual pecuniary interest.
(3)
Consists of (a) 256,246 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Aberdare Partners III, L.P. ("Aberdare Partners") and (b) 10,904,468 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Aberdare Ventures III, L.P. ("Aberdare Ventures").

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        In February 2013, we issued an aggregate of 64,794,816 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at $0.463 per share and in March 2013, we issued an aggregate of 38,876,888 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at $0.463 per share.

139


Table of Contents

        The table below sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or owners of more than 5% of a class of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

Name
  Number of
Shares of
Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Novo A/S (1)

    47,516,198     22,000,000  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (2)

    30,237,580     14,000,000  

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

    5,923,871     2,742,752  

Entities affiliated with Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. (3)

    5,005,986     2,317,771  

Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. (4)

    4,690,509     2,171,705  

AMV Partners II, L.P. 

    3,565,327     1,650,746  

(1)
Peter T. Bisgaard, a member of our board of directors, is employed by Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S.
(2)
Consists of (a) 30,183,584 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. ("NEA 14") (b) 53,996 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by NEA Ventures 2013, L.P. ("Ven 2013"). Ali Behbahani, M.D., a Special Partner at NEA 14, is a member of the Company's Board of Directors.
(3)
Consists of (a) 4,897,841 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. ("Partners") and (b) 108,145 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. ("Associates"). Three Arch Management IV, LLC (the "General Partner") is the general partner of Partners and Associates. Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. is a managing member of the General Partner and a member of our board of directors. As the managing member of the General Partner he, together with Mark Wan, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Partners and Associates, and may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held by Partners and Associates. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by Partners and Associates in which they do not have an actual pecuniary interest.
(4)
Consists of (a) 4,591,539 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. ("BCCF") and (b) 98,970 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P. ("BCCF Co-Investment Fund"). Bay City Capital Management IV ("BCCM IV") is the General Partner of BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund and Bay City Capital LLC ("BCC") is the Manager of BCCM IV. BCCM IV holds no shares of company stock directly. It is deemed to have beneficial ownership of company stock owned by BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund due to its role as a general partner of such funds. Investment and voting decisions by BCCM IV are exercised by BCC as manager. BCC holds no shares of stock directly. Due to its role as manager of BCCM IV, BCC is deemed to have beneficial ownership of shares deemed to be beneficially owned by BCCM IV. Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. is a Venture Partner of BCC and a member of our board of directors. As a venture partner of BCC, Dr. Pliam disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by BCCF.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

Registration Rights Agreement

        We entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with the purchasers of our outstanding convertible preferred stock and certain holders of common stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. As of June 30, 2014, the holders of approximately 415.3 million shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the

140


Table of Contents

conversion of our convertible preferred stock and upon exercise of outstanding options, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Stockholders Agreement

        We entered into an amended and restated stockholders agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock. The amended and restated stockholders agreement provides for, among other things, voting rights, a pre-emptive right in favor of certain holders of convertible preferred stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, and rights of first refusal and co-sale relating to the shares of our common stock held by the parties thereto. The pre-emptive right will not apply to this offering. Upon the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated stockholders agreement will terminate. For a description of the amended and restated stockholders agreement, see "Management—Board Composition—Voting Arrangements."

DeMane Promissory Note

        In March 2011, in connection with the hiring of Mr. DeMane as our chief executive officer, Mr. DeMane issued a full recourse promissory note to us for principal in the amount of $600,000. The note was secured by Mr. DeMane's pledge of the restricted stock issued to him in connection with his hiring and accrued interest at a rate of 0.54% compounded annually. The principal amount of the note and all accrued interest has been discharged in full as of the completion of the three-year service period.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated third-party and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

141


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 1, 2014, by:

        The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date set forth above through the exercise of any stock option, warrants or other rights. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock held by that person. As of October 1, 2014, our outstanding capital stock was held by approximately 77 stockholders of record.

        The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 402,969,546 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date set forth above, which reflects the assumed conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 364,993,830 shares of common stock. Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date set forth above are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all

142


Table of Contents

directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o Nevro Corp., 4040 Campbell Avenue, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 
  Beneficial Ownership Prior to this Offering   Beneficial Ownership
After this Offering
 
 
  Number of
Outstanding
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Number of
Shares
Exercisable
Within
60 Days
   
   
 
Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage
of Beneficial
Ownership
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage
of Beneficial
Ownership
 

5% and Greater Stockholders

                                     

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (1)

    72,888,156         72,888,156     18.1 %            

Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital (2)

    53,213,236         53,213,236     13.2 %            

Entities affiliated with Three Arch Partners (3)

    53,053,713         53,053,713     13.2 %            

Novo A/S (4)

    47,516,198         47,516,198     11.8 %            

AMV Partners II, L.P. (5)

    40,448,194         40,448,194     10.0 %            

Entities affiliated with Aberdare Ventures (6)

    38,766,601         38,766,601     9.6 %            

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (7)

    30,237,580         30,237,580     7.5 %            

Named Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Michael DeMane (8)

    19,265,527     543,750     19,809,277     4.9 %            

Andrew H. Galligan (9)

        3,760,668     3,760,668     *              

Rami Elghandour (10)

        2,448,375     2,448,375     *              

Peter T. Bisgaard ( 11 )

                             

Frank Fischer ( 12 )

    1,416,000         1,416,000     *              

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. (3)

    53,053,713         53,053,713     13.2 %            

Ali Behbahani, M.D. (7)

    30,237,580         30,237,580     7.5 %            

Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. (2)

    53,213,236         53,213,236     13.2 %            

Shawn T McCormick

                             

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons) ( 13 ) (14)

    157,186,056     13,063,147     170,249,203     40.9 %            

*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total outstanding common stock.
(1)
Consists of (a) 66,964,285 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and (b) 5,923,871 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. The board of directors of Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation ("JJDC"), which consists of Paulus Stoffels and Steven Rosenberg, has shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by JJDC and has delegated responsibility therefor to the management of JJDC to take such actions on behalf of JJDC. As such, no individual member of the JJDC board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by JJDC. No individual representative of JJDC shall be deemed (i) a beneficial owner of, or (ii) to have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by JJDC. The address of JJDC is 410 George Street, New Brunswick, NJ 08901.
(2)
Consists of (a) 562,868 shares held by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P. ("BCCF"), (b) 30,548,195 shares held by BCCF issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (c) 16,387,835 shares held by BCCF issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, (d) 4,591,539 shares held by BCCF issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock, (e) 12,132 shares held by Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P. ("BCCF Co-Investment Fund"), (f) 658,461 shares held by BCCF Co-Investment Fund issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (g) 353,236 shares held by BCCF Co-Investment Fund issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and (h) 98,970 shares held by BCCF Co-Investment

143


Table of Contents

    Fund issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. Bay City Capital Management IV ("BCCM IV") is the General Partner of BCCF, BCCF Co-Investment Fund and Bay City Capital LLC ("BCC") is the Manager of BCCM IV. BCCM IV holds no shares of company stock directly. It is deemed to have beneficial ownership of company stock owned by BCCF and BCCF Co-Investment Fund due to its role as a general partner of such funds. Investment and voting decisions by BCCM IV are exercised by BCC as manager. BCC holds no shares of stock directly. Due to its role as manager of BCCM IV, BCC is deemed to have beneficial ownership of shares deemed to be beneficially owned by BCCM IV. Nathan B. Pliam, M.D. is a Venture Partner of BCC and a member of our board of directors. As a venture partner of BCC, Dr. Pliam disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by BCCF. The address of BCC is 750 Battery Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(3)
Consists of (a) 97,840 shares held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. ("Partners"), (b) 30,532,495 shares held by Partners issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (c) 16,379,412 shares held by Partners issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, (d) 4,897,841 shares held by Partners issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock, (e) 2,160 shares held by Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. ("Associates"), (f) 674,161 shares held by Associates issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (g) 361,659 shares held by Associates issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and (h) 108,145 shares held by Associates issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. Three Arch Management IV, LLC (the "General Partner") is the general partner of Partners and Associates. Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. is a managing member of the General Partner and a member of our board of directors. As the managing member of the General Partner he, together with Mark Wan, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Partners and Associates, and may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held by Partners and Associates. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. and Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. in which they do not have an actual pecuniary interest. The address of Partners and Associates is 3200 Alpine Road, Portola Valley, CA 94028.
(4)
Consists of 47,516,198 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. Novo A/S ("Novo") is a Danish limited liability company. The board of directors of Novo, which consists of Sten Scheibye, Gôran Ando, Jeppe Christiansen, Steen Risgaard and Per Wold Olsen, has shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by Novo and may exercise such control only with approval of a majority of the members of the Novo board of directors. As such, no individual member of the Novo board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by Novo. Peter Bisgaard, a member of our board of directors, is employed by Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo. Mr. Bisgaard is not deemed a beneficial owner of, and does not have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by Novo. The address for Novo is Tuborg Havnevej 19, 2900 Hellerup, Denmark.
(5)
Consists of (a) 24,005,120 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (b) 12,877,747 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and (c) 3,565,327 shares issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. Accuitive Medical Ventures II, LLC ("Accuitive") is the General Partner of AMV Partners II, L.P. ("AMV") and Thomas Weldon and Charles Larson are the Managing Members of Accuitive. AMV has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by AMV, except to the extent that Accuitive and each of Mr. Weldon and/or Mr. Larson may be deemed to have shared power to vote and dispose of such shares. Each of Mr. Weldon and Mr. Larsen disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest. The address of AMV is 2905 Premiere Parkway, Suite 150, Duluth, GA 30097.
(6)
Consists of (a) 633,817 shares held by Aberdare Partners III, L.P. ("Aberdare Partners") issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, (b) 256,246 shares held by Aberdare Partners issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, (c) 26,972,070 shares held by Aberdare Ventures III, L.P. ("Aberdare Ventures") issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock and (d) 10,904,468 shares held by Aberdare Ventures issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock. Aberdare GP III, LLC is the general partner of Aberdare Partners and Aberdare Ventures (together, "Aberdare III"). Paul H Klingenstein is the Managing Member of Aberdare GP III, LLC. Mr. Klingenstein may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Aberdare III, and may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held by Aberdare III. Mr. Klingenstein disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by Aberdare III in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest. The address of Aberdare III is 235 Montgomery Street, Suite 1230, San Francisco, CA 94104.
(7)
Consists of (a) 30,183,584 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. ("NEA 14") issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock and (b) 53,996 shares held by NEA Ventures 2013, L.P. ("Ven 2013")

144


Table of Contents

    issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. Ali Behbahani, M.D., a Special Partner at NEA 14, is a member of the Company's Board of Directors. The shares directly held by NEA 14 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 14 L.P. ("NEA Partners 14"), the sole general partner of NEA 14, NEA 14 GP, LTD ("NEA 14 LTD"), the sole general partner of NEA Partners 14 and each of the individual Directors of NEA 14 GP LTD. The individual directors of NEA 14 LTD are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Ryan D. Drant, Anthony A Florence, Jr., Patrick J. Kerins, Krishna "Kittu" Kolluri, David M. Mott, Scott D. Sandell, Peter Sonsini, Ravi Viswanathan and Harry R Weller. The shares directly held by Ven 2013 are indirectly held by Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of Ven 2013. The address of NEA is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Ste. 600, Timonium MD 21093.

(8)
Consists of 14,817,704 shares held by Mr. DeMane, 3,199,873 held by The Michael F. DeMane 2012 Retained Annuity Trust u/a/d July 26, 2012, of which Mr. DeMane is a trustee, 1,247,950 shares held by The Michael F. DeMane 2013 Retained Annuity Trust, of which Mr. DeMane is a trustee and 543,750 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of October 1, 2014.
(9)
Consists of 3,760,668 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of October 1, 2014.
(10)
Consists of 2,448,375 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of October 1, 2014.
(11)
Mr. Bisgaard is employed as a partner of Novo Ventures (US) Inc., a consultant to Novo A/S, and is not deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Novo A/S.
(12)
Consists of 1,416,000 shares of common stock, of which 799,188 shares were subject to repurchase upon termination of employment for cause as of October 1, 2014.
(13)
Includes 13,063,147 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options within 60 days of October 1, 2014.
(14)
The information in this table excludes approximately                shares (based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) underlying option awards to be granted to certain executive officers and directors upon the pricing of this offering. See "Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation" for information regarding these awards.

145


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following summary describes our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the consummation of this offering, the registration rights agreement to which we and certain of our stockholders are parties and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated registration rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that authorizes 290,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of September 1, 2014, there were outstanding:

        In connection with this offering, we will consummate a    -for-    reverse stock split of our outstanding capital stock prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

        Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding voting stock will be required to take certain actions, including amending certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such as the provisions relating to amending our amended and restated bylaws, the classified board and director liability.

Dividends

        Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

        Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely

146


Table of Contents

affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

        All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a description of our currently outstanding convertible preferred stock. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of convertible preferred stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

        Under our amended and restated registration rights agreement, as amended, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 415.3 million shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, or their transferees, have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act so that those shares may be publicly resold, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 365.0 million shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning 180 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the holders of at least a majority of these shares can, on not more than two occasions, request in writing that we register all or a portion of their shares, provided that the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $20.0 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning 90 days prior to the filing and ending 180 days following the effectiveness of a company-initiated registration statement relating to an initial public offering of our securities.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after the consummation of this offering, in the event that we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act (subject to certain exceptions), either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately 415.3 million shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon

147


Table of Contents

exercise of outstanding options, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans, the offer and sale of debt securities, or corporate reorganizations or certain other transactions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 415.3 million shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 25% of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2.0 million. We are obligated to effect an unlimited number of registrations on Form S-3, but shall not be required to pay for more than two of such registrations in any twelve month period.

Expenses of Registration

        We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above, including the expenses of one counsel for the selling holders.

Expiration of Registration Rights

        The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, upon the earlier of three years after the consummation of this offering or when that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any three month period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

        Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

        These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

148


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed "interested stockholders" from engaging in a "business combination" with a publicly-held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

        The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Special Stockholder Meetings

        Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer or President, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

        Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Classified Board; Election and Removal of Directors; Filling Vacancies

        Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders, with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the removal of any of our directors only for cause and requires at least a 66 2 / 3 % stockholder vote. For more information on the classified board, see "Management—Board Composition." Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of the board, may only be filled by a resolution of the board of directors unless the board of directors determines that such vacancies shall be filled by the stockholders. This system of electing and removing directors and filling vacancies may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

149


Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

        The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock.

        The provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Common Stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

        For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see "Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Listing

        We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NVRO."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is            . The transfer agent and registrar's address is             .

150


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after consummation of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our common stock in the public market either before (to the extent permitted) or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sale of Restricted Shares

        Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after giving effect to (1) the closing of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of      per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), (2) the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into 364,993,830 shares of common stock, (3) no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (4) no exercise of any of our outstanding options, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately        shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the            shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, and any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our "affiliates" as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the closing of this offering will be "restricted securities" as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

        As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and assumptions (1) - (4) described above, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

Approximate Number of Shares
  First Date Available for Sale into Public Market
            shares   180 days after the date of this prospectus upon expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to below, subject in some cases to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders and option holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of the lock-up agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

        Prior to the completion of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1

151


Table of Contents

under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

        Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our "affiliates" for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our "affiliates," is entitled to sell those shares in the public market (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitations or notice provisions of Rule 144, but subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than "affiliates," then such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public market without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable). In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144, who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months are entitled to sell in the public market, upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreements and within any three-month period, a number of those shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

        Such sales under Rule 144 by our "affiliates" or persons selling shares on behalf of our "affiliates" are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days

152


Table of Contents

after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our "affiliates" may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144's minimum holding period requirements (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

Registration Rights

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 415.3 million shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, or their transferees, will, subject to any lock-up agreements they have entered into, be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." If the offer and sale of these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Stock Plans

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that we may issue upon exercise of outstanding options reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and our 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as well as shares reserved for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the consummation of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

153


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder's particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

        If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

         INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR

154


Table of Contents

GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

        For purposes of this discussion, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a "U.S. person" nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

Distributions

        As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under "—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition."

        Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

        If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

        Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders

155


Table of Contents

should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

        A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

        Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

        Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

        With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period.

        Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock

156


Table of Contents

conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

        Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

        Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or "FATCA") on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

        Under the applicable Treasury Regulations, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017.

        Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

157


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name
  Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

              

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

              

Leerink Partners LLC

              

JMP Securities LLC

              
     

Total

              
     
     

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

        The underwriters have an option to buy up to              additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

        The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the common shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

        The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $        per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Without
option
exercise
  With full
option
exercise
 

Per Share

  $                $               

Total

  $                $               

158


Table of Contents

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related and other expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $        .

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than (i) the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder, (ii) any shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding on the date of this prospectus in connection with this offering, (iii) any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock incentive plans or warrants described as outstanding in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, (iv) any options and other awards granted under an stock incentive plan described in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, (v) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to an stock incentive plan described in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and (vi) shares of common stock or other securities issued in connection with a transaction with an unaffiliated third-party that includes a bona fide commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements or intellectual property license agreements) or any acquisition of assets or acquisition of not less than a majority or controlling portion of the equity of another entity, provided that (x) the aggregate number of shares issued pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the shares of common stock in this offering and (y) the recipient of any such shares of common stock and securities issued pursuant to this clause (vi) during the 180-day restricted period described above shall enter into a lock-up agreement.

        Our directors and executive officers, and certain of our significant shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the

159


Table of Contents

rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

160


Table of Contents

        J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

        We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NVRO".

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the

161


Table of Contents

common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

        Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide to us and our affiliates from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling Restrictions

General

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Outside of the United States, persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions imposed by any applicable laws and regulations outside of the United States relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

162


Table of Contents

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

United Kingdom

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the "EU Prospectus Directive") was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "EU Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

163


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to Nevro Corp. and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address is www.sec.gov.

        Upon consummation of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.nevro.com. Upon consummation of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

164


Table of Contents


GLOSSARY

        Set forth below is a glossary of key industry and clinical terms used in this prospectus:

Term
  Definition

amplitude

  A measure of the energy level of an electrical stimulation waveform

anatomical lead placement

 

Locating the stimulation lead based on a reference location within the body

controlled study

 

A study in which subjects who receive the studied intervention are compared to those in a control group who have not received the studied intervention

evidence-based

 

As defined by us, based on the best clinical evidence available

FBSS

 

Refers to Failed Back Surgery Syndrome, which is a condition describing patients who have not had a successful result with back or spine surgery and have experienced continual pain following the surgery

hertz, or Hz

 

Therapeutic pulses delivered per second

higher frequency waveform of 10,000 Hz

 

Electrical stimulation that has a stimulation pulse frequency waveform of 10,000 pulses per second, or 10,000 Hz

low frequency stimulation

 

Electrical stimulation that has a stimulation pulse frequency waveform of typically between 40 Hz and 60 Hz

ODI

 

Refers to Oswestry Disability Index, an index derived from the Oswestry Low Back Pain Questionnaire used by clinicians and researchers to quantify disability for low back pain

neuromodulation

 

The application of targeted electrical, chemical and biological technologies to the nervous system in order to improve function and quality of life

non-inferiority study or non-inferiority trial

 

A study or trial designed to show that the effect of the medical therapy tested is not inferior to that of a comparative control by more than a pre-specified margin

paresthesia

 

A constant tingling sensation produced by low frequency stimulation that overlaps the pain area and is the basis of traditional SCS therapy

paresthesia mapping

 

A procedure in traditional SCS therapy in which a patient is awakened and queried by the physician, sometimes repeatedly, as to whether they feel the paresthesia over the site of their pain

pivotal study

 

A study intended to provide evidence to support regulatory approval

platform

 

A technology that can be applied to multiple products or clinical indications

post-hoc statistical analysis

 

An analysis of study data following the conclusion of a study

165


Table of Contents

Term
  Definition

primary endpoint

 

The main result that is measured during the study to see if a given treatment worked

QSR

 

Refers to Quality System Regulation promulgated by the FDA pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act

randomized clinical evidence

 

Clinical evidence derived from a randomized controlled trial or study in which study subjects are randomly allocated to receive one of the alternative treatments under study prior to the commencement of the studied intervention

remitter status

 

VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5 on a scale of 0 to 10 for back pain

secondary endpoints

 

The results that are measured during the study that are determined to be the next most important after the primary endpoint

spinal cord stimulation

 

A type of neuromodulation technology that utilizes an implantable pacemaker-like device to deliver electrical impulses near the spinal cord

superiority analysis

 

Analysis showing that the effect of a tested medical therapy is superior to that of active comparative control therapy by more than a pre-specified margin

Visual Analog Scale, or VAS

 

A measurement of a patient's pain intensity on a 0 to 10 scale, with 0 representing no pain and 10 representing the worst pain imaginable. The VAS score is used to calculate changes in patient pain

166


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
  Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements

   
 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   
F-3
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

   
F-4
 

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

   
F-5
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   
F-6
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   
F-7 - F-34
 

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Nevro Corp.

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of convertible preferred stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nevro Corp. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and comprehensive loss and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
August 8, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
   
   
   
  Proforma
Stockholders'
Equity
June 30,
2014
(See Note 2)
 
 
  December 31,    
 
 
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,618   $ 12,409   $ 17,394        

Short-term investments

    24,997     44,123     24,222        

Accounts receivable, net of doubtful accounts of $180, $182 and $182 (unaudited) at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively

    5,857     6,605     6,742        

Inventories, net

    9,589     10,123     11,648        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    2,760     1,514     2,094        
                     

Total current assets

    48,821     74,774     62,100        

Property and equipment, net

    108     117     259        

Other assets

    82     220     245        

Restricted cash

    100     300     300        
                     

Total assets

  $ 49,111   $ 75,411   $ 62,904        
                     
                     

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

                         

Current liabilities

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 1,950   $ 3,177   $ 3,129        

Accrued liabilities

    2,818     4,536     5,108        

Other current liabilities

    481     191     150        
                     

Total current liabilities

    5,249     7,904     8,387        

Other long-term liabilities

    248     62     105        
                     

Total liabilities

    5,497     7,966     8,492        
                     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

                         

Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001— 130,508,081 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); 130,508,081 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and at June 30, 2014 (unaudited); $47,505 liquidation preference at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    47,217     47,217     47,217   $  

Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001— 135,000,000, 234,485,750 and 234,485,750 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 31, 2012, and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively; 130,814,045, 234,485,749 and 234,485,749 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively; $58,605, $106,605 and $106,605 (unaudited) liquidation preference at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    58,191     106,018     106,105      

Stockholders' equity (deficit)

                         

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 400,000,000, 472,000,000 and 472,000,000 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively; 25,847,887, 26,890,533 and 32,042,663 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and June 30, 2014, respectively; 397,036,493 (unaudited) shares outstanding, pro forma

    26     27     32     397  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,158     5,305     6,763     159,720  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    5     28     17     17  

Accumulated deficit

    (64,983 )   (91,150 )   (105,722 )   (105,722 )
                   

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (61,794 )   (85,790 )   (98,910 ) $ 54,412  
                   

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 49,111   $ 75,411   $ 62,904        
                     
                     

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 18,150   $ 23,500   $ 11,106   $ 14,190  

Cost of revenue

    7,527     9,473     4,451     5,521  
                   

Gross profit

    10,623     14,027     6,655     8,669  
                   

Operating expenses

                         

Research and development

    15,659     20,345     11,121     9,846  

Sales, general and administrative

    14,094     18,833     8,788     13,525  
                   

Total operating expenses

    29,753     39,178     19,909     23,371  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,130 )   (25,151 )   (13,254 )   (14,702 )

Interest income

   
139
   
153
   
71
   
72
 

Other income (expense), net

    186     (654 )   (927 )   382  
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (18,805 )   (25,652 )   (14,110 )   (14,248 )

Provision for income taxes

    (162 )   (362 )   (148 )   (237 )
                   

Net loss

    (18,967 )   (26,014 )   (14,258 )   (14,485 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (98 )   (153 )   (71 )   (87 )
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

    (19,065 )   (26,167 )   (14,329 )   (14,572 )

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on short-term investments

    (15 )   23     14     (11 )
                   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (15 )   23     14     (11 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

  $ (19,080 ) $ (26,144 ) $ (14,315 ) $ (14,583 )
                   
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share, basic and diluted

  $ (1.61 ) $ (1.24 ) $ (0.75 ) $ (0.55 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    11,875,018     21,046,772     19,203,301     26,551,889  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (0.07 )       $ (0.04 )
                       
                       

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

          372,300,551           391,545,719  
                       
                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
(in thousands, except share data)

 
   
   
  Series B and C
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 

  Common Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Balances at January 1, 2012

    130,508,081   $ 47,217     130,814,045   $ 58,093         15,392,095   $ 16   $ 1,177   $ (45,918 ) $ 20   $ (44,705 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

                98                     (98 )       (98 )

Exercise of common stock options

                        10,455,792     10     591             601  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                265             265  

Stock based compensation expense

                                1,125             1,125  

Net loss

                                    (18,967 )       (18,967 )

Other comprehensive loss

                                        (15 )   (15 )
                                               

Balances at December 31, 2012

    130,508,081     47,217     130,814,045     58,191         25,847,887     26     3,158     (64,983 )   5     (61,794 )

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in February and March 2013 at $0.463 per share for cash, net of issuance costs of $326,623

            103,671,704     47,674                              

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

                153                     (153 )       (153 )

Exercise of common stock options

                        1,042,646     1     110             111  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                460             460  

Stock based compensation expense

                                1,577             1,577  

Net loss

                                    (26,014 )       (26,014 )

Other comprehensive loss

                                        23     23  
                                               

Balances at December 31, 2013

    130,508,081     47,217     234,485,749     106,018         26,890,533     27     5,305     (91,150 )   28     (85,790 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs (unaudited)

                87                     (87 )       (87 )

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

                        5,152,130     5     532             537  

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

                                128             128  

Stock based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                798             798  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                    (14,485 )       (14,485 )

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                        (11 )   (11 )
                                               

Balances at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    130,508,081   $ 47,217     234,485,749   $ 106,105         32,042,663   $ 32   $ 6,763   $ (105,722 ) $ 17   $ (98,910 )
                                               
                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (18,967 ) $ (26,014 ) $ (14,258 ) $ (14,485 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

                         

Depreciation and amortization

    39     47     19     39  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,125     1,577     694     798  

Amortization (accretion) of premium (discount) on short term investments

    538     540     286     182  

Write down of inventory

        1,066     493     12  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

                         

Accounts receivable

    (2,247 )   (748 )   (11 )   (137 )

Inventories

    (3,597 )   (1,600 )   (880 )   (1,537 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (994 )   1,246     349     (580 )

Other assets

    (35 )   (138 )       (25 )

Accounts payable

    624     1,227     427     (48 )

Accrued liabilities

    1,082     1,888     949     658  

Other long term liabilities

    (35 )   (186 )   (150 )   43  
                   

Net cash used in operating activities

    (22,467 )   (21,095 )   (12,082 )   (15,080 )
                   

Cash flows from investing activities

                         

Purchases of short-term investments

    (40,350 )   (70,404 )   (50,643 )   (15,261 )

Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments

    55,706     50,760     20,101     34,969  

Restricted cash

    (50 )   (200 )        

Purchase of property and equipment

    (30 )   (55 )       (180 )
                   

Net cash provided by (used) in investing activities

    15,276     (19,899 )   (30,542 )   19,528  
                   

Cash flows from financing activities

                         

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net

        47,674     47,674      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    1,532     111     27     537  
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    1,532     47,785     47,701     537  
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (5,659 )   6,791     5,077     4,985  

Cash and cash equivalents

                         

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    11,277     5,618     5,618     12,409  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 5,618   $ 12,409   $ 10,695   $ 17,394  
                   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information—Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 32   $ 179   $ 1   $ 1  
                   
                   

Significant non-cash transactions

                         

Vesting of early exercised stock options

  $ 265   $ 460   $ 230   $ 128  
                   
                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Formation and Business of the Company

        We were incorporated in Minnesota on March 10, 2006 to manufacture and market innovative active implantable medical devices for the treatment of neurological disorders initially focusing on the treatment of chronic pain. Subsequently, we were reincorporated in Delaware on October 4, 2006 and relocated to California.

        Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations. During the period ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred a net loss of $26.0 million and used $21.1 million of cash in operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company incurred a net loss of $14.5 million and used $15.1 million of cash in operations. At December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $91.2 million and $105.7 million (unaudited), respectively, and does not expect to experience positive cash flows in the near future. The Company has financed operations to date primarily through private placements of equity securities. The Company's ability to continue to meet its obligations and to achieve its business objectives is dependent upon, amongst other things, raising additional capital, obtaining U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval and commercializing in the United States, generating sufficient revenues and its ability to continue to control expenses, if necessary, to meet its obligations as they become due for the foreseeable future. Failure to increase sales of its products, obtain U.S. FDA approval, manage discretionary expenditures or raise additional financing, as required, may adversely impact the Company's ability to achieve its intended business objectives.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the Company's accounts and those of its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Segments

        The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by geographic region, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reportable and operating segment structure. The Company and its Chief Executive Officer evaluate performance based primarily on revenue in the geographic locations in which the Company operates.

        The Company derives all of its revenues from sales to customers in Australia and Europe, and has not yet received approval to sell its products in the Unites States. Revenue by geography is based on the billing address of the customer. The following table sets forth revenue by geographic area for

F-7


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

countries with revenue accounting for more than 10% of the total revenue during the periods presented (in thousands):

 
  Years ended December 31,   Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Australia

    28 %   30 %   26 %   33 %

United Kingdom

    15 %   19 %   16 %   18 %

Germany

    14 %   18 %   18 %   18 %

Ireland

    12 %   7 %   8 %   4 %

Netherlands

    11 %   9 %   10 %   11 %

        Long-lived assets and operating income outside the U.S. are not material; therefore disclosures have been limited to revenue.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

        The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the related interim information contained within the notes to the financial statements, are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments which are necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position as of June 30, 2014, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014. Such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014, or for any future period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

        The June 30, 2014 unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity has been prepared assuming prior to the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred and redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, assuming the Company raises at least $50.0 million at a price in excess of $1.1575 per share or pursuant to a stockholder vote under the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The June 30, 2014 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of all the convertible preferred and redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 364,993,830 shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity does not assume any proceeds from the proposed initial public offering.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars (USD). Its foreign subsidiaries use their local currency as their functional currency and maintain their records in the local currency. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into United States Dollars using the current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and equity accounts are

F-8


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

translated into United States dollars using historical rates. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates in effect when the transaction occurs. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets. These translation adjustments were insignificant to the Company's consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Transactions denominated in foreign currency are translated at exchange rates at the date of transaction with foreign currency gains (losses) recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive loss. The Company recognized net foreign currency transaction losses of $0.2 million, $0.6 million, $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited) during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

        As the Company's international operations grow, its risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and the Company will continue to reassess its approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of the Company's international expansion. To date, the Company has not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on its operating results and cash flows. Based on its current international structure, the Company does not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant accounting estimates and management judgments reflected in the consolidated financial statements include items such as allowances for doubtful accounts; clinical accruals; stock-based compensation; depreciation and amortization lives; inventory valuation; valuation of investments and deferred tax assets, including valuation allowances. Estimates are based on historical experience, where applicable, and other assumptions believed to be reasonable by the management. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and investments. The majority of the Company's cash is held by one financial institution in the United States of America in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintained investments in money market funds that were not federally insured during the year ended December 31, 2013 and held cash in foreign banks of approximately $2.0 million and $5.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013 that was not federally insured. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

        All of the Company's revenue has been derived from sales of its products in international markets, principally Australia and Europe. In the international markets in which the Company participates, the Company uses both a direct sales force and distributors to sell its products. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluation of its direct customers and distributors, does not require collateral, and maintains allowances for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary.

F-9


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, two customers accounted for 11% and 11%, respectively, of the Company's revenue. Three customers accounted for 21%, 13% and 10% of the Company's accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2012, respectively. In 2013, no customers accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue. As of December 31, 2013, one customer accounted for 11% of our accounts receivable balance. During the six month period ended June 30, 2013, one customer accounted for 10% (unaudited) of the Company's revenue. During the six month period ended June 30, 2014, one customer accounted for 11% (unaudited) of the Company's revenue. As of June 30, 2014, one customer accounted for 13% (unaudited) of the accounts receivable balance.

        The Company is subject to risks common to early-stage medical device companies including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, product liability, uncertainty of market acceptance of products, and the need to obtain additional financing. The Company is dependent on third party manufacturers and suppliers, in some cases sole- or single-source suppliers.

        There can be no assurance that the Company's products or services will continue to be accepted in the marketplace, nor can there be any assurance that any future products or services can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products or services will be successfully marketed, if at all.

        The Company's products require approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration prior to commencing commercial sales in the U.S. There can be no assurance that the Company's products will receive all of the required approvals. If the Company is denied such approvals or such approvals are delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position and liquidity.

        The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses for the next several years and will need to obtain additional financing in order to launch and commercialize any products or product candidates for which it receives regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or will be at terms acceptable by the Company.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Carrying amounts of certain of the Company's financial instruments, including cash equivalents, short term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds in the amount of $3.0 million, $2.4 million and $7.4 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company's cash equivalents were held in institutions in the U.S. and include deposits in a money market fund which was unrestricted as to withdrawal or use.

F-10


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash of $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively, represents a certificate of deposit collateralizing payment of charges related to the Company's corporate credit card.

Investment Securities

        The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale. Those investments with maturities less than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered short-term investments. Those investments with maturities greater than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered long-term investments. The Company's investment securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices at period end. Unrealized gains and losses, deemed temporary in nature, are reported as a separate component of comprehensive income or loss.

        A decline in the fair value of any security below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to earnings and the corresponding establishment of a new cost basis for the security. Premiums (discounts) are amortized (accreted) over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight-line interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost to purchase or manufacture the inventory or the market value of such inventory. Cost is determined using the standard cost method which approximates the first-in, first-out basis. Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experiences, projected future demand, and remaining shelf life to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate.

        The Company's policy is to write down inventory that has become obsolete, inventory that has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value and inventory in excess of expected requirements. The estimate of excess quantities is subjective and primarily dependent on the Company's estimates of future demand for a particular product. If the estimate of future demand is inaccurate based on actual sales, the Company may increase the write down for excess inventory for that component and record a charge to inventory impairment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of inventory on hand for potential excess amount over demand using the same lower of cost or market approach as that has been used to value the inventory. The Company also periodically evaluates inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experience. As a result of these evaluations, for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a total write down of $1.1 million for Senza inventories. There were no such charges in the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company's estimation of the future demand for a particular component of the Senza product may vary and may result in changes in estimates in any particular period.

Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of revenue.

F-11


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

    persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

    the sales price is fixed or determinable;

    collection of the relevant receivable is probable at the time of sale; and

    delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.

        For a majority of sales, where the Company's sales representative delivers its product at the point of implantation at hospitals or medical facilities, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the procedure and authorization, which represents satisfaction of the required revenue recognition criteria. For the remaining sales, which are sent from the Company's distribution centers directly to hospitals and medical facilities, as well as distributor sales where product is ordered in advance of an implantation procedure and a valid purchase order has been received, the Company recognizes revenue at the time of shipment of the product, which represents the point in time when the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss and the required revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. The Company's customers are obligated to pay within specified terms regardless of when or if they ever sell or use the products. The Company does not offer rights of return or price protection and it has no post-delivery obligations.

        The Company has a limited one-year warranty to most customers. Estimated warranty obligations are recorded at the time of sale and to date, warranty costs have been insignificant.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives of three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the life of the lease. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group's carrying value. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based either on discounted cash flows or appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. There were no impairment charges, or changes in estimated useful lives recorded through December 31, 2013 or June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

F-12


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes

        The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements or income tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

        The Company operates in various tax jurisdictions and is subject to audit by various tax authorities. To date, all of the Company's revenues have been derived outside of the United States, and the taxes paid have been predominantly due to income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. The Company provides for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed probable that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their technical merits, relative tax law, and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

        The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) a determination is made as to whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) represents all changes in the stockholders' equity (deficit) except those resulting from and distributions to stockholders. The Company's unrealized gains on short-term available-for-sale investment securities represents the only component of other comprehensive income (loss) that is excluded from the reported net loss and has been presented in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Research and Development

        Research and development, or R&D, costs, including new product development, regulatory compliance and clinical research, are charged to operations as incurred in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Such costs include personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, supplies, services, depreciation, allocated facilities and information services, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, fees paid to investigative sites and other indirect costs.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with employees in accordance with ASC 718, C ompensation—Stock Compensation . ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value-based method, for costs related to all share-based payments including stock options.

        The Company's determination of the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and is impacted by its common stock price as well as changes in

F-13


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected term that options will remain outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

        The fair value is recognized over the period during which an optionee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense recognized at fair value includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

        Equity instruments issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest. The fair value of options granted to consultants is expensed when vested. The non-employee stock-based compensation expense was not material for all periods presented.

        Estimating the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. For all stock options granted to date, we estimated the volatility data based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, we considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

        Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock options are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the Company has reported a net loss in all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock as if the conversion had occurred at the earlier of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later.

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share amounts do not give effect to the issuance of shares from the planned initial public offering nor do they give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

F-14


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity ." The ASU amendment changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20. The amendment is effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued. The Company will apply the provisions of this ASU to any future transactions after the effective date which qualify for reporting discontinued operations.

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The ASU's effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 using one of two retrospective application methods. The Company has not determined the potential effects of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02). This newly issued accounting standard update requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. This ASU is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 and the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a Consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (ASU 2013-02) . This newly issued accounting standard update requires a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2014 and the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

F-15


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The fair value hierarchy defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

    Level 1—Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Cash Equivalents and Short Term Investments

        The Company's cash and cash equivalents are comprised of investment in money market funds that are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. To value its money market funds, the Company values the funds at $1 stable net asset value, which is the market pricing convention for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access. The Company's short-term investments are comprised of commercial paper, corporate notes and U.S. government agency obligations. All short-term investments have been classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because of the sufficient observable inputs for revaluation. The Company's Level 2 investments are valued using third-party pricing sources. The pricing services utilize industry standard valuation models, including both income and market-based approaches, for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly, to estimate fair value. These inputs include reported trades of and broker/dealer quotes on the same or similar investments, issuer credit spreads, benchmark investments, prepayment/default projections based on historical data and other observable inputs. The following table sets forth the Company's financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

Balance as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Money market funds (i)

  $ 7,359   $   $   $ 7,359  

Commercial paper (ii)

        9,999         9,999  

Corporate notes (ii)

        14,723         14,723  
                   

Total assets

  $ 7,359   $ 24,722   $   $ 32,081  
                   
                   

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Money market funds (i)

  $ 2,372   $   $   $ 2,372  

Commercial paper (ii)

        15,246         15,246  

Corporate notes (ii)

        30,377         30,377  
                   

Total

  $ 2,372   $ 45,623   $   $ 47,995  
                   
                   

F-16


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Money market funds (i)

  $ 3,006   $   $   $ 3,006  

Commercial paper (ii)

        10,898         10,898  

Corporate notes (ii)

        14,099         14,099  
                   

Total

  $ 3,006   $ 24,997   $   $ 28,003  
                   
                   

(i)
included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets.
(ii)
included in either cash and cash equivalents or short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.

4. Balance Sheet Components

Investments

        The fair value of the Company's cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, approximates their respective carrying amounts due to their short-term maturity. The following is a summary of the gross unrealized gains and unrealized losses on the Company's investment securities (in thousands):

 
  June 30, 2014 (unaudited)  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
  Aggregate
Fair Value
 

Investment Securities

                         

Commercial paper (i)

  $ 9,994   $ 5   $   $ 9,999  

Corporate notes

    14,723             14,723  
                   

Total securities

  $ 24,717   $ 5   $   $ 24,722  
                   
                   

(i)
Includes $0.5 million of commercial paper that is classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

 
  December 31, 2013  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
  Aggregate
Fair Value
 

Investment Securities

                         

Commercial paper (i)

  $ 15,231   $ 15   $   $ 15,246  

Corporate notes

    30,379     2     (4 )   30,377  
                   

Total securities

  $ 45,610   $ 17   $ (4 ) $ 45,623  
                   
                   

(i)
Includes $1.5 million of commercial paper that is classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

F-17


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
  Aggregate
Fair Value
 

Investment Securities

                         

Commercial paper

  $ 10,892   $ 6   $   $ 10,898  

Corporate notes

    14,099     1     (1 )   14,099  
                   

Total securities

  $ 24,991   $ 7   $ (1 ) $ 24,997  
                   
                   

        Realized gains or losses and other-than-temporary impairments, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in other income or expense as incurred. The cost of securities sold was determined based on the specific identification method. The Company has not recorded any realized gains on its investments during the periods presented.

        The contractual maturities of the Company's investment securities were all within one year as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Inventories (in thousands)

 
  December 31    
 
 
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Raw materials

  $ 4,645   $ 4,595   $ 5,175  

Finished goods

    4,944     5,528     6,473  
               

  $ 9,589   $ 10,123   $ 11,648  
               
               

Property and Equipment, Net (in thousands)

 
  December 31    
 
 
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Laboratory equipment

  $ 105   $ 105   $ 228  

Computer equipment and software

    122     79     144  

Furniture and fixtures

    95     95     95  

Leasehold improvements

    22     22     22  

Construction in process

    50     55     48  
               

Total

    394     356     537  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (286 )   (239 )   (278 )
               

Property and equipment, net

  $ 108   $ 117   $ 259  
               
               

        Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $39,000 and $47,000, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $19,000 (unaudited) and $39,000 (unaudited), respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company retired equipment having an original cost of $0.1 million, and removed the cost and the related accumulated depreciation from the consolidated balance sheet.

F-18


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

Accrued Liabilities (in thousands)

 
  December 31    
 
 
  June 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued payroll and related expenses

  $ 921   $ 2,545   $ 2,430  

Accrued professional fees

    617     186     960  

Accrued taxes

    297     929     905  

Accrued clinical and research expenses

    809     454     449  

Accrued other

    174     422     364  
               

Total accrued liabilities

  $ 2,818   $ 4,536   $ 5,108  
               
               

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

        In April 2007, the Company entered into an operating lease for office space in Palo Alto, California which expired on July 22, 2010. Upon expiration, the Company entered into a new non-cancellable operating lease effective May 1, 2010 for facilities in Menlo Park, as amended in 2012 to extend the period of the lease until May 31, 2015. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $0.3 million and $0.5 million respectively. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $0.3 million (unaudited) and $0.3 million (unaudited), respectively

        Future minimum lease payments under the May 2010 operating lease as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Operating
Leases
 

Year ending December 31,

       

2014

    485  

2015

    205  
       

  $ 690  
       
       

Contingencies

        From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business activities. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. There have been no contingent liabilities requiring accrual or disclosure at December 31, 2012 and 2013 or June 30, 2014.

F-19


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Indemnification

        The Company enters into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to the Company's technology. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made.

        The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the individual.

        The Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. No liability associated with such indemnifications has been recorded to date.

License Agreement

        In March 2006, the Company entered into an amended and restated license agreement with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Foundation, and Venturi Group LLC, or VGL, which provides the Company access to the certain know how and licensed patents owned by Mayo and VGL for treatment of central, autonomic and peripheral nervous system disorders, including pain, using devices to modulate nerve signaling. The licenses granted are exclusive and the Company has the right to sub-license. The agreement will terminate upon the last to expire patent application, unless terminated earlier. The agreement can be terminated anytime after three years from March 2006 by Mayo or VGL.

        Per terms of the license, the Company is required to:

    Pay royalties based on the greater of earned royalty or minimum royalty. The earned royalty will be based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products either by the Company or the sub-licensee. The minimum royalty payment will be based on royalty periods as defined in the agreement;

    Issue 500,000 shares of Company's common stock to Mayo upon the earlier of (1) FDA approval of the first Company's product covered by the license or developed and manufactured using licensed know-how, or (2) the consummation of an initial public offering.

        In March 2011, the Company entered into a Phase II License Agreement with Mayo which provides the Company access to the certain know how and licensed patents owned by Mayo. The licenses granted are exclusive and the Company has the right to sub-license. The agreement will terminate upon the last to expire patent application, unless terminated earlier.

        Per terms of the license, the Company is required to:

    Pay retainer fee of $40,000 per annum starting March 2011 and ending on February 2013;

F-20


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    Pay royalties based on the greater of earned royalty or minimum royalty. The earned royalty will be based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products either by the Company or the sub-licensee. The minimum annual royalty payment is $200,000.

        Retainer fee paid and recognized as research and development expenses during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $40,000 and $18,000, respectively. Royalties paid during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 were $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Royalties paid during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 were $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited), respectively.

6. Stockholders' Equity

Convertible Preferred Stock and Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 364,993,831 shares of convertible preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 130,508,081 shares are designated as Series A convertible preferred stock and 130,814,045 shares are designated as Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares and 103,671,705 shares designated as Series C redeemable convertible preferred shares. In February and March 2013, the Company issued 103,671,704 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for net cash proceeds of $47.7 million. As part of this offering, an aggregate of 15,620,366 shares were sold to entities owning more than 10% of our outstanding capital stock as of March 2013.

        Designated and outstanding convertible preferred stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, "convertible preferred stock") and its principal terms are as follows at December 31, 2012 (in thousands, except share data):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred

    130,508,081     130,508,081   $ 47,217   $ 47,505  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred

    135,000,000     130,814,045     58,191     58,605  
                   

    265,508,081     261,322,126   $ 105,408   $ 106,110  
                   
                   

        At December 31, 2013, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred

    130,508,081     130,508,081   $ 47,217   $ 47,505  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred

    130,814,045     130,814,045     58,298     58,605  

Series C redeemable convertible preferred

    103,671,705     103,671,704     47,720     48,000  
                   

    364,993,831     364,993,830   $ 153,235   $ 154,110  
                   
                   

F-21


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        At June 30, 2014 (unaudited), convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred

    130,508,081     130,508,081   $ 47,217   $ 47,505  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred

    130,814,045     130,814,045     58,355     58,605  

Series C redeemable convertible preferred

    103,671,705     103,671,704     47,750     48,000  
                   

    364,993,831     364,993,830   $ 153,322   $ 154,110  
                   
                   

Dividends

        The holders of shares of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available thereof prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock, at a rate of 8% of the applicable original issue price per share of Series A and Series B and Series C preferred stock, payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors. Since inception to December 31, 2013 and through June 30, 2014 (unaudited), no dividends have been declared or paid by the Board of Directors.

Conversion

        Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock at the option of the holder at any time. Conversion is automatic upon either the written consent of not less than the majority of the holders of the convertible preferred stock outstanding or the effective date of a firm commitment underwritten public offering that yields net proceeds to the Company of not less than $50,000,000 at an equivalent price per share of common stock of not less than $1.1575. Each share of convertible preferred stock will be converted into the number of shares of common stock which results from dividing the original issue price for such series convertible preferred stock by the conversion price for such series that is in effect at the time of conversion. The per share conversion price of Series A preferred stock, Series B and Series C preferred stock is $0.364, $0.448 and $0.463, respectively. Each share of preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the conversion ratio of 1-to-1.

Voting

        Each holder of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of convertible preferred stock could be converted as of the record date. The holders of shares of the convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stock shall be entitled to vote, and the holders of convertible preferred stock shall vote together as a single class.

Liquidation

        In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series C redeemable preferred stock, are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $0.463 per share of Series C redeemable preferred stock, plus any unpaid dividends. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the

F-22


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

holders of the Series B redeemable preferred stock, are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $0.448 per share of Series B redeemable preferred stock, plus any unpaid dividends. If the funds available for distribution are insufficient to cover the liquidation preference, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available are to be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B redeemable preferred stock. Following payment in full to the holders of Series B redeemable preferred stock, the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock, are entitled to receive the distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $0.364 per share on the Series A convertible preferred stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Thereafter, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation, if any, shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

        A consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, acquisition by any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets or voting control of the Company in which the prior stockholders of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation is deemed to be a liquidation.

        The Company classifies the Series A convertible preferred stock outside of stockholder's deficit because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company's control.

        The Company recorded the Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance. The Company classifies the Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders' deficit because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company's control. The Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred shares were originally issued with a contingent redemption feature, which allowed the holders to redeem their shares five years following the issuance date of the Series B and C redeemable preferred shares. Accordingly, the Company is accreting the Series B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock for change in redemption value with a change to accumulated deficit at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, the Company has accreted $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively.

Redemption

        The Series C redeemable preferred stock shall be redeemed by the Company out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price equal to the liquidation preference for the Series C preferred stock, not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Series C original issue date, from the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series C redeemable preferred Stock. The Series B redeemable preferred stock shall be redeemed by the Company out of funds lawfully available there for at a price equal to the liquidation preference for the Series B redeemable preferred stock, not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Series B original issue date, from the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series B redeemable preferred stock. If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available on the redemption date to redeem all of the shares, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder's redeemable shares based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as practicable after the Company has funds available there for.

F-23


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Common Stock

        The articles of incorporation, as amended, authorize the Company to issue 472,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Common stockholders are entitled to dividends as and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. No dividends have been declared or paid from inception to June 30, 2014. The holder of each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.

        The Company had reserved common stock for future issuances as follows:

 
  December 31,   June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Preferred stock

    261,322,126     364,993,830     364,993,830     364,993,830  

Options to purchase common stock

    47,865,466     65,963,394     63,022,626     67,115,690  
                   

Total

    309,187,592     430,957,224     428,016,456     432,109,520  
                   
                   

7. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

        In 2007, the Company adopted the 2007 Stock Option Plan (the "2007 Plan"). The 2007 Plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 2007 Plan may be either incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards and stock appreciation rights. Incentive stock options ("ISO") may be granted only to Company employees (including directors who are also employees). Nonqualified stock options ("NSO") may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. Upon the exercise of options, the Company issues new common stock from its authorized shares.

        Options under the 2007 Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years and at prices no less than 100% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that the exercise price of an ISO or an NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant. The vesting provisions of individual options may vary but provide for vesting of at least 20% per year.

        In December 2012, the Board of Directors resolved that additional 12,892,005 shares of common stock be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Plan. In February, 2013, the Board of Directors resolved that an additional 24,342,933 shares of common stock be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Plan. There were 350,000 additional options granted outside the 2007 Plan. Options granted outside the 2007 Plan generally contains terms similar to that of 2007 Plan.

Early Exercises

        Stock options granted under the 2007 Plan allow the board of directors to grant awards to provide employee option holders the right to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock. Unvested shares, which amounted to 4,439,031, 1,372,823 and 1,468,836 (unaudited), at December 31, 2012, 2013, and June 30, 2014 respectively, were subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issue price in the event the optionees' employment was terminated either

F-24


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

voluntarily or involuntarily. For exercises of employee options, this right lapses according to the vesting schedule designated on the associated option grant. The repurchase terms are considered to be a forfeiture provision. The shares purchased by the employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed to be issued or outstanding for accounting purposes until those shares vest, though they are legally issued and outstanding. In addition, cash received from employees for exercise of unvested options is treated as a refundable deposit shown as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 cash received related to unvested shares totaled $0.7 million and $0.2 million and $0.2 million (unaudited), respectively. Amounts recorded are transferred into common stock and additional paid-in-capital as the shares vest.

Restricted Stock

        In March 2011, the Company issued 10,007,603 common shares under a restricted stock agreement to one of the officers of the Company at a purchase price of $0.06 per share. Under the terms of the agreement, the holder was entitled to purchase the shares in exchange for a promissory note. All the shares were purchased in March 2011 in exchange for a promissory note aggregating to $0.6 million. The restricted stock agreement granted the Company repurchase rights which lapsed upon attainment of full vesting by the stockholder. The restricted common shares vested 33% one year from the vesting start date and monthly thereafter over the next two years. The note bore interest at 0.54% per annum compounded annually. The principal amount of the note along with accrued interest was discharged on a quarterly basis in arrears on a pro rata basis over a period of 3 years conditioned upon the holder continuing to provide services to the Company. The Company accounted for the grant of the restricted common stock as stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the shares on the original grant date, and recognized expense over the three-year vesting period. The Company recorded stock-based compensation charges of $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, 4,169,835 and 833,967 shares of common stock were subject to repurchase by the Company, respectively. During the six month period ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded stock-based compensation charges of $0.1 million (unaudited) and $48,000 (unaudited) in connection with the grant of restricted common shares, respectively. As of June 30, 2014 (unaudited), no shares of common stock remained subject to repurchase by the Company.

F-25


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Activity under the 2007 Plan is as follows:

 
   
  Options Outstanding    
   
 
 
   
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   
 
 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
   
  (in years)
  (in thousands)
 

Balances at January 1, 2012

    6,674,499     47,112,376   $ 0.11              

Additional shares reserved

    12,892,005                        

Options granted

    (14,029,209 )   14,029,209   $ 0.15              

Options exercised

        (10,455,792 ) $ 0.15              

Options cancelled

    3,214,077     (3,214,077 ) $ 0.15              
                             

Balances at December 31, 2012

    8,751,372     47,471,716   $ 0.11     8.4   $ 1,741  

Additional shares reserved

    24,342,933                        

Options granted

    (21,971,000 )   21,971,000   $ 0.15              

Options exercised

        (1,042,646 ) $ 0.11              

Options cancelled

    2,830,426     (2,830,426 ) $ 0.15              
                             

Balances at December 31, 2013

    13,953,731     65,569,644   $ 0.12     8.0   $ 1,655  
                               
                               

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2013

          30,757,164   $ 0.10     7.1   $ 1,493  
                               
                               

Options vested, exercisable, or expected to vest December 31, 2013

          57,383,543   $ 0.12     7.9   $ 1,636  
                               
                               

Options granted (unaudited)

    (6,522,000 )   6,522,000   $ 0.15              

Options exercised (unaudited)

        (5,152,130 ) $ 0.13              

Options cancelled (unaudited)

    217,754     (217,754 ) $ 0.15              
                             

Balances at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    7,649,305     66,721,940   $ 0.13     7.7   $ 19,577  
                               
                               

Options exercisable as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

          34,473,604   $ 0.05     6.7   $ 10,828  
                               
                               

Options vested, exercisable, or expected to vest June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

          59,272,170   $ 0.12     7.6   $ 17,588  
                               
                               

        The options outstanding and vested under the 2007 Plan by exercise price, at December 31, 2013, are as follows:

Options Outstanding   Options Vested  
Exercise
Price
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
  (in thousands)
 
$ 0.04     1,737,924     4.30   $ 191     1,737,924   $ 0.04   $ 191  
$ 0.06     14,921,263     6.17     1,343     13,575,186   $ 0.06     1,222  
$ 0.08     1,735,000     7.38     121     1,149,267   $ 0.08     80  
$ 0.15     47,175,457     8.80         14,294,787   $ 0.15      
                                 
        65,569,644         $ 1,655     30,757,164         $ 1,493  
                                 
                                 

F-26


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The options outstanding and vested under the 2007 Plan by exercise price, at June 30, 2014 (unaudited), are as follows:

Options Outstanding   Options Vested  
Exercise
Price
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
  (in thousands)
 
$ 0.04     1,681,256     3.78   $ 639     1,681,256   $ 0.04   $ 639  
$ 0.06     13,985,716     5.67     5,035     13,817,379   $ 0.06     4,974  
$ 0.08     1,685,000     6.88     573     1,316,142   $ 0.08     447  
$ 0.15     49,639,968     8.48     13,330     17,658,827   $ 0.15     4,768  
                                 
        66,721,940         $ 19,577     34,867,354   $ 0.10   $ 10,828  
                                 
                                 

        The aggregate pretax intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, was $36,000, $45,000, $24,000 (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited), respectively. The intrinsic value is the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock at the date of exercise and the exercise price for in-the-money options. The aggregate fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $1.0 million, $1.1 million, $0.3 million (unaudited) and $1.9 million (unaudited), respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $0.08, $0.08, $0.09 (unaudited) and $0.14 (unaudited) per share, respectively.

Employee Stock-Based Compensation

        During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company granted stock options to employees to purchase 11,996,063 and 21,583,000 shares of common stock with a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.15 and $0.15, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 for stock-based awards granted to employees based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 was $0.8 million and $1.2 million respectively. As of December 31, 2013, there were total unrecognized compensation costs of $2.2 million net of estimated forfeitures, related to these stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average amortization period of 3.0 years. As of June 30, 2014, there were total unrecognized compensation costs of $2.9 million (unaudited) net of estimated forfeitures that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average amortization period of 2.8 years (unaudited).

        The Company estimated the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The fair value of employee stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the

F-27


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the following weighted average assumption:

 
  Years Ended
December 31
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

  5.8 - 6.1   5.9 - 6.1   6.0 - 6.1   6.0 - 6.1

Expected volatility

  63% - 66%   62% - 63%   62%   63%

Risk-free interest rate

  0.8% - 1.3%   1.1% - 1.8%   1.1%   2.0%

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   0%

        Expected Term.     The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The Company has opted to use the "simplified method" for estimating the expected term of the options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option.

        Expected Volatility.     Since there has been no public market for the Company's common stock and lack of company-specific historical volatility, it has determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility used by a peer group of publicly traded medical device companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considers factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.

        Risk-Free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.

        Dividend Rate.     The expected dividend was assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to do so.

        Expected Forfeiture Rate.     The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.

        Fair Value of Common Stock.     The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including valuation of comparable companies, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock is to be determined by the Board of Directors until such time as the Company's common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

F-28


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the stock based compensation expense recorded under ASC 718:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 8   $ 10   $ 4   $ 48  

Research and development

    277     349     147     259  

Sales, general and administrative

    840     1,218     543     491  
                   

  $ 1,125   $ 1,577   $ 694   $ 798  
                   
                   

8. Income Taxes

        The components of the Company's income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Domestic

  $ (19,450 ) $ (26,574 )

Foreign

    645     922  
           

Total income (loss) before income taxes

  $ (18,805 ) $ (25,652 )
           
           

        The components of income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  

Current:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

    (5 )   (6 )

Foreign

    167     368  
           

Total current

    162     362  

Deferred:

             

Federal

         

State

         

Foreign

         
           

Total deferred

         
           

Total income tax expense

  $ 162   $ 362  
           
           

F-29


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  

Tax at statutory federal rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %

State tax, net of federal benefit

    0.0 %   0.0 %

Others

    (5.4 )%   (3.4 )%

Foreign rate differential

    0.3 %   (0.2 )%

Tax credits

    0.2 %   4.2 %

Change in valuation allowance

    (30.0 )%   (36.0 )%
           

Total

    (0.9 )%   (1.4 )%

        The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets are as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 22,122   $ 29,491  

Tax credits

    1,681     2,937  

Depreciation

    6     8  

Stock compensation

    224     371  

Accruals and reserves

    279     1,363  

Others

        98  
           

    24,312     34,268  

Valuation allowance

   
(24,312

)
 
(34,268

)
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  
           
           

        The Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding realization of these assets.

        Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $5.4 million and $10.0 million for the years ending December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, for federal and California state income tax purposes of approximately $80.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively. The federal NOLs begin expiring in 2026, and the state NOLs begin expiring in 2016.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company had research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.5 million and $1.8 million for federal and California state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal credit carryforward begins expiring in 2026, and the state credits carry forward indefinitely.

F-30


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company's ability to utilize NOLs or other tax attributes such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if the Company experiences, or has experienced, an "ownership change." A Section 382 "ownership change" generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of the Company's stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. The Company may have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, one or more Section 382 "ownership changes," including in connection with the Company's initial public offering. If so, the Company may not be able to utilize a material portion of its NOLs and tax credits, even if the Company achieves profitability.

        The Company's undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries are not significant.

        The Company prepares quarterly estimates of its tax provision using a discrete approach.

        The Company had unrecognized tax benefits ("UTBs") of approximately $1.1 million as of December 31 2013. All of the deferred tax assets associated with these UTBs are fully offset by a valuation allowance. The following table summarizes the activity related to UTBs (in thousands):

Balance at January 1, 2012

  $ 565  

Increases related to current year tax provisions

    89  
       

Balance at December 31, 2012

    654  

Increases related to current year tax provisions

    228  

Increases related to prior year tax provisions

    183  
       

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,065  
       

        All of these UTBs, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate before consideration of the valuation allowance.

        In accordance with ASC 740-10-50, the Company is classifying interest and penalties as a component of tax expense. There was no interest or penalties accrued at each of the adoption dates, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013.

        The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns with varying statues of limitations. The Company's tax years from inception in 2006 will remain open to examination due to the carryover of the unused NOLs and tax credits. The Company does not have any tax audits or other proceedings pending.

        The Company does not expect any material changes to the estimated amount of liability associated with its uncertain tax positions within the next 12 months.

F-31


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share of Common Stock

        The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Years ended
December 31,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (18,967 ) $ (26,014 ) $ (14,258 ) $ (14,485 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (98 )   (153 )   (71 )   (87 )
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders-basic and diluted

  $ (19,065 ) $ (26,167 ) $ (14,329 ) $ (14,572 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average shares outstanding

   
21,683,260
   
26,177,951
   
25,932,915
   
27,874,070
 

Less: weighted average shares subject to repurchase

    (9,808,242 )   (5,131,179 )   (6,729,614 )   (1,322,181 )
                   

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    11,875,018     21,046,772     19,203,301     26,551,889  
                   
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted

 
$

(1.61

)

$

(1.24

)

$

(0.75

)

$

(0.55

)
                   
                   

        Basic net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period, determined using the treasury-stock method and the as-if converted method, for convertible securities, if inclusion of these is dilutive. Because the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 give effect to the conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock upon an initial public offering by treating all shares of convertible preferred stock as if they had been converted to common stock. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share calculations. As the Company incurred net losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 there is no income allocation required under the two class method or dilution attributed to pro forma weighted average shares outstanding in the calculation of pro forma diluted loss per share for those periods.

F-32


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share of Common Stock (Continued)

        Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share is computed as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2013
  Six months
ended
June 30,
2014
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Pro forma loss per share—basic and diluted

             

Numerator:

             

Net loss

  $ (26,014 ) $ (14,485 )
           
           

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    21,046,772     26,551,889  

Adjustments to reflect the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

    351,253,779     364,993,830  
           

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted net loss per share

    372,300,551     391,545,719  
           
           

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

 
$

(0.07

)

$

(0.04

)
           
           

        The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at the end of the periods presented have been excluded from the computation of diluted shares outstanding:

 
  December 31,   June 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Preferred stock

    261,322,126     364,993,830     364,993,830     364,993,830  

Options to purchase common stock

    47,865,466     65,963,394     63,022,626     67,115,690  
                   

Total

    309,187,592     430,957,224     428,016,456     432,109,520  

10. Employee Benefit Plan.

        In 2007, the Company adopted a 401(K) plan for its employees whereby eligible employees may contribute up to the maximum amount permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. Under the Plan, the Company does not provide matching contributions to employees.

11. Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after December 31, 2013 through August 8, 2014, the date that the audited annual consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these consolidated financial statements and all material subsequent events that require disclosure have been disclosed. Additionally, we evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through October 10, 2014 for the purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

F-33


Table of Contents


Nevro Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Subsequent Events (Continued)

        In February 2014, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space located in Menlo Park, California for a period beginning in March 1, 2014 through August 31, 2015, with monthly payments of approximately $12,000.

12. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after June 30, 2014 through September 16, 2014, the date that the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these consolidated financial statements and all material subsequent events that require disclosure have been disclosed. Additionally, we evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through October 10, 2014 for the purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

        On September 10, 2014, the Company granted stock options to its employees to purchase an aggregate of 906,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $0.42 per share.

        On October 9, 2014, the Board of Directors adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the "2014 Plan") and the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which are subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders. Under the 2014 Plan, 44,500,000 shares of common stock are initially reserved for issuance, plus the number of shares remaining available for future awards under the Company's 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the "2007 Plan"), as of the pricing of the Company's initial public offering. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the pricing date are not issued under the 2007 Plan, and (ii) an annual increase on January 1 of each year. A total of 4,720,000 shares of common stock are available for sale under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

F-34


Table of Contents

 

                                              Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

Prospectus

J.P. Morgan   Morgan Stanley

Leerink Partners

 

JMP Securities

                        , 2014


Table of Contents


PART II
Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

Item
  Amount to
be paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 13,363  

FINRA filing fee

    17,750  

The New York Stock Exchange listing fee

             *

Printing and engraving expenses

             *

Legal fees and expenses

             *

Accounting fees and expenses

             *

Blue Sky, qualification fees and expenses

             *

Transfer Agent fees and expenses

             *

Miscellaneous expenses

             *
       

Total

  $   *
       
       

*
To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

        As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

    we may indemnify our directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

II-1


Table of Contents

    we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

    the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be attached as Exhibit 3.3 hereto, and our amended and restated bylaws, to be attached as Exhibit 3.5 hereto, provide for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein. We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements generally require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. In addition, we have purchased a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

        The form of Underwriting Agreement, to be attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers who sign this Registration Statement and directors for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 1, 2011, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

    1.
    In February and March 2013, we issued an aggregate of 103,671,704 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock solely to accredited investors at a price per share of $0.463, for aggregate gross consideration of approximately $48.0 million.

    2.
    In July 2011, we issued an aggregate of 130,814,045 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock solely to accredited investors at a price per share of $0.448, for aggregate gross consideration of approximately $58.6 million.

    3.
    We granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, covering an aggregate of 85,360,424 shares of common stock, at a weighted average average exercise price of $0.1384 per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 7,008,312 shares were cancelled without being exercised.

    4.
    We sold an aggregate of 34,070,559 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $3.4 million upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards.

        We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraph (1) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and in paragraph (2) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. We claimed such exemption on the basis that (a) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had

II-2


Table of Contents

access, through employment or other relationships, to such information and (b) appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions.

        We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (3)-(4) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

         (a)    Exhibits.     See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

         (b)    Financial Statement Schedules.     Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    1.
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    2.
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents


Signatures

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Menlo Park, California, on October 10, 2014.

    NEVRO CORP.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL DEMANE

Michael DeMane
Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MICHAEL DEMANE

Michael DeMane
  Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 10, 2014

/s/ ANDREW H. GALLIGAN

Andrew H. Galligan

 

Vice President of Finance and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

October 10, 2014

*

Ali Behbahani, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 10, 2014

*

Peter T. Bisgaard

 

Director

 

October 10, 2014

*

Frank Fischer

 

Director

 

October 10, 2014

*

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 10, 2014

*

Shawn T McCormick

 

Director

 

October 10, 2014

*

Nathan B. Pliam, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 10, 2014

*By:

 

/s/ ANDREW H. GALLIGAN


Andrew H. Galligan

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

October 10, 2014

II-4


Table of Contents


Exhibit Index

 
   
  Incorporated by
Reference
   
 
   
  Filed
Herewith
Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description   Form   Date   Number
  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.                

  3.1(a)

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, currently in effect.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

3.1(a)

 

 

  3.1(b)

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, currently in effect.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

3.1(b)

 

 

  3.2*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effecting a stock split, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  3.3

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

  3.4

 

Bylaws, currently in effect.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

3.4

 

 

  3.5

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

  4.1

 

Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.2*

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  5.1*

 

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1†

 

Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, by and among the Company and Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, Venturi Group, LLC.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.1

 

 

10.2(a)†

 

Stellar Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, by and between the Company and Stellar Technologies, Inc.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.2

 

 

10.2(b)†*

 

First Amendment to Stellar Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2014, by and between the Company and Stellar Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3†

 

Supply Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2014 by and between the Company and Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing, Inc.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.3

 

 

10.4(a)†

 

Supply Agreement, dated April 1, 2012, by and between the Company and CCC del Uruguay S.A.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.4(a)

 

 

10.4(b)†

 

Amendment to Supply Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and between the Company and CCC del Uruguay S.A.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.4(b)

 

 

Table of Contents

 
   
  Incorporated by
Reference
   
 
   
  Filed
Herewith
Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description   Form   Date   Number
10.5†   Product Supply and Development Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2009, by and between the Company and EaglePicher Medical Power LLC.   S-1   10/03/2014   10.5    

10.6(a)

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 8, 2013, by and among the Company and the investors listed therein.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.6(a)

 

 

10.6(b)

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 5, 2013, by and among the Company and the investors listed therein.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.6(b)

 

 

10.7(a)

 

Multi-Tenant Space Lease, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and between Deerfield Campbell LLC and the Company.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.7(a)

 

 

10.7(b)

 

First Amendment to Lease, dated as of October 18, 2012, by and between Deerfield Campbell LLC and the Company.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.7(b)

 

 

10.8(a)#

 

Nevro Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended as of March 5, 2013.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.8(a)

 

 

10.8(b)#

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (ISO) under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.8(b)

 

 

10.8(c)#

 

Form of Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement (NSO) under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.8(c)

 

 

10.8(d)#

 

Form of Stock Purchase Right Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.8(d)

 

 

10.9(a)#

 

Nevro Corp. 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.9(b)#

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.9(c)#

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement and Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.9(d)#

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement and Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.10#

 

Nevro Corp. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.11#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

Table of Contents

 
   
  Incorporated by
Reference
   
 
   
  Filed
Herewith
Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description   Form   Date   Number
10.12(a)#   Offer Letter, dated as of March 8, 2011, by and between Michael DeMane and the Company.               X

10.12(b)#

 

Form of Employment Agreement by and between Michael DeMane and the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.13#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of October 9, 2012, by and between Rami Elghandour and the Company.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.13

 

 

10.14#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of May 12, 2010, by and between Andrew H. Galligan and the Company.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.14

 

 

10.15#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of November 1, 2012, by and between Michael Enxing and the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.16#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of February 27, 2014, by and between Balakrishnan Shankar and the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.17#

 

Offer Letter, dated as of January 16, 2007, by and between Andre Walker and the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.18(a)

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, dated February 8, 2013, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed therein.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.15(a)

 

 

10.18(b)

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, dated March 5, 2013, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed therein.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

10.15(b)

 

 

10.19#

 

Nevro Corp. Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.20#

 

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

21.1

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

23.2*

 

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page to the Registration Statement.

 

S-1

 

10/03/2014

 

24.1

 

 

*
To be filed by amendment.
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.
#
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.



Exhibit 3.3

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

Nevro Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies as follows:

 

The name of this corporation is Nevro Corp.  The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 4, 2006 under the name NBI Development, Inc.  The Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Convertible Stock of NBI Development, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 6, 2006.  A Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of NBI Development, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 28, 2007.  An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on June 4, 2008.

 

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed this [ ] th  day of [      ], 2014.

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael DeMane

 

 

Michael DeMane

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

Nevro Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware General Corporation Law ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.                                                               The name of this corporation is Nevro Corp.  This corporation was originally incorporated under the name “NBI Development, Inc.” and the original certificate of incorporation of this corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 4, 2006.

 

2.                                                               This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s certificate of incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

3.                                                               The certificate of incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
NAME

 

The name of the corporation is Nevro Corp. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE AND DURATION

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.  The Corporation is to have a perpetual existence.

 



 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 1.                                            This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock which shall be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.”  The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is Three Hundred Million (300,000,000), of which Two Hundred Ninety Million (290,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock.  The Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation with the power to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any successor provision thereof, and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

Section 2.                                            Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby authorized to provide from time to time by resolution or resolutions for the creation and issuance, out of the authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, of one or more series of Preferred Stock by filing a certificate (a “ Certificate of Designation ”) pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, setting forth such resolution and, with respect to each such series, establishing the designation of such series and the number of shares to be included in such series and fixing the voting powers (full or limited, or no voting power), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of each such series. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any series of Preferred Stock may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the Preferred Stock of any other series.  The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may be different from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any series of Preferred Stock, no vote of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any series of the Preferred Stock so authorized in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Designation establishing a series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions, increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of such series and, if the number of shares of such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 



 

ARTICLE V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation it is further provided that:

 

Section 1.

 

(a)                                  The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in the Board of Directors.  The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise expressly delegated by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and authority to appoint and remove officers of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Other than any directors elected by the separate vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as possible.  Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.  At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Qualifying Record Date ”), the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Qualifying Record Date, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Qualifying Record Date, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, at each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V Section 1(b), each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification, retirement or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(c)                                   Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation with the power to vote at an election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”).

 

(d)                                  Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, retirement, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, and except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the

 



 

directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by the stockholders.  Any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the class to which the director shall have been appointed and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification, retirement or removal.

 

Section 2.

 

(a)                                  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock), the adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

 

(b)                                  The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

ARTICLE VI
STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                            Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, and the taking of any action by written consent of the stockholders in lieu of a meeting of the stockholders is specifically denied.

 

Section 2.                                            Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, at any time by the Board of Directors, but such special meetings may not be called by stockholders or any other person or persons.

 

Section 3.                                            Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of other business proposed to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.                                            To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a

 



 

director.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended, automatically and without further action, upon the date of such amendment.

 

Section 2.                                            The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his or her testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

Section 3.                                            The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, may indemnify and advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his or her testator or intestate, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as an employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.                                            Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption by amendment of this certificate of incorporation of any provision inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising (or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise) prior to such amendment or repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE VIII
EXCLUSIVE FORUM

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article VIII.

 



 

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII, VIII and this Article IX.

 

* * * *

 

4.                                       This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective as [                              ].

 




Exhibit 3.5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1

 

 

1.1

REGISTERED OFFICE

1

1.2

OTHER OFFICES

1

 

 

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

 

2.1

PLACE OF MEETINGS

1

2.2

ANNUAL MEETING

1

2.3

SPECIAL MEETING

1

2.4

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING

2

2.5

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS

5

2.6

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

8

2.7

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

8

2.8

QUORUM

9

2.9

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

9

2.10

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

9

2.11

VOTING

9

2.12

NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

10

2.13

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

10

2.14

PROXIES

10

2.15

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

11

2.16

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

11

 

 

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

12

 

 

3.1

POWERS

12

3.2

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

12

3.3

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

12

3.4

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

12

3.5

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

13

3.6

REGULAR MEETINGS

13

3.7

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

13

3.8

QUORUM

14

3.9

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

14

3.10

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

14

3.11

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

14

 

 

4.1

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

14

4.2

COMMITTEE MINUTES

15

4.3

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

15

 

i



 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

16

 

 

5.1

OFFICERS

16

5.2

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

16

5.3

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

16

5.4

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

16

5.5

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

16

5.6

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

16

5.7

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

17

 

 

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

17

 

 

6.1

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

17

6.2

INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

17

 

 

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

17

 

 

7.1

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

17

7.2

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

18

7.3

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

18

7.4

LOST CERTIFICATES

18

7.5

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

19

7.6

DIVIDENDS

19

7.7

FISCAL YEAR

19

7.8

SEAL

19

7.9

TRANSFER OF STOCK

19

7.10

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

19

7.11

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

20

7.12

WAIVER OF NOTICE

20

 

 

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

20

 

 

8.1

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

20

8.2

DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

21

 

 

ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

21

 

 

9.1

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

21

9.2

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

21

9.3

PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES

22

9.4

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

22

9.5

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

22

9.6

INSURANCE

22

9.7

OTHER INDEMNIFICATION

22

9.8

CONTINUATION OF INDEMNIFICATION

23

 

 

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

23

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS OF

NEVRO CORP.

 


 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1                                REGISTERED OFFICE.

 

The registered office of Nevro Corp. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

1.2                                OTHER OFFICES.

 

The Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1                                PLACE OF MEETINGS.

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board.  The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).  In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2                                ANNUAL MEETING.

 

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting.  At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 may be transacted.

 

2.3                                SPECIAL MEETING.

 

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, but such special meetings may not be called by the stockholders or any other person or persons.

 

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders.  Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 



 

2.4                                ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING.

 

(i)                   At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or the chairperson of the Board, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (A)(1) was a beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 in all applicable respects, or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “ Exchange Act ”). The foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders.  The only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3 of these bylaws, and stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders.  For purposes of this Section 2.4, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting.  A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be, if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership, (y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust.  Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

 

(ii)                For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “ Timely Notice ”).  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

(iii)             To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

2



 

(a)          As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “ Stockholder Information ”);

 

(b)          As to each Proposing Person, (A) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“ Synthetic Equity Position ”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided , further , that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (B) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (C)(x) if such Proposing Person is (i) a general or limited partnership, syndicate or other group, the identity of each general partner and each person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership, each member of the syndicate or group and each person controlling the general partner or member, (ii) a corporation or a limited liability company, the identity of each officer and each person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company, each person controlling the corporation or limited liability company and each officer, director, general partner and person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (iii) a trust, any trustee of such trust (each such person or persons set forth in the preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), a “ Responsible Person ”), any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such Proposing Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible Person that are not shared generally by other record or beneficial holders of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such Proposing Person is a natural person, any material interests or relationships of such

 

3



 

natural person that are not shared generally by other record or beneficial holders of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (D) any material shares or any Synthetic Equity Position in any principal competitor of the Corporation in any principal industry of the Corporation held by such Proposing Persons, (E) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (including their names), (F) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (G) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand, (H) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement) and (I) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (I) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”); provided , however , that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

 

(c)           As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among any of the Proposing Persons or between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and (D) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided , however , that the disclosures required by this Section 2.4(iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

 

4



 

(iv)                               For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “ Proposing Person ” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made and (c) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation or associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner.

 

(v)                                  A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

(vi)                               Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4.  The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

(vii)                            This Section 2.4 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, other than any proposal made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s proxy statement.  In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

(viii)                         For purposes of these bylaws, “ public disclosure ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5        ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS.

 

(i)                                      Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (a) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons authorized to do so by the Board or these bylaws, or (b) by a stockholder present in person (A) who was a beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such notice and nomination.

 

5


 

The foregoing clause (b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting or special meeting.  For purposes of this Section 2.5, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such stockholder, appear at such meeting.  A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be, if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership, (y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust.

 

(ii)                                   Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(ii) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its proposed nominee as required by this Section 2.5, and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5.  Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at a special meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (b) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its proposed nominee as required by this Section 2.5, and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4(ix) of these bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(iii)                                To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

(a)          As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a) of these bylaws) except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a);

 

(b)          As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(iii)(b) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting);

 

(c)           As to each person whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be

 

6



 

required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee or his or her respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “ Nominee Information ”), and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(vi); and

 

(d)          The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information (A) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines or (B) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.

 

(iv)                               For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “ Nominating Person ” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made and (c) any associate of such stockholder or beneficial owner or any other participant in such solicitation.

 

(v)                                  A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

(vi)                               To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting, the proposed nominee must be nominated in the manner prescribed in Section 2.5 and must deliver (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such proposed nominee given by or on behalf of the Board), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee and (b) a written

 

7



 

representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation) that such proposed nominee (A) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director and (C) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any proposed nominee, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such proposed nominee all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

 

(vii)                            In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

 

(viii)                         No proposed nominee shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such proposed nominee and the Nominating Person seeking to place such proposed nominee’s name in nomination have complied with this Section 2.5, as applicable.  The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the proposed nominee in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots case for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

2.6        NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.7 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.7                                MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

 

(i)                   if mailed, when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

 

(ii)                if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

 

8



 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.8                                QUORUM.

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.  If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2.9                                ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.10                         CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

 

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

2.11                         VOTING.

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.13 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

At all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders, at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director.  Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, all other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting, at which

 

9



 

a quorum is present, shall be decided by the majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) and shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation.

 

2.12                         NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, and except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

2.13                         RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

 

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

 

(i)                   The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

(ii)                The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.14                         PROXIES.

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.  A proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

10



 

2.15                         LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office.  In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

2.16                         INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.

 

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof.  The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3).  If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

Such inspectors shall:

 

(i)                   determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

 

(ii)                receive votes or ballots;

 

(iii)             hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

 

(iv)            count and tabulate all votes;

 

(v)               determine when the polls shall close;

 

(vi)            determine the result; and

 

(vii)         do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

 

11



 

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical.  If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.  Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.  The inspectors of election may appoint such persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine.

 

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

 

3.1                                POWERS.

 

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

 

3.2                                NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

 

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one (1) member and not more than (12) members.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3                                ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.  The Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

As provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes.

 

3.4                                RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

 

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.  When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for

 

12



 

the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under these bylaws in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

 

3.5                                PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6                                REGULAR MEETINGS.

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

3.7                                SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i)                   delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii)                sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii)             sent by facsimile; or

 

(iv)            sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice may be communicated to the director.  The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

13



 

3.8                                QUORUM.

 

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

3.9                                BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.10                         FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.11                         REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

 

Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time, but only with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation with the power to vote at an election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”).

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

 

4.1                                COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

 

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may

 

14



 

unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

4.2                                COMMITTEE MINUTES.

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

4.3                                MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i)                   Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

(ii)                Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

(iii)             Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

 

(iv)            Section 3.8 (quorum);

 

(v)               Section 7.12 (waiver of notice); and

 

(vi)            Section 3.9 (action without a meeting),

 

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.  However :

 

(i)                   the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii)                special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee;

 

(iii)             notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee; and

 

(iv)            the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

 

15


 

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

 

5.1          OFFICERS.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary.  The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one (1) or more vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant treasurers, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2                                APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

 

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

5.3                                SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

 

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require.  Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

5.4                                REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice.  Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5                                VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

 

5.6                                REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

 

The chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board , the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations

 

16



 

standing in the name of this Corporation.  The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

5.7                                AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

 

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

6.1                                MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

 

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

 

6.2                                INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.  The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought.  The Court may summarily order the Corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

 

7.1                                EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

 

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Unless so authorized or ratified

 

17



 

by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

7.2                                STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

 

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated.  Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

7.3                                SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

 

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

7.4                                LOST CERTIFICATES.

 

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time.  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

18



 

7.5                                CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

7.6                                DIVIDENDS.

 

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

7.7                                FISCAL YEAR.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

7.8                                SEAL.

 

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board.  The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

7.9                                TRANSFER OF STOCK.

 

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws.  Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps.  No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

 

7.10                         STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

 

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

19



 

7.11                         REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

 

The Corporation:

 

(i)                   shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(ii)                shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(iii)             shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

7.12                         WAIVER OF NOTICE.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

8.1                                NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(i)                   the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

(ii)                such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

20



 

(i)                   if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii)                if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iii)             if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iv)            if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

8.2                                DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.1                                INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

 

9.2                                INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS.

 

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity,

 

21



 

including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

9.3                                PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

 

The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any officer or director of the Corporation, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the Corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

 

9.4                                DETERMINATION; CLAIM.

 

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law.  In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

 

9.5                                NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

 

The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

9.6                                INSURANCE.

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust enterprise or non-profit entity against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

9.7                                OTHER INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or advance expenses to any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

 

22



 

9.8                                CONTINUATION OF INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The rights to indemnification and to prepayment of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.

 

9.9                                AMENDMENT OR REPEAL.

 

The provisions of this Article IX shall constitute a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, each individual who serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation (whether before or after the adoption of these bylaws), in consideration of such person’s performance of such services, and pursuant to this Article IX the Corporation intends to be legally bound to each such current or former director or officer of the Corporation.  With respect to current and former directors and officers of the Corporation, the rights conferred under this Article IX are present contractual rights and such rights are fully vested, and shall be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon adoption of theses bylaws.  With respect to any directors or officers of the Corporation who commence service following adoption of these bylaws, the rights conferred under this provision shall be present contractual rights and such rights shall fully vest, and be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon such director or officer commencing service as a director or officer of the Corporation.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection (i) hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification or (ii) under any agreement providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses to an officer or director of the Corporation in effect prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.9 of these bylaws or the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the bylaws of the Corporation by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock.

 

23



 

NEVRO CORP.

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF BYLAWS

 


 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing bylaws were amended and restated on            , 2014 by the Corporation’s board of directors.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this      th day of      , 2014.

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.9(a)

 

NEVRO CORP.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Nevro Corp. 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Nevro Corp. (the “ Company ”) by linking the individual interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of the Company’s stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to the Company’s stockholders.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

 

2.1                                Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 13 hereof.  With reference to the duties of the Administrator under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 13.6 hereof, or as to which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.

 

2.2                                Affiliate ” shall mean any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

2.3                                Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

 

2.4                                Applicable Law ” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation, (i) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (ii) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (iii) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

 

2.5                                Award ” shall mean an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Deferred Stock award, a

 



 

Deferred Stock Unit award, a Stock Payment award or a Stock Appreciation Right, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan (collectively, “ Awards ”).

 

2.6                                Award Agreement ” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan.

 

2.7                                Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.8                                Cause ” shall mean, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Holder and the Company applicable to an Award, (i) Holder’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the duties and services to the Company; (ii) Holder’s conviction of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Holder’s willful refusal to perform the duties and responsibilities which remains uncorrected for thirty (30) days following written notice to Holder by the Company of such breach; (iv) Holder’s material breach of any material provision of Holder’s employment agreement or offer letter with the Company, confidentiality or proprietary information agreement or corporate code or policy which remains uncorrected for thirty (30) days following written notice to Holder by the Company of such breach; or (v) Holder violates the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or other applicable United States law.  For purposes of this Section 2.8, an act or failure to act shall be considered “willful” only if done or omitted to be done without a good faith reasonable belief that such act or failure to act was in the best interests of the Company.

 

2.9                                Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(a)                                  A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

 

(b)                                  During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.9(a) or 2.9(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

2



 

(c)                                   The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

(i)                                      which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

(ii)                                   after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.9(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction;  or

 

(d)                                  The Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any portion of an Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A.

 

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority is in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

 

2.10                         Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder, whether issued prior or subsequent to the grant of any Award.

 

2.11                         Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee of the Board or another committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section 13.1 hereof.

 

3



 

2.12                         Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.13                         Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1 hereof.

 

2.14                         Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or advisor engaged to provide services to the Company or any Affiliate who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement or any successor Form thereto or, prior to the Public Trading Date, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

2.15                         Covered Employee ” shall mean any Employee who is, or could be, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.16                         Deferred Stock ” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under Section 10.4 hereof.

 

2.17                         Deferred Stock Unit ” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under Section 10.5 hereof.

 

2.18                         Director ” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

 

2.19                         Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 10.2 hereof.

 

2.20                         DRO ” shall mean a “domestic relations order” as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

 

2.21                         Effective Date ” shall mean immediately prior to the time at which the Company registration statement relating to its initial public offering becomes effective, provided that the Board has adopted the Plan prior to or on such date, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

2.22                         Eligible Individual ” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined by the Administrator.

 

2.23                         Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

2.24                         Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding stock-based Awards.

 

4



 

2.25                         Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2.26                         Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) listed on any national market system or (iii) listed, quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(b)                                  If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(c)                                   If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering and prior to the Public Trading Date, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.27                         Greater Than 10% Stockholder ” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively).

 

2.28                         Holder ” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award.

 

2.29                         Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.30                         Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.

 

5



 

2.31                         Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 hereof.

 

2.32                         Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but does not meet the applicable requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.33                         Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 6 hereof.  An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided , however , that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

 

2.34                         Option Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 hereof.

 

2.35                         Parent ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities ending with the Company if each of the entities other than the Company beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

2.36                         Performance Award ” shall mean a cash bonus award, stock bonus award, performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 10.1 hereof.

 

2.37                         Performance-Based Compensation ” shall mean any compensation that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

2.38                         Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Committee selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following:  (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating income, earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, cash flow return on investments, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs; (xiv) funds from operations; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings per Share; (xviii) adjusted earnings per share; (xix) price per Share; (xx) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xxi) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxii) market share; (xxiii) economic value; (xxiv) debt levels or reduction; (xxv) customer retention; (xxvi) sales-related goals; (xxvii) comparisons with other stock market indices; (xxviii) operating efficiency; (xxix) customer satisfaction and/or growth; (xxx) employee satisfaction; (xxxi) research and development achievements; (xxxii) financing and other capital raising transactions; (xxxiii) recruiting and maintaining personnel; and (xxxiv)

 

6



 

year-end cash, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for the Company or any operating unit of the Company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

 

(b)                                  The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Goals.  Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following:  (i) items related to a change in accounting principle; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; (vii) items related to the sale or disposition of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments, (xii)  items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws; (xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; or (xix) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in Applicable Laws, accounting principles or business conditions.  For all Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such determinations shall be made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.39                         Performance Goals ” shall mean, with respect to a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria.  Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of an Affiliate, a division, business unit or one or more individuals.  The achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards.

 

2.40                         Performance Period ” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Award.

 

2.41                         Performance Stock Unit ” shall mean a Performance Award awarded under Section 10.1 hereof which is denominated in units of value including dollar value of shares of Common Stock.

 

2.42                         Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, (a) prior to the Public Trading Date, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined under Rule 701 of the Securities Act and (b) on or after the Public Trading Date, any “family member” of the Holder,

 

7



 

as defined under the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act or any successor Form thereto, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator, after taking into account Applicable Law.

 

2.43                         Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1 hereof.

 

2.44                         Prior Plan ” shall mean the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as such plan may be amended from time to time.

 

2.45                         Program ” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under the Plan.

 

2.46                         Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

 

2.47                         Restricted Stock ” shall mean an award of Shares made under Article 8 hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

 

2.48                         Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean a contractual right awarded under Article 9 hereof to receive in the future a Share or the Fair Market Value of a Share in cash.

 

2.49                         Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.50                         Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock.

 

2.51                         Share Limit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

 

2.52                         Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article 11 hereof.

 

2.53                         Stock Appreciation Right Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 hereof.

 

2.54                         Stock Payment ” shall mean (a) a payment in the form of Shares, or (b) an option or other right to purchase Shares, as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, awarded under Section 10.3 hereof.

 

2.55                         Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

8



 

2.56                         Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

 

2.57                         Termination of Service ” shall mean:

 

(a)                                  As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(b)                                  As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(c)                                   As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Terminations of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of the Program, the Award Agreement or otherwise, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section.  For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Affiliate employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain an Affiliate following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

 

9



 

ARTICLE 3.

 

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

3.1                                Number of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Sections 14.1, 14.2 and 3.1(b) hereof, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be equal to the sum of (i) [44,500,000] [subject to stock split] Shares, (ii) any of the Shares which as of the Effective Date are available for issuance under the Prior Plan, or are subject to awards under the Prior Plan that, on or after the Effective Date, terminate, expire or lapse for any reason without the delivery of Shares to the holder thereof, up to a maximum of [74,764,995] [subject to stock split] Shares, and (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, in each case subject to the approval of the Administrator on or prior to the applicable date, equal to the lesser of (A) four percent (4%) of the Shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board (such sum, the “ Share Limit ”); provided , however , no more than [267,000,000] [subject to stock split] Shares may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares added to the Share Limit pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii) or Section 3.1(a)(iii) hereof shall be available for issuance as Incentive Stock Options only to the extent that making such Shares available for issuance as Incentive Stock Options would not cause any Incentive Stock Option to cease to qualify as such.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted under Applicable Law, Awards that provide for the delivery of Shares subsequent to the applicable grant date may be granted in excess of the Share Limit if such Awards provide for the forfeiture or cash settlement of such Awards to the extent that insufficient Shares remain under the Share Limit in this Section 3.1 at the time that Shares would otherwise be issued in respect of such Award.  As of the Effective Date, no further awards may be granted under the Prior Plan; however, any awards under the Prior Plan that are outstanding as of the Effective Date shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the Prior Plan.

 

(b)                                  If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited or expire or such Award is settled for cash (in whole or in part), the Shares subject to such Award shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan and shall be added back to the Share Limit. In addition, the following Shares shall be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan and shall be added back to the Share Limit: (i) Shares tendered by a Holder or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) Shares tendered by the Holder or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award; and (iii) Shares subject to Stock Appreciation Rights that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Rights on exercise thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of Options shall not be added back to the Share Limit and shall not be available for future grants of Awards.  Any Shares repurchased by the Company under Section 8.4 hereof at the same price paid by the Holder or a lower price so that such Shares are returned to the Company will again be available for Awards.  The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted

 

10


 

or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan.  Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

3.2                                Stock Distributed .  Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

 

3.3                                Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards to Non-Employee Directors . The maximum aggregate value of Awards (with such value determined as of the date of grant under Applicable Accounting Standards) that may be granted to any Non-Employee Director during any calendar year shall be $2,000,000.

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

GRANTING OF AWARDS

 

4.1                                Participation .  The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan.  Except as provided in Section 4.6 hereof regarding the grant of Awards pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, no Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

 

4.2                                Award Agreement .  Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such Award, which may include the term of the Award, the provisions applicable in the event of the Holder’s Termination of Service, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.  Award Agreements evidencing Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code.  Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

 

11



 

4.3                                Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

4.4                                At-Will Employment; Voluntary Participation .  Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a Director or Consultant for, the Company or any Affiliate, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Affiliate, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Affiliate.  Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the Plan shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual shall participate in the Plan.

 

4.5                                Foreign Holders .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 hereof; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Code, the Exchange Act, the Securities Act, any other securities law or governing statute, the rules of the securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded or any other Applicable Law.  For purposes of the Plan, all references to foreign laws, rules, regulations or taxes shall be references to the laws, rules, regulations and taxes of any applicable jurisdiction other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof.

 

4.6                                Non-Employee Director Awards .  The Administrator may, in its discretion, provide that Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written non-discretionary formula established by the Administrator (the “ Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ”), subject to the limitations of the Plan.  The Non-Employee

 

12



 

Director Equity Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its discretion.  The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy may be modified by the Administrator from time to time in its discretion.

 

4.7                                Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards .  Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan.  Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

 

ARTICLE 5.

 

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS INTENDED TO QUALIFY AS PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION.

 

5.1                                Purpose .  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine at the time an Award is granted or at any time thereafter whether any Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. If the Committee, in its sole discretion, decides to grant such an Award to an Eligible Individual that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, then the provisions of this Article 5 shall control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan.  The Administrator may in its sole discretion grant Awards to other Eligible Individuals that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 and that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.  Unless otherwise specified by the Committee at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Covered Employee shall be determined on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards.

 

5.2                                Applicability .  The grant of an Award to an Eligible Individual for a particular Performance Period shall not require the grant of an Award to such Eligible Individual in any subsequent Performance Period and the grant of an Award to any one Eligible Individual shall not require the grant of an Award to any other Eligible Individual in such period or in any other period.

 

5.3                                Types of Awards .  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may grant any Award to an Eligible Individual intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, including, without limitation, Restricted Stock the restrictions with respect to which lapse upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals, Restricted Stock Units that vest and become payable upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals and any Performance Awards described in Article 10 hereof that vest or become exercisable or payable upon the attainment of one or more specified Performance Goals.

 

5.4                                Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards .  To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect

 

13



 

to any Award granted to one or more Eligible Individuals which is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any Performance Period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Eligible Individuals, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period based on the Performance Goals, and (d) specify the relationship between the Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period.  Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period.  In determining the amount earned under such Awards, unless otherwise provided in an applicable Program or Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.

 

5.5                                Payment of Performance-Based Awards .  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement or pursuant to Section 14.2 hereof and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, as to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Holder must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate throughout the applicable Performance Period.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Performance Goals, Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to such Awards for a Performance Period only if and to the extent the Performance Goals for such applicable Performance Period are achieved.

 

5.6                                Additional Limitations .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award which is granted to an Eligible Individual and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

GRANTING OF OPTIONS

 

6.1                                Granting of Options to Eligible Individuals .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

 

6.2                                Qualification of Incentive Stock Options .  No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company.  No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such

 

14



 

Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be modified by the Administrator, with the consent of the Holder, to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.  To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any subsidiary or parent corporation thereof (each as defined in Section 424(f) and (e) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.  The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted.  In addition, to the extent that any Options otherwise fail to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

6.3                                Option Exercise Price .  Except as provided in Article 14 hereof, the exercise price per Share subject to each Option shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).  In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).

 

6.4                                Option Term .  The term of each Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Option Term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, or five (5) years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder.  The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Options, which time period may not extend beyond the last day of the Option Term.  Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder, the Administrator may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option, may extend the time period during which vested Options may be exercised following any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Service.

 

6.5                                Option Vesting .

 

(a)                                  The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and the Administrator may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted.  Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any of the Performance Criteria, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator.  At any time after the grant of an Option, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms

 

15



 

and conditions it selects, accelerate the vesting of the Option, including following a Termination of Service; provided, that in no event shall an Option become exercisable following its expiration, termination or forfeiture.

 

(b)                                  No portion of an Option which is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the Program, the Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option.

 

6.6                                Substitute Awards .  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of:  (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of:  (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

 

6.7                                Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Administrator may provide in the applicable Program or the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, and shall also have the same exercise price, vesting schedule and remaining Option Term as the substituted Option.

 

ARTICLE 7.

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1                                Partial Exercise .  An exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part.  However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares.

 

7.2                                Manner of Exercise .  All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

 

(b)                                  Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all Applicable Law.  The

 

16



 

Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 12.3 hereof by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

 

(d)                                  Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Section 12.1 and 12.2 hereof.

 

7.3                                Notification Regarding Disposition .  The Holder shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option which occurs within (a) two (2) years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) of such Option to such Holder, or (b) one (1) year after the transfer of such shares to such Holder.

 

ARTICLE 8.

 

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

8.1                                Award of Restricted Stock .

 

(a)                                  The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                  The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.  In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock to the extent required by Applicable Law.

 

8.2                                Rights as Stockholders .  Subject to Section 8.4 hereof, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the applicable Program or in each individual Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 8.3 hereof.

 

8.3                                Restrictions .  All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock

 

17



 

splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of the applicable Program or in each individual Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide.  Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Administrator, including, without limitation, criteria based on the Holder’s duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company, the Performance Criteria, Company or Affiliate performance, individual performance or other criteria selected by the Administrator.  By action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the Program and/or the Award Agreement.  Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire.

 

8.4                                Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock .  Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, if no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration. If a price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the Program or the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator in its sole discretion may provide that in the event of certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock shall not lapse, such Restricted Stock shall vest and, if applicable, the Company shall not have a right of repurchase.

 

8.5                                Certificates for Restricted Stock .  Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine.  Certificates or book entries evidencing shares of Restricted Stock must include an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.  The Company may, in it sole discretion, (a) retain physical possession of any stock certificate evidencing shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and/or (b) require that the stock certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Holder deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Restricted Stock.

 

8.6                                Section 83(b) Election .  If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 9.
AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

9.1                                Grant of Restricted Stock Units .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator.

 

9.2                                Term .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of a Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

9.3                                Purchase Price .  The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Holder to the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

 

9.4                                Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .  At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Affiliate, one or more Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator.

 

9.5                                Maturity and Payment .  At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Holder (if permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, set forth in any applicable Award Agreement, and subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur following the later of (a) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the end of calendar year in which the Restricted Stock Unit vests; or (b) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Restricted Stock Unit vests.  On the maturity date, the Company shall, subject to Section 12.4(e) hereof, transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined by the Administrator.

 

9.6                                Payment upon Termination of Service .  An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall only be payable while the Holder is an Employee, a Consultant or a member of the Board, as applicable; provided , however , that the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion may provide (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) that a Restricted Stock Unit award may be paid subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

 

19



 

9.7                                No Rights as a Stockholder .  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a Holder who is awarded Restricted Stock Units shall possess no incidents of ownership with respect to the Shares represented by such Restricted Stock Units, unless and until the same are transferred to the Holder pursuant to the terms of this Plan and the Award Agreement.

 

9.8                                Dividend Equivalents .  Subject to Section 10.2 hereof, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be earned by a Holder of Restricted Stock Units based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date an Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted to a Holder and the maturity date of such Award.

 

ARTICLE 10.

 

AWARD OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, STOCK PAYMENTS, DEFERRED STOCK, DEFERRED STOCK UNITS

 

10.1                         Performance Awards .

 

(a)                                  The Administrator is authorized to grant Performance Awards, including Awards of Performance Stock Units, to any Eligible Individual and to determine whether such Performance Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation.  The value of Performance Awards, including Performance Stock Units, may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific criteria determined by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  Performance Awards, including Performance Stock Unit awards may be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Without limiting Section 10.1(a) hereof, the Administrator may grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Individual in the form of a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of objective Performance Goals, or such other criteria, whether or not objective, which are established by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  Any such bonuses paid to a Holder which are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 hereof.

 

10.2                         Dividend Equivalents .

 

(a)                                  Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Holder and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Administrator.  Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Common Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

20


 

10.3                         Stock Payments .  The Administrator is authorized to make Stock Payments to any Eligible Individual.  The number or value of Shares of any Stock Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon one or more Performance Criteria or any other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, determined by the Administrator.  Shares underlying a Stock Payment which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will not be issued until those conditions have been satisfied.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of a Stock Payment shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Stock Payment until such time as the Stock Payment has vested and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.  Stock Payments may, but are not required to, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Eligible Individual.

 

10.4                         Deferred Stock .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Deferred Stock to any Eligible Individual.  The number of shares of Deferred Stock shall be determined by the Administrator and may (but is not required to) be based on one or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, as the Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  Shares underlying a Deferred Stock award which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will be issued on the vesting date(s) or date(s) that those conditions and criteria have been satisfied, as applicable.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the Award has vested and any other applicable conditions and/or criteria have been satisfied and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.

 

10.5                         Deferred Stock Units .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Deferred Stock Units to any Eligible Individual.  The number of Deferred Stock Units shall be determined by the Administrator and may (but is not required to) be based on one or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, as the Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  Each Deferred Stock Unit shall entitle the Holder thereof to receive one share of Common Stock on the date the Deferred Stock Unit becomes vested or upon a specified settlement date thereafter (which settlement date may (but is not required to) be the date of the Holder’s Termination of Service).  Shares underlying a Deferred Stock Unit award which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will not be issued until on or following the date that those conditions and criteria have been satisfied.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of Deferred Stock Units shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock Units until such time as the Award has vested and any other applicable conditions and/or criteria have been satisfied and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.

 

10.6                         Term .  The term of a Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent award, Stock Payment award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

21



 

10.7                         Purchase Price .  The Administrator may establish the purchase price of a Performance Award, Shares distributed as a Stock Payment award, shares of Deferred Stock or Shares distributed pursuant to a Deferred Stock Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

 

10.8                         Termination of Service .  A Performance Award, Stock Payment award, Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award is distributable only while the Holder is an Employee, Director or Consultant, as applicable.  The Administrator, however, in its sole discretion may provide that the Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent award, Stock Payment award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award may be distributed subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

 

ARTICLE 11.

 

AWARD OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

11.1                         Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)                                  The Administrator is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine consistent with the Plan.

 

(b)                                  A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.  Except as described in (c) below or in Section 14.2 hereof, the exercise price per Share subject to each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 11.1(b) hereof to the contrary, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the price per Share of the Shares subject to such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of:  (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (ii) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of:  (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

 

22



 

11.2                         Stock Appreciation Right Vesting .

 

(a)                                  The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, a Stock Appreciation Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and the Administrator may determine that a Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted.  Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any of the Performance Criteria or any other criteria selected by the Administrator.  At any time after grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the period during which a Stock Appreciation Right vests.

 

(b)                                  No portion of a Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the applicable Program or Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, including following a Termination of Service; provided, that in no event shall a Stock Appreciation Right become exercisable following its expiration, termination or forfeiture.

 

11.3                         Manner of Exercise .  All or a portion of an exercisable Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the stock administrator of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right or such portion of the Stock Appreciation Right;

 

(b)                                  Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations.  The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance; and

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 11.3 hereof by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right.

 

11.4                         Stock Appreciation Right Term .  The term of each Stock Appreciation Right (the “ Stock Appreciation Right Term ”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.  The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Stock Appreciation Rights, which time period may not extend beyond the expiration date of the Stock Appreciation Right Term.  Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 11.4, the Administrator may extend the Stock Appreciation Right Term of any

 

23



 

outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, may extend the time period during which vested Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised following any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend any other term or condition of such Stock Appreciation Right relating to such a Termination of Service.

 

11.5                         Payment .  Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 11 shall be in cash, Shares (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.

 

ARTICLE 12.

 

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS

 

12.1                         Payment .  The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator.  The Administrator shall also determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

 

12.2                         Tax Withholding .  The Company or any Affiliate shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Holder to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA or employment tax obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan.  The Administrator may in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Holder to satisfy such obligations by any payment means described in Section 12.1 hereof, including without limitation, by allowing such Holder to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such

 

24



 

liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.  The Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

 

12.3                         Transferability of Awards .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 12.3(b) and 12.3(c) hereof:

 

(i)                                      No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed;

 

(ii)                                   No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or the Holder’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed, and any attempted disposition of an Award prior to the satisfaction of these conditions shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by clause (i) of this provision; and

 

(iii)                                During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to such Holder under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding Section 12.3(a) hereof, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder or a Permitted Transferee of such Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option (unless such Incentive Stock Option is to become a Non-Qualified Stock Option) to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and conditions:  (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee (other than to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder) other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and (iii) the Holder (or transferring Permitted Transferee) and the Permitted

 

25



 

Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding Section 12.3(a) hereof, a Holder may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death.  A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Holder, except to the extent the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator.  If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than fifty percent (50%) of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable.  If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; provided that the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to the Holder’s death.

 

12.4                         Conditions to Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such shares is in compliance with all Applicable Law, and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law.

 

(b)                                  All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law.  The Administrator may place legends on any Share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.

 

(c)                                   The Administrator shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

26



 

(d)                                  No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

 

12.5                         Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions .  Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to provide, in an Award Agreement or otherwise, or to require a Holder to agree by separate written or electronic instrument, that:

 

(a)                                  (i) Any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award, must be paid to the Company, and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (x) a Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (y) the Holder at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Administrator or (z) the Holder incurs a Termination of Service for “cause” (as such term is defined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, or as set forth in a written agreement relating to such Award between the Company and the Holder); and

 

(b)                                  All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

12.6                         Prohibition on Repricing .  Subject to Section 14.2 hereof, the Administrator shall not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (i) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per Share, or (ii) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares.

 

12.7                         Leave of Absence .  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.  A Holder shall not cease to be considered an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant, as applicable, in the case of any (a) leave of absence approved by the Company, (b) transfer

 

27



 

between locations of the Company or between the Company and any of its Affiliates or any successor thereof, or (c) change in status (Employee to Director, Employee to Consultant, etc.), provided that such change does not affect the specific terms applying to the Holder’s Award.

 

ARTICLE 13.

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

13.1                         Administrator .  The Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein) and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code and an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded; provided that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 13.l or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee.  Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment.  Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board.  Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the terms “Administrator” and “Committee” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (b) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 13.6 hereof.

 

13.2                         Duties and Powers of Administrator .  It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions.  The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are not inconsistent therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Program or Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not affected materially and adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 14.10 hereof.  Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Holder.  Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

28



 

13.3                         Action by the Committee .  Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Committee, a majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee.  Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

13.4                         Authority of Administrator .  Subject to the Company’s Bylaws, the Committee’s Charter and any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

 

(a)                          Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;

 

(b)                          Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual;

 

(c)                           Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

 

(d)                          Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;

 

(e)                           Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

 

(f)                            Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;

 

(g)                           Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

 

(h)                          Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 

(i)                              Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement;

 

29



 

(j)                             Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

 

(k)                          Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Sections 3.4 and 14.2(d) hereof.

 

13.5                         Decisions Binding .  The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

 

13.6                         Delegation of Authority .  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to Article 13; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant awards to, or amend awards held by, the following individuals:  (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees, or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided , further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code and Applicable Law.  Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee.  At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 13.6 hereof shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the Committee.

 

ARTICLE 14.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 14.1, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board or the Committee.  However, without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the action by the Administrator, no action of the Administrator may, except as provided in Section 14.2 hereof, (a) increase the limits imposed in Section 3.1 hereof on the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, or (b) reduce the price per share of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan, or (c) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares.  Except as provided in Section 14.10 hereof, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, materially and adversely affect any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides.  No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and in no event may

 

30


 

any Incentive Stock Option be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

14.2                         Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events .

 

(a)                                  In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of the Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued under the Plan ); (ii) t he number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) for which grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing Non-Employee Directors pursuant to Section 4.6 hereof; (iv)  the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (v) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.  Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 14.2(a) hereof or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in Applicable Law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

 

(i)                                      To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 14.2 the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested;

 

31



 

(ii)                                   To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

 

(iii)                                To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of the Company’s stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future;

 

(iv)                               To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement; and

 

(v)                                  To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

 

(c)                                   In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 14.2(a) and 14.2(b) hereof:

 

(i)                                      The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; and/or

 

(ii)                                   The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued under the Plan ).

 

The adjustments provided under this Section 14.2(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control .

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, in each case, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control and its parents and subsidiaries refuse to assume or substitute for any Award in accordance with Section 14.2(d)(i) hereof, each such non-assumed/substituted Award, except for any Performance Awards, shall become fully vested and, as applicable, exercisable and shall be deemed exercised, immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all such Awards shall lapse at such time.  For the avoidance of doubt, the

 

32



 

vesting of any Performance Awards not assumed in a Change in Control will not be automatically accelerated pursuant to this Section 14.2(d)(ii) and will instead vest pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement upon a Change in Control where the successor corporation and its parents and subsidiaries refuse to assume or substitute for any Award in accordance with Section 14.2(d)(i) hereof.  If an Award vests and, as applicable, is exercised in lieu of assumption or substitution in connection with a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Holder of such vesting and any applicable exercise period, and the Award shall terminate upon the Change in Control.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the value of an Award that is terminated in connection with this Section 14.2(d)(ii) is zero or negative at the time of such Change in Control, such Award shall be terminated upon the Change in Control without payment of consideration therefor.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event that, within the twelve (12) month period immediately following a Change in Control, a Holder experiences a Termination of Service by the Company for other than Cause, then the vesting and, if applicable, exercisability of that number of Shares equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the then-unvested Shares subject to the outstanding Awards held by such Holder shall accelerate upon the date of such Termination of Service.

 

(e)                                   The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

 

(f)                                    With respect to Awards which are granted to Covered Employees and are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no adjustment or action described in this Section 14.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause such Award to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, unless the Administrator determines that the Award should not so qualify.  No adjustment or action described in this Section 14.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code.  Furthermore, no such adjustment or action shall be authorized to the extent such adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act unless the Administrator determines that the Award is not to comply with such exemptive conditions.

 

(g)                                   The existence of the Plan, the Program, the Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

33



 

(h)                                  In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

 

14.3                         Approval of Plan by Stockholders .  The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.  Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval; provided that such Awards shall not be exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions thereon shall not lapse and no Shares shall be issued pursuant thereto prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders; and provided , further , that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve (12) month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

 

14.4                         No Stockholders Rights .  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Holder shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner of such Shares.

 

14.5                         Paperless Administration .  In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

14.6                         Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans .  The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Affiliate.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate:  (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any Affiliate, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.

 

14.7                         Compliance with Laws .  The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Law, and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith.  Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Law.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and

 

34



 

Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law.

 

14.8                         Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act .  The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

 

14.9                         Governing Law .  The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

 

14.10                  Section 409A .  To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Program pursuant to which such Award is granted and the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent applicable, the Plan, the Program and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under such Section.

 

14.11                  No Rights to Awards .  No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other persons uniformly.

 

14.12                  Unfunded Status of Awards .  The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

14.13                  Indemnification .  To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Law, each member of the Committee or of the Board and any officer or other employee to whom authority to administer any component of the Plan is delegated shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon

 

35



 

or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

14.14                  Relationship to other Benefits .  No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

14.15                  Expenses .  The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Nevro Corp. on                              , 2014.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Nevro Corp. on                              , 2014.

 

Executed on this          day of                               , 2014.

 

 

 

 

[Name, Title]

 

36




Exhibit 10.9(b)

 

NEVRO CORP.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

 

Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“ Participant ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock (“ Stock ”), set forth below (the “ Option ”).  This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein, as well as in the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”), each of which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.

 

Participant:

 

«Participant»

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

«Grant_Date»

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

«VCD»

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$[      ]

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

«Total_Price»

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option:

 

«Shares» shares

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

«Expiration»

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

«Vesting_Schedule»

 

Type of Option:                                o   Incentive Stock Option     o   Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, and this Grant Notice.  Participant has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan.  Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Stock Option Agreement.

 

NEVRO CORP.:

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Print Name:

 

 

Print Name:

«Participant»

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

 

NEVRO CORP. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to Participant an Option under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), to purchase the number of shares of Stock indicated in the Grant Notice.

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

GENERAL

 

1.1                                Defined Terms .  Wherever the following terms are used in this Agreement they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

 

1.2                                Incorporation of Terms of Plan .  The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

GRANT OF OPTION

 

2.1                                Grant of Option .  In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or any Affiliate and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company irrevocably grants to Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 14.2 of the Plan.  Unless designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

2.2                                Exercise Price .  The exercise price of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided , however , that the price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and Participant is a Greater Than 10% Stockholder as of the Date of Grant, the exercise price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.

 

2.3                                Consideration to the Company .  In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Affiliate.  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the

 

A-1



 

extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and Participant.

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

3.1                                Commencement of Exercisability .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 5.11 and 5.17 hereof, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(b)                                  No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable at the date of Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and Participant.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding Sections 3.1(a) hereof and the Grant Notice, but subject to Section 3.1(b) hereof, in the event of a Change in Control the Option shall be treated pursuant to Section 14.2 of the Plan.

 

3.2                                Duration of Exercisability .  The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative.  Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

3.3                                Expiration of Option .  The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)                                  The Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice, which shall in no event be more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date;

 

(b)                                  If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and Participant, at the time the Option was granted, was a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date;

 

(c)                                   The expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless such termination occurs by reason of Participant’s death or disability; or

 

(d)                                  The expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or disability.

 

3.4                                Special Tax Consequences .  Participant acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including the Option (if applicable), are exercisable for the first time by Participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Option and such other options shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent necessary to comply with the limitations imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code.  Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking the Option and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.  Participant also acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more

 

A-2



 

than three (3) months after Participant’s Termination of Employment, other than by reason of death or disability, will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

3.5                                Tax Indemnity .

 

(a)                                  Participant agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company, any Affiliate and Participant’s employing company, if different, from and against any liability for or obligation to pay any Tax Liability (a “ Tax Liability ” being any liability for income tax, withholding tax and any other employment related taxes or social security contributions in any jurisdiction) that is attributable to (1) the grant or exercise of, or any benefit derived by Participant from, the Option, (2) the acquisition by Participant of the Stock on exercise of the Option or (3) the disposal of any Stock.

 

(b)                                  The Option cannot be exercised until Participant has made such arrangements as the Company may require for the satisfaction of any Tax Liability that may arise in connection with the exercise of the Option and/or the acquisition of the Stock by Participant.  The Company shall not be required to issue, allot or transfer Stock until Participant has satisfied this obligation.

 

(c)                                   Participant hereby acknowledges that the Company (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Liabilities in connection with any aspect of the Option and (ii) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of any Award, including the Option, to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Liabilities or achieve any particular tax result.  Furthermore, if Participant becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the date of grant of an Award, including the Option, and the date of any relevant taxable event, Participant acknowledges that the Company may be required to withhold or account for Tax Liabilities in more than one jurisdiction.

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

4.1                                Person Eligible to Exercise .  Except as provided in Section 5.3 hereof, during the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO.  After the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof, be exercised by the deceased Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

4.2                                Partial Exercise .  Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.  However, the Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional shares of Stock.

 

4.3                                Manner of Exercise .  The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company; for the avoidance of doubt, delivery shall include electronic delivery), during regular business hours, of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof:

 

(a)                                  An exercise notice in a form specified by the Administrator, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules

 

A-3



 

established by the Administrator.  The notice shall be signed by Participant or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

 

(b)                                  The receipt by the Company of full payment for the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which shall be made by deduction from other compensation payable to Participant or in such other form of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof that is acceptable to the Company;

 

(c)                                   Any other written representations or documents as may be required in the Administrator’s sole discretion to evidence compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; and

 

(d)                                  In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by any person or persons other than Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.

 

4.4                                Method of Payment .  Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

 

(a)                                  Cash or check;

 

(b)                                  With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of shares of Stock (including, without limitation, shares of Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option) held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; or

 

(c)                                   Other legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator (including, without limitation, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company at such time as may be required by the Company, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale).

 

4.5                                Conditions to Issuance of Stock .  The shares of Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares of Stock or issued shares of Stock which have then been reacquired by the Company.  Such shares of Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the conditions in Section 12.4 of the Plan and following conditions:

 

(a)                                  The admission of such shares of Stock to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Stock is then listed;

 

(b)                                  The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange

 

A-4



 

Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

 

(c)                                   The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(d)                                  The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares of Stock, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof; and

 

(e)                                   The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

4.6                                Rights as Stockholder .  The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of any shares of Stock purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such shares of Stock shall have been issued by the Company and held of record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the shares of Stock are issued, except as provided in Section 14.2 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 5.

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

5.1                                Administration .  The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.

 

5.2                                Whole Shares .  The Option may only be exercised for whole shares of Stock.

 

5.3                                Option Not Transferable .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 4.1 hereof, the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until the Option has been exercised and the shares of Stock underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares of Stock have lapsed.  Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until the Option has been exercised, and any attempted disposition thereof prior to exercise shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

 

A-5



 

(b)                                  During the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option (or any portion thereof), unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or this Agreement, be exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to the Option upon Participant’s death.  A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, except to the extent the Plan and this Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator.  If Participant is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than Participant’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of Participant’s interest in the Option shall not be effective without the prior written consent of Participant’s spouse or domestic partner.  If no beneficiary has been designated or survives Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to Participant’s death.

 

5.4                                Tax Consultation .  Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the grant, vesting and/or exercise of the Option, and/or with the purchase or disposition of the shares of Stock subject to the Option.  Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of such shares of Stock and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5.5                                Binding Agreement .  Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the Option contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

5.6                                Adjustments Upon Specified Events .  The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the Option in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine.  In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Stock contemplated by Section 14.2 of the Plan (including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash dividend on such Stock), the Administrator shall make such adjustments the Administrator deems appropriate in the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option, the exercise price of the Option and the kind of securities that may be issued upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 14.2 of the Plan.

 

5.7                                Notices .  Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.7, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party.  Any notice which is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by written notice under this Section 5.7.  Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return

 

A-6



 

receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

5.8                                Titles .  Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

5.9                                Governing Law .  The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

 

5.10                         Conformity to Securities Laws .  Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all Applicable Law and regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such Applicable Law.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law.

 

5.11                         Amendment, Suspension and Termination .  To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board; provided, however, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of Participant.

 

5.12                         Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 5.3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

5.13                         Notification of Disposition .  If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Stock acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two (2) years from the Grant Date with respect to such shares of Stock or (b) within one (1) year after the transfer of such shares of Stock to Participant.  Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

 

5.14                         Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

5.15                         Not a Contract of Service Relationship .  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Affiliates or interfere with or restrict in any way with the right of the Company

 

A-7



 

or any of its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or to terminate for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, the services of Participant’s at any time.

 

5.16                         Entire Agreement .  The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

5.17                         Section 409A .  This Option is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “ Section 409A ”).  However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement (or any Exhibits hereto), if at any time the Administrator determines that the Option (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement (or any Exhibits hereto), or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate either for the Option to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

5.18                         Limitation on Participant’s Rights .  Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided.  This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust.  Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets.  Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Stock as a general unsecured creditor with respect to options, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

5.19                         Consent to Personal Data Use .  Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company is permitted to collect, hold, store, process, modify, transfer, lock or delete certain personal (and sensitive) data in any medium about Participant (i.e., name, home address, telephone number, e-mail address, date of birth, tax identification number and payroll information) as a part of its personnel and other business records for the exclusive purpose of tracking stock option grants, processing stock option exercises and subsequent share transfers and sales, arranging for appropriate tax reporting and withholding and regulatory tracking and reporting purposes and the Company may disclose such information to third parties in the event that such disclosure is in the Company’s view required for the proper tracking of stock option grants, processing stock option exercises and subsequent share transfers and sales, arranging for appropriate tax reporting and withholding and regulatory tracking. For these purposes, this personal data will be transferred to other locations, including locations outside of the European Union and in so-called insecure third-party countries that do not guarantee the data privacy protection level of the European Union.

 

5.20                         Rules Particular To Specific Countries .

 

(a)                                  Generally .  Participant shall, if required by the Administrator, enter into an election with the Company or an Affiliate (in a form approved by the Company) under which any liability to the Company’s (or an Affiliate’s) Tax Liability, including, but not limited to, National Insurance Contributions (“ NICs ”) and the Fringe Benefit Tax (“ FBT ”), is transferred to and met by Participant.  For purposes of this Section 5.20, Tax Liability shall mean any and all liability under applicable non-U.S. laws, rules or regulations from any income tax, the Company’s (or an Affiliate’s) NICs, FBT or similar liability and Participant’s NICs, FBT or similar liability that are attributable to:

 

A-8



 

(A) the grant or exercise of, or any other benefit derived by Participant from the Option; (B) the acquisition by Participant of the shares of Stock on exercise of the Option; or (C) the disposal of any shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option.

 

(b)                                  Tax Indemnity .  Participant shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and any of its Affiliates from and against any Tax Liability.

 

*     *     *     *     *

 

A-9




Exhibit 10.9(c)

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE

 

Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Participant ”), in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Shares ”).  This Restricted Stock award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Agreement ”) (including without limitation the Restrictions on the Shares set forth in the Agreement) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and the Agreement.

 

Participant:

 

[                                                                                  ]

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

[                                                                                  ]

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares of Restricted Stock:

 

[                                            ] Shares

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

[                                                                                  ]

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

[                                  ]

 

 

 

Termination:

 

If the Participant experiences a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date, any portion of the Award (and the Shares subject thereto) that has not become vested on or prior to the date of such Termination of Service (after taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such Termination of Service, if any) will thereupon be automatically forfeited by the Participant, and the Participant’s rights in such portion of the Award and any Shares subject thereto shall thereupon lapse and expire.

 

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice.  The Participant has reviewed the Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.  The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.  In addition, by signing below, the Participant also agrees that the Company, in its sole discretion, may satisfy any withholding obligations in accordance with Section 2.2(c) of the Agreement by (i) withholding shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the shares of Restricted Stock, (ii) instructing a broker on the Participant’s behalf to sell shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the shares of Restricted Stock and submit the proceeds of such sale to the Company, or (iii) using any other method permitted by Section 2.2(c) of the Agreement or the Plan.  If the participant is married or part of a registered domestic partnership, his or her spouse or domestic partner has signed the Consent of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner attached to this Grant Notice as Exhibit B .

 

NEVRO CORP.:

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Print Name:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1



 

EXHIBIT A
TO RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) has granted to the Participant the number of shares of Restricted Stock (the “ Shares ”) under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), as set forth in the Grant Notice.  Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and Grant Notice.

 

ARTICLE I.

 

GENERAL

 

1.1                                Incorporation of Terms of Plan .  The Award (as defined below) is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

2.1                                Award of Restricted Stock .

 

(a)                                  Award .  Pursuant to the Grant Notice and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice, the Company has granted to the Participant an award of Restricted Stock (the “ Award ”) under the Plan in consideration of the Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or any Affiliate, and for other good and valuable consideration.  The number of Shares subject to the Award is set forth in the Grant Notice.  The Participant is an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or one of its Affiliates.

 

(b)                                  Book Entry Form; Certificates .  At the sole discretion of the Administrator, the Shares will be issued in either (i) uncertificated form, with the Shares recorded in the name of the Participant in the books and records of the Company’s transfer agent with appropriate notations regarding the restrictions on transfer imposed pursuant to this Agreement, and upon vesting and the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in Sections 2.2(b) and (d) hereof, the Company shall remove such notations on any such vested Shares in accordance with Section 2.2(e) below; or (ii) certificated form pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.1(c), (d) and (e) below.

 

(c)                                   Legend .  Certificates representing Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall, until all Restrictions (as defined below) imposed pursuant to this Agreement lapse or have been removed and the Shares have thereby become vested or the Shares represented thereby have been forfeited hereunder, bear the following legend (or such other legend as shall be determined by the Administrator):

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN VESTING REQUIREMENTS AND MAY BE SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE UNDER THE TERMS OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, BY AND BETWEEN NEVRO CORP. AND THE REGISTERED OWNER OF SUCH

 

A-1



 

SHARES, AND SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OFFERED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.”

 

(d)                                  Escrow .  The Secretary of the Company or such other escrow holder as the Administrator may appoint may retain physical custody of any certificates representing the Shares until all of the Restrictions on transfer imposed pursuant to this Agreement lapse or shall have been removed; in such event, the Participant shall not retain physical custody of any certificates representing unvested Shares issued to him or her.  The Participant, by acceptance of the Award, shall be deemed to appoint, and does so appoint, the Company and each of its authorized representatives as the Participant’s attorney(s)-in-fact to effect any transfer of unvested forfeited Shares (or Shares otherwise reacquired by the Company hereunder) to the Company as may be required pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement and to execute such documents as the Company or such representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such transfer.

 

(e)                                   Removal of Notations; Delivery of Certificates Upon Vesting .  As soon as administratively practicable after the vesting of any Shares subject to the Award pursuant to Section 2.2(b) hereof, the Company shall, as applicable, either remove the notations on any Shares subject to the Award issued in book entry form which have vested or deliver to the Participant a certificate or certificates evidencing the number of Shares subject to the Award which have vested (or, in either case, such lesser number of Shares as may be permitted pursuant to Section 12.2 of the Plan). The Participant (or the beneficiary or personal representative of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances required by the Company.  The Shares so delivered shall no longer be subject to the Restrictions hereunder.

 

2.2                                Restrictions .

 

(a)                                  Forfeiture .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, upon the Participant’s Termination of Service for any or no reason, any portion of the Award (and the Shares subject thereto) which has not vested prior to or in connection with such Termination of Service (after taking into consideration any accelerated vesting and lapsing of Restrictions which may occur in connection with such Termination of Service (if any)) shall thereupon be forfeited immediately and without any further action by the Company, and the Participant’s rights in any Shares and such portion of the Award shall thereupon lapse and expire.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Restrictions ” shall mean the restrictions on sale or other transfer set forth in Section 3.3 hereof and the exposure to forfeiture set forth in this Section 2.2(a).

 

(b)                                  Vesting and Lapse of Restrictions .  Subject to Section 2.2(a) above, the Award shall vest and Restrictions shall lapse in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (rounding down to the nearest whole Share).

 

(c)                                   Tax Withholding .  As set forth in Section 12.2 of the Plan, the Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the Award.  The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any new certificate representing Shares to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative or enter such Shares in book entry form unless and until the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state and local

 

A-2



 

taxes applicable to the taxable income of the Participant resulting from the grant or vesting of the Award or the issuance of Shares.

 

(d)                                  Conditions to Delivery of Shares .  Subject to Section 2.1 above, the Shares deliverable under this Award may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.  Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any Shares under this Award prior to fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 12.4 of the Plan.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance of such Shares shall not be delayed if and to the extent that such delay would result in a violation of Section 409A of the Code.  In the event that the Company delays the issuance of such Shares because it reasonably determines that the issuance of such Shares will violate Applicable Law, such issuance shall be made at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably determines that issuing such Shares will not cause such violation, as required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii).

 

(e)                                   To ensure compliance with the Restrictions, the provisions of the charter documents of the Company, and/or Applicable Law and for other proper purposes, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” and other instructions to its transfer agent with respect to the Restricted Stock.  The Company shall notify the transfer agent as and when the Restrictions lapse.

 

2.3                                Consideration to the Company .  In consideration of the grant of the Award pursuant hereto, the Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Affiliate.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

3.1                                Section 83(b) Election .  If the Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Participant hereby agrees to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

3.2                                Administration . The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Administrator or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Award.

 

3.3                                Restricted Stock Not Transferable .  Until the Restrictions hereunder lapse or expire pursuant to this Agreement and the Shares vest, the Restricted Stock (including any Shares received by holders thereof with respect to Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 12.3 of the Plan; provided, however , that this Section 3.3 notwithstanding, with the consent of the Administrator, the Shares may be transferred to one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to and in accordance with Section 12.3 of the Plan.

 

A-3



 

3.4                                Rights as Stockholder .  Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the Grant Date, the Participant shall have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares, subject to the Restrictions, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any cash or stock dividends, in respect of the Shares subject to the Award and deliverable hereunder.

 

3.5                                Tax Consultation .  The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences in connection with the Restricted Stock granted pursuant to this Agreement (and the Shares issuable with respect thereto).  The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the Restricted Stock and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

3.6                                Adjustments Upon Specified Events .  The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the Restricted Stock in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine.  The Participant acknowledges that the Restricted Stock is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 14.2 of the Plan.

 

3.7                                Notices .  Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 3.7, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

3.8                                Participant’s Representations .  If the Shares issuable hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws on an effective registration statement at the time of such issuance, the Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with such issuance, make such written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

3.9                                Titles .  Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

3.10                         Governing Law .  The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

 

3.11                         Conformity to Securities Laws .  The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all Applicable Law.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Award is granted, only in such a manner as to conform to such Applicable Law.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law.

 

3.12                         Amendment, Suspension and Termination .  To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board; provided, however , that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Award in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.

 

A-4



 

3.13                         Successors and Assigns .  The Company or any Affiliate may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and its Affiliates.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 3.3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

3.14                         Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the Award and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

3.15                         Not a Contract of Service Relationship .  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an Employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant.

 

3.16                         Entire Agreement .  The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto, if any) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and its Affiliates and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

3.17                         Limitation on the Participant’s Rights .  Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided.  This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust.  Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets.  The Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and its Affiliates with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder.

 

A-5



 

EXHIBIT B
TO RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE

 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR REGISTERED DOMESTIC PARTNER

 

I,                               , spouse or domestic partner of                               , have read and approve the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Consent of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner is attached and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) attached to the Grant Notice.  In consideration of issuing to my spouse or domestic partner the shares of the common stock of Nevro Corp. set forth in the Grant Notice, I hereby appoint my spouse or domestic partner as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares of the common stock of Nevro Corp. issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Spouse or Domestic Partner

 

B-1




Exhibit 10.9(d)

 

NEVRO CORP.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE

 

Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (the “ Participant ”), an award of restricted stock units (“ Restricted Stock Units ” or “ RSUs ”).  Each vested Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive, in accordance with the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Agreement ”), one share of Common Stock (“ Share ”).  This award of Restricted Stock Units is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Agreement and the Plan, each of which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and the Agreement.

 

Participant:

 

[                                                    ]

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

[                                                    ]

 

 

 

Total Number of RSUs:

 

[                          ]

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

[                          ]

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

[                          ]

 

 

 

Termination:

 

If the Participant experiences a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date, all RSUs that have not become vested on or prior to the date of such Termination of Service (after taking into consideration any vesting that may occur in connection with such Termination of Service, if any) will thereupon be automatically forfeited by the Participant without payment of any consideration therefor.

 

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice.  The Participant has reviewed the Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.  The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.  In addition, by signing below, the Participant also agrees that the Company, in its sole discretion, may satisfy any withholding obligations in accordance with Section 2.6(b) of the Agreement by (i) withholding shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the RSUs, (ii) instructing a broker on the Participant’s behalf to sell shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the RSUs and submit the proceeds of such sale to the Company, or (iii) using any other method permitted by Section 2.6(b) of the Agreement or the Plan.

 

NEVRO CORP.:

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Print Name:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Address:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to the Participant the number of restricted stock units (“ Restricted Stock Units ” or “ RSUs ”) set forth in the Grant Notice under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).  Each vested Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one share of Common Stock (“ Share ”).  Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and Grant Notice.

 

ARTICLE I.

 

GENERAL

 

1.1                                            Incorporation of Terms of Plan .  The RSUs are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

2.1                                            Grant of RSUs .  Pursuant to the Grant Notice and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an award of RSUs under the Plan in consideration of the Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or any Affiliates and for other good and valuable consideration.

 

2.2                                            Unsecured Obligation to RSUs .  Unless and until the RSUs have vested in the manner set forth in Article 2 hereof, the Participant will have no right to receive Common Stock under any such RSUs.  Prior to actual payment of any vested RSUs, such RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

 

2.3                                            Vesting Schedule .  Subject to Section 2.5 hereof, the RSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable with respect to the applicable portion thereof according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (rounding down to the nearest whole Share).

 

2.4                                            Consideration to the Company .  In consideration of the grant of the award of RSUs pursuant hereto, the Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Affiliate.

 

2.5                                            Forfeiture, Termination and Cancellation upon Termination of Service .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement or the Plan, upon the Participant’s Termination of Service for any or no reason, all Restricted Stock Units which have not vested prior to or in connection with such Termination of Service (after taking into consideration any accelerated vesting which may occur in connection with such Termination of Service (if any)) shall thereupon automatically be forfeited, terminated and cancelled as of the applicable termination date without payment of any consideration by the Company, and the Participant, or the Participant’s beneficiary or personal representative, as the case

 

A-1



 

may be, shall have no further rights hereunder.  No portion of the RSUs which has not become vested as of the date on which the Participant incurs a Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested.

 

2.6                                            Issuance of Common Stock upon Vesting .

 

(a)                                  As soon as administratively practicable following the vesting of any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after such vesting date (for the avoidance of doubt, this deadline is intended to comply with the “short term deferral” exemption from Section 409A of the Code), the Company shall deliver to the Participant (or any transferee permitted under Section 3.2 hereof) a number of Shares (either by delivering one or more certificates for such Shares or by entering such Shares in book entry form, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) equal to the number of RSUs subject to this Award that vest on the applicable vesting date, unless such RSUs terminate prior to the given vesting date pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Shares cannot be issued pursuant to Section 12.4 of the Plan, the Shares shall be issued pursuant to the preceding sentence as soon as administratively practicable after the Administrator determines that Shares can again be issued in accordance with such Section.

 

(b)                                  As set forth in Section 12.2 of the Plan, the Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the Restricted Stock Units.  The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any new certificate representing Shares to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative or enter such Shares in book entry form unless and until the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state and local taxes applicable to the taxable income of the Participant resulting from the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units or the issuance of Shares.

 

2.7                                            Conditions to Delivery of Shares .  The Shares deliverable hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares or issued Shares which have then been reacquired by the Company.  Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares deliverable hereunder prior to fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 12.4 of the Plan.

 

2.8                                            Rights as Stockholder .  The holder of the RSUs shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of the RSUs and any Shares underlying the RSUs and deliverable hereunder unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company and held of record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14.2 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

3.1                                            Administration .  The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Administrator or

 

A-2



 

the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the RSUs.

 

3.2                                RSUs Not Transferable .  The RSUs shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 12.3 of the Plan; provided, however , that this Section 3.2 notwithstanding, with the consent of the Administrator, the RSUs may be transferred to one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to and in accordance with Section 12.3 of the Plan.

 

3.3                                Tax Consultation .  The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences in connection with the RSUs granted pursuant to this Agreement (and the Shares issuable with respect thereto).  The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the RSUs and the issuance of Shares with respect thereto and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

3.4                                Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the RSUs contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

3.5                                Adjustments Upon Specified Events .  The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the RSUs in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine.  The Participant acknowledges that the RSUs are subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 14.2 of the Plan.

 

3.6                                Notices .  Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 3.6, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

3.7                                Participant’s Representations .  If the Shares issuable hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws on an effective registration statement at the time of such issuance, the Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with such issuance, make such written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or its counsel.

 

3.8                                Titles .  Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

3.9                                Governing Law .  The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

 

3.10                         Conformity to Securities Laws .  The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any other Applicable Law.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the RSUs are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to Applicable Law.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law.

 

A-3



 

3.11                         Amendment, Suspension and Termination .  To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board; provided, however, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the RSUs in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.

 

3.12                         Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 3.2 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

3.13                         Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the RSUs and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

3.14                         Not a Contract of Service Relationship .  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Affiliates or interfere with or restrict in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or to terminate for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, the services of the Participant’s at any time.

 

3.15                         Entire Agreement .  The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto, if any) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

3.16                         Section 409A .  This Award is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “ Section 409A ”).  However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that this Award (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate for this Award either to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

3.17                         Limitation on Participant’s Rights .  Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided.  This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust.  Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets.  The Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and its Affiliates with respect to amounts credited and benefits

 

A-4



 

payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Common Stock as a general unsecured creditor with respect to RSUs, as and when payable hereunder.

 

A-5




Exhibit 10.10

 

NEVRO CORP.
2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

ARTICLE I.
PURPOSE, SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

1.1                                Purpose and Scope .  The purpose of the Nevro Corp. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, (the “ Plan ”) is to assist employees of Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”) and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company pursuant to a plan which is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and to help such employees provide for their future security and to encourage them to remain in the employment of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

ARTICLE II.
DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in the Plan, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.  The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

 

2.1                                Agent ” means the brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution, entity or person(s), if any, engaged, retained, appointed or authorized to act as the agent of the Company or an Employee with regard to the Plan.

 

2.2                                Administrator ” shall mean the Committee, or such individuals to which authority to administer the Plan has been delegated under Section 7.1 hereof.

 

2.3                                Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.4                                Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.5                                Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

2.6                                Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

 

2.7                                Company ” shall have such meaning as set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

 

2.8                                Compensation ” of an Employee shall mean the regular straight-time earnings or base salary, bonuses and commissions paid to the Employee from the Company on each Payday as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, before deduction for any salary deferral contributions made by the Employee to any tax-qualified or nonqualified deferred compensation plan, including overtime, shift differentials, vacation pay, salaried production schedule premiums, holiday pay, jury duty pay, funeral leave pay, paid time off, military pay, prior week adjustments and weekly bonus, but excluding education or tuition reimbursements, imputed income arising under any group insurance or benefit program, travel

 



 

expenses, business and moving reimbursements, income received in connection with any stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other compensatory equity awards and all contributions made by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary for the Employee’s benefit under any employee benefit plan now or hereafter established.  Such Compensation shall be calculated before deduction of any income or employment tax withholdings, but shall be withheld from the Employee’s net income.

 

2.9                                Designated Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary that have been designated by the Board or Committee from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan, including any Subsidiary in existence on the Effective Date and any Subsidiary formed or acquired following the Effective Date, in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof.

 

2.10                         Effective Date ” shall mean the date immediately preceding the date the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering becomes effective, provided that the Board has adopted and the Company’s stockholders have approved the Plan prior to or on such date.

 

2.11                         Eligible Employee ” shall mean an Employee who (a) is customarily scheduled to work at least twenty (20) hours per week, (b) whose customary employment is more than five (5) months in a calendar year and (c) after the granting of the Option would not be deemed for purposes of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code to possess five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary. For purposes of clause (c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock which an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may exclude from participation in the Plan as an Eligible Employee (x) any Employee that is a “highly compensated employee” of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code), or that is such a “highly compensated employee” (A) with compensation above a specified level, (B) who is an officer and/or (C) is subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and/or (y) any Employee who is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also a citizen of the United States or a resident alien (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) if either (i) the grant of the Option is prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction governing such Employee, or (ii) compliance with the laws of the foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan or the Option to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code; provided that any exclusion in clauses (x), and/or (y) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all Employees of the Company and all Designated Subsidiaries, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e).

 

2.12                         Employee ” shall mean any person who renders services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary in the status of an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code.  “Employee” shall not include any director of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who does not render services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary in the status of an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code.  For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military

 

2



 

leave, sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2).  Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months, or such other period specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2), and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period, or such other period specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2).

 

2.13                         Enrollment Date ” shall mean the first date of each Offering Period.

 

2.14                         Exercise Date ” shall mean the last Trading Day of each Offering Period, except as provided in Section 5.2 hereof.

 

2.15                         Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.16                         Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) listed on any national market system or (iii) listed, quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a share of Common Stock as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing sales price for a share of Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(b)                                  If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(c)                                   If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

 

2.17                         Grant Date ” shall mean the first Trading Day of an Offering Period.

 

2.18                         New Exercise Date ” shall have such meaning as set forth in Section 5.2(b) hereof.

 

2.19                         Offering Period ” shall mean such period of time commencing on such date(s) as determined by the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion, and with respect to which Options shall be granted to Participants.  The duration and timing of Offering Periods may

 

3



 

be established or changed by the Board or Committee at any time, in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an Offering Period exceed twenty-seven (27) months.

 

2.20                         Option ” shall mean the right to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan during each Offering Period.

 

2.21                         Option Price ” shall mean the purchase price of a share of Common Stock hereunder as provided in Section 4.2 hereof.

 

2.22                         Parent ” means any entity that is a parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

2.23                         Participant ” shall mean any Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan.

 

2.24                         Payday ” shall mean the regular and recurring established day for payment of Compensation to an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.

 

2.25                         Plan ” shall have such meaning as set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

 

2.26                         Plan Account ” shall mean a bookkeeping account established and maintained by the Company in the name of each Participant.

 

2.27                         Section 423 Option ” shall have such meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(b) hereof.

 

2.28                         Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity that is a subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.  In addition, with respect to any sub-plans adopted under Section 7.1(d) hereof which are designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code, Subsidiary shall include any corporate or noncorporate entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect equity interest or significant business relationship.

 

2.29                         Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a securities exchange, shall mean a business day, as determined by the Administrator in good faith.

 

2.30                         Withdrawal Election ” shall have such meaning as set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.

 

4



 

ARTICLE III.
PARTICIPATION

 

3.1                                Eligibility .

 

(a)                                  Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of Articles IV and V hereof, and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

(b)                                  No Eligible Employee shall be granted an Option under the Plan which permits the Participant’s rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan, and to purchase stock under all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary subject to the Section 423 of the Code (any such Option or other option, a “ Section 423 Option ”), to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of such stock (determined at the time the Section 423 Option is granted) for each calendar year in which any Section 423 Option granted to the Participant is outstanding at any time.  For purposes of the limitation imposed by this subsection,

 

(i)                                      the right to purchase stock under a Section 423 Option accrues when the Section 423 Option (or any portion thereof) first becomes exercisable during the calendar year,

 

(ii)                                   the right to purchase stock under a Section 423 Option accrues at the rate provided in the Section 423 Option, but in no case may such rate exceed $25,000 of fair market value of such stock (determined at the time such option is granted) for any one calendar year, and

 

(iii)                                a right to purchase stock which has accrued under a Section 423 Option may not be carried over to any other Section 423 Option; provided that Participants may carry forward amounts so accrued that represent a fractional share of stock and were withheld but not applied towards the purchase of Common Stock under an earlier Offering Period, and may apply such amounts towards the purchase of additional shares of Common Stock under a subsequent Offering Period.

 

The limitation under this Section 3.1(b) shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

3.2                                Election to Participate; Payroll Deductions

 

(a)                                  Except as provided in Section 3.3 hereof, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction.  Each individual who is an Eligible Employee as of an Offering Period’s Enrollment Date may elect to participate in such Offering Period and the Plan by delivering to the Company a payroll deduction authorization no later such period of time prior to the applicable Enrollment Date as determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 3.1(b) hereof, payroll deductions (i) shall be equal to at least one percent (1%) of the Participant’s Compensation as of each Payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date, but not more than the lesser of fifteen percent (15%) of the Participant’s Compensation as of each Payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date or $25,000 per Offering Period; and (ii) shall be expressed as a whole number

 

5



 

percentage.  Amounts deducted from a Participant’s Compensation with respect to an Offering Period pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be deducted each Payday through payroll deduction and credited to the Participant’s Plan Account.

 

(c)                                   Following at least one (1) payroll deduction, a Participant may decrease (to as low as zero) the amount deducted from such Participant’s Compensation only once during an Offering Period upon ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to the Company.  A Participant may not increase the amount deducted from such Participant’s Compensation during an Offering Period.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the termination of an Offering Period, each Participant in such Offering Period shall automatically participate in the immediately following Offering Period at the same payroll deduction percentage as in effect at the termination of the prior Offering Period, unless such Participant delivers to the Company a different election with respect to the successive Offering Period in accordance with Section 3.1(a) hereof, or unless such Participant becomes ineligible for participation in the Plan.

 

3.3                                Leave of Absence .  During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal payday equal to his or her authorized payroll deduction.

 

ARTICLE IV.
PURCHASE OF SHARES

 

4.1                                Grant of Option .  Each Participant shall be granted an Option with respect to an Offering Period on the applicable Grant Date.   Subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(b) hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Participant’s Option shall be determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant’s Plan Account on such Exercise Date by (b) the applicable Option Price; provided that in no event shall a Participant be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than [5,000] [subject to stock split] shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof).  The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that a Participant may purchase during such future Offering Periods.  Each Option shall expire on the Exercise Date for the applicable Offering Period immediately after the automatic exercise of the Option in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof, unless such Option terminates earlier in accordance with Article 6 hereof.

 

4.2                                Option Price .  The “ Option Price ” per share of Common Stock to be paid by a Participant upon exercise of the Participant’s Option on the applicable Exercise Date for an Offering Period shall be equal to eighty five percent (85%) of the lesser of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on (a) the applicable Grant Date and (b) the applicable Exercise Date; provided that in no event shall the Option Price per share of Common Stock be less than the par value per share of the Common Stock.

 

6



 

4.3                                Purchase of Shares .

 

(a)                                  On the applicable Exercise Date for an Offering Period, each Participant shall automatically and without any action on such Participant’s part be deemed to have exercised his or her Option to purchase at the applicable per share Option Price the largest number of whole shares of Common Stock which can be purchased with the amount in the Participant’s Plan Account.  Any balance less than the per share Option Price that is remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account (after exercise of such Participant’s Option) as of the Exercise Date shall be carried forward to the next Offering Period, unless the Participant has elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof or, pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof, such Participant has ceased to be an Eligible Employee. Any balance not carried forward to the next Offering Period in accordance with the prior sentence promptly shall be refunded to the applicable Participant. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall an amount greater than or equal to the per share Option Price as of an Exercise Date be carried forward to the next Offering Period.

 

(b)                                  As soon as practicable following the applicable Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased by such Participant pursuant to Section 4.3(a) hereof shall be delivered (either in share certificate or book entry form), in the Company’s sole discretion, to either (i) the Participant or (ii) an account established in the Participant’s name at a stock brokerage or other financial services firm designated by the Company.  If the Company is required to obtain from any commission or agency authority to issue any such shares of Common Stock, the Company shall seek to obtain such authority.  Inability of the Company to obtain from any such commission or agency authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance of any such shares shall relieve the Company from liability to any Participant except to refund to the Participant such Participant’s Plan Account balance, without interest thereon.

 

4.4                                Transferability of Rights .

 

(a)                                  An Option granted under the Plan shall not be transferable, other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.  No option or interest or right to the Option shall be available to pay off any debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempt at disposition of the option shall have no effect.

 

ARTICLE V.
PROVISIONS RELATING TO COMMON STOCK

 

5.1                                Common Stock Reserved .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.2 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be the sum of (a) [4,720,000] [subject to stock split] shares of Common Stock and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, in each case subject to the approval of the Administrator on or prior to the applicable date, equal to the lesser of (i)

 

7


 

one percent (1%) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Board; provided , however , no more than [52,000,000] [subject to stock split] shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Plan.  Shares of Common Stock made available for sale under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares of Common Stock, or reacquired shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

5.2                                Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale .

 

(a)                                  Changes in Capitalization .  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but not yet placed under Option, as well as the price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each Option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided , however , that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Exercise Date (the “ New Exercise Date ”), and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator.  The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation.  The Administrator shall notify each Participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s Option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 6.1 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Merger or Asset Sale .  In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent Option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, any Offering Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and any Offering Periods then in progress shall end on the New Exercise Date.  The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed sale or merger.  The Administrator shall notify each Participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s

 

8



 

Option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 6.1 hereof.

 

5.3                                Insufficient Shares .  If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options are to be exercised may exceed the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for issuance on such Exercise Date in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising Options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and unless additional shares are authorized for issuance under the Plan, no further Offering Periods shall take place and the Plan shall terminate pursuant to Section 7.5 hereof.  If an Offering Period is so terminated, then the balance of the amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account which has not been applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days after such Exercise Date, without any interest thereon.

 

5.4                                Rights as Stockholders .  With respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company and shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder.  A Participant shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company when, but not until, shares of Common Stock have been deposited in the designated brokerage account following exercise of his or her Option.

 

ARTICLE VI.
TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION

 

6.1                                Cessation of Contributions; Voluntary Withdrawal .

 

(a)                                  A Participant may cease payroll deductions during an Offering Period and elect to withdraw from the Plan by delivering written notice of such election to the Company in such form and at such time prior to the Exercise Date for such Offering Period as may be established by the Administrator (a “ Withdrawal Election ”).  A Participant electing to withdraw from the Plan may elect to either (i) withdraw all of the funds then credited to the Participant’s Plan Account as of the date on which the Withdrawal Election is received by the Company, in which case amounts credited to such Plan Account shall be returned to the Participant in one (1) lump-sum payment in cash within thirty (30) days after such election is received by the Company, without any interest thereon, and the Participant shall cease to participate in the Plan and the Participant’s Option for such Offering Period shall terminate; or (ii) exercise the Option for the maximum number of whole shares of Common Stock on the applicable Exercise Date with any remaining Plan Account balance returned to the Participant in one (1) lump-sum payment in cash within thirty (30) days after such Exercise Date, without any interest thereon, and after such exercise cease to participate in the Plan.  Upon receipt of a Withdrawal Election, the Participant’s payroll deduction authorization and his or her Option to purchase under the Plan shall terminate.

 

(b)                                  A participant’s withdrawal from the Plan shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by

 

9



 

the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

 

(c)                                   A Participant who ceases contributions to the Plan during any Offering Period shall not be permitted to resume contributions to the Plan during that Offering Period.

 

6.2                                Termination of Eligibility .  Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, such Participant’s Option for the applicable Offering Period shall automatically terminate, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan,  and such Participant’s Plan Account shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto pursuant to applicable law, within thirty (30) days after such cessation of being an Eligible Employee, without any interest thereon.

 

ARTICLE VII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

7.1                                Administration .

 

(a)                                  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be composed of members of the Board.  The Committee may delegate administrative tasks under the Plan to the services of an Agent and/or Employees to assist in the administration of the Plan, including establishing and maintaining an individual securities account under the Plan for each Participant.

 

(b)                                  It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)                                      To establish Offering Periods;

 

(ii)                                   To determine when and how Options shall be granted and the provisions and terms of each Offering Period (which need not be identical);

 

(iii)                                To select Designated Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof; and

 

(iv)                               To construe and interpret the Plan, the terms of any Offering Period and the terms of the Options and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.  The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, any Offering Period or any Option, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effect, subject to Section 423 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

(c)                                   The Administrator may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws

 

10



 

and procedures.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding handling of participation elections, payroll deductions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, payroll tax, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates which vary with local requirements.  In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Administrator under the Plan.

 

(d)                                  The Administrator may adopt sub-plans applicable to particular Designated Subsidiaries or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code.  The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 5.1 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.

 

(e)                                   All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Administrator in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.  The Administrator may, with the approval of the Committee, employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons.  The Administrator, the Company and its officers and directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Board or Administrator shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the options, and all members of the Board or Administrator shall be fully protected by the Company in respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation.

 

7.2                                Designation of Subsidiary Corporations .  The Board or Committee shall designate from among the Subsidiaries, as determined from time to time, the Subsidiary or Subsidiaries that shall constitute Designated Subsidiaries.  The Board or Committee may designate a Subsidiary, or terminate the designation of a Subsidiary, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

 

7.3                                Reports .  Individual accounts shall be maintained for each Participant in the Plan.  Statements of Plan Accounts shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Option Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

7.4                                No Right to Employment .  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary or to affect the right of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Participant) at any time, with or without cause, which right is expressly reserved.

 

7.5                                Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  The Board may, in its sole discretion, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided , however , that without approval of the

 

11



 

Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after action by the Board, the Plan may not be amended to increase the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan or change the designation or class of Eligible Employees; and provided , further that without approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Plan may not be amended in any manner that would cause the Plan to no longer be an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

(b)                                  In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, to the extent permitted under Section 423 of the Code, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

 

(i)                                      altering the Option Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Option Price;

 

(ii)                                   shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

 

(iii)                                allocating shares of Common Stock.

 

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

 

(c)                                   Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan Account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon.

 

7.6                                Use of Funds; No Interest Paid .  All funds received by the Company by reason of purchase of Common Stock under the Plan shall be included in the general funds of the Company free of any trust or other restriction and may be used for any corporate purpose.  No interest shall be paid to any Participant or credited under the Plan.

 

7.7                                Term; Approval by Stockholders .  No Option may be granted during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.  The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.  Options may be granted prior to such stockholder approval; provided , however , that such Options shall not be exercisable prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders; provided , further that if such approval has not been obtained by the end of said twelve (12)-month period, all Options previously granted under the Plan shall thereupon terminate and be canceled and become null and void without being exercised.

 

7.8                                Effect Upon Other Plans .  The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary, or (b) to grant or assume Options otherwise than

 

12



 

under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including, but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, firm or association.

 

7.9                                Conformity to Securities Laws .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan and the participation in the Plan by any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemption rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

7.10                         Notice of Disposition of Shares .  Each Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Common Stock, acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option, if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two (2) years after the applicable Grant Date or (b) within one (1) year after the transfer of such shares of Common Stock to such Participant upon exercise of such Option.  The Company may direct that any certificates evidencing shares acquired pursuant to the Plan refer to such requirement.

 

7.11                         Tax Withholding .  The Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary shall be entitled to require payment in cash or deduction from other compensation payable to each Participant of any sums required by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect to any purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or any sale of such shares.

 

7.12                         Governing Law .  The Plan and all rights and obligations thereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

7.13                         Notices .  All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

7.14                         Conditions To Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of an Option by a Participant, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such shares of Common Stock is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or traded, and the shares of Common Stock are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.

 

13



 

(b)                                  All certificates for shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to the Plan and all shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state, or foreign securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed, quoted, or traded.  The Committee may place legends on any certificate or book entry evidencing shares of Common Stock to reference restrictions applicable to the shares of Common Stock.

 

(c)                                   The Committee shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Option, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, the Company may, in lieu of delivering to any Participant certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any Option, record the issuance of shares of Common Stock in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

 

7.15                         Equal Rights and Privileges .  Except with respect to sub-plans designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code, all Eligible Employees of the Company (or of any Designated Subsidiary) shall have equal rights and privileges under this Plan to the extent required under Section 423 of the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder.  Any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

* * * * * *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Nevro Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan was duly approved by the Board of Directors of Nevro Corp. on                     , 2014.

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Nevro Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan was duly approved by the stockholders of Nevro Corp. on                     , 2014.

 

Executed on this        day of               , 2014.

 

 

 

 

[Name, Title]

 

14




Exhibit 10.11

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is effective as of [ · ] by and between Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Indemnitee» (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

A.             The Company recognizes the difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for its directors, officers, employees, controlling persons, fiduciaries and other agents and affiliates, the significant cost of such insurance and the general limitations in the coverage of such insurance.

 

B.             The Company further recognizes the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, controlling persons, fiduciaries and other agents and affiliates to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited.

 

C.             The current protection available to directors, officers, employees, controlling persons, fiduciaries and other agents and affiliates of the Company may not be adequate under the present circumstances, and directors, officers, employees, controlling persons, fiduciaries and other agents and affiliates of the Company (or persons who may be alleged or deemed to be the same), including the Indemnitee, may not be willing to serve or continue to serve or be associated with the Company in such capacities without additional protection.

 

D.             The Company (a) desires to attract and retain the involvement of highly qualified persons, such as Indemnitee, to serve and be associated with the Company, and (b) accordingly, wishes to provide for the indemnification and advancement of expenses to the Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

E.              In view of the considerations set forth above, the Company desires that Indemnitee shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by the Company as set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT :

 

In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.               Certain Definitions.

 

(a)                                  Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if, on or after the date of this Agreement, (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the

 

1



 

Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two- thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least eighty percent (80%) of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

(b)                                  Claim ” shall mean with respect to a Covered Event:  any threatened, asserted, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation (formal or informal) that Indemnitee [(or in the case of a Fund Indemnitor (as defined in Section 18 below) seeking to be indemnified, a Fund Indemnitor)](1) in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including any appeal therefrom.

 

(c)                                   References to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to Nevro Corp., any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which Nevro Corp. (or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party, which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(d)                                  Covered Event ” shall mean any event or occurrence by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, direct or indirect, whether before or after the date of this Agreement, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity, whether before or after the date of this Agreement.

 


(1)  Note to Form :  To be included when applicable.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Expense Advance ” shall mean a payment to Indemnitee for Expenses pursuant to Section 3 hereof, in advance of the settlement of or final judgment in any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation, which constitutes a Claim.

 

(f)                                    Expenses ” shall mean any and all direct and indirect costs, losses, claims, damages, fees, expenses and liabilities, joint or several (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, to be a witness in or to participate in, any action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred, of any Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Independent Legal Counsel ” shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d) hereof, who shall not have otherwise performed services for (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder, within the last three (3) years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or its beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

(i)                                  Reviewing Party ” shall mean, subject to the provisions of Section 2(d), any person or body appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law to review the Company’s obligations hereunder and under applicable law, which may include a member or members of the Company’s Board of Directors, Independent Legal Counsel or any other person or body not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights.  In the absence of the appointment of another Reviewing Party, but subject to the provisions of Section 2(d), the full Board of Directors shall be deemed to be the “Reviewing Party” within the meaning of this Agreement.

 

3



 

(j)                                     Section ” refers to a section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

(k)                                  Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2.               Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Indemnification of Expenses .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) below, the Company shall indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless Indemnitee for Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any Claim (whether by reason of or arising in part out of a Covered Event), including all interest, assessments and other charges incurred in connection with or in respect of such Expenses.

 

(b)                                  Review of Indemnification Obligations .

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Reviewing Party shall have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which Independent Legal Counsel is the Reviewing Party) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless hereunder under applicable law, (A) the Company shall have no further obligation under Section 2(a) to make any payments to Indemnitee not made prior to such determination by such Reviewing Party and (B) the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying, exonerating or holding harmless Indemnitee (within thirty (30) days after such determination); provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless hereunder under applicable law, any determination made by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying, exonerating or holding harmless Indemnitee until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).  Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expenses shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to Section 2(b)(iii) below, if the Reviewing Party shall not have made a determination within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (A) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (B) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 45-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

 

4



 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Claim.

 

(c)                                   Indemnitee Rights on Unfavorable Determination; Binding Effect .  If any Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee substantively is not entitled to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless hereunder in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by such Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and, subject to the provisions of Section 15 hereof, the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding.  Absent such litigation, any determination by any Reviewing Party shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                  Selection of Reviewing Party; Change in Control .  If there has not been a Change in Control, any Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, which may be the full Board of Directors in the absence of the selection of another Reviewing Party, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), any Reviewing Party with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning Indemnitee’s indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights for Expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, or under any other applicable law, if desired by Indemnitee, shall be Independent Legal Counsel selected by the Indemnitee and approved by Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be entitled to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless hereunder under applicable law and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify, exonerate and hold harmless such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to pay Expenses of more than one Independent Legal Counsel in connection with all matters concerning a single Indemnitee, and such Independent Legal Counsel shall be the Independent Legal Counsel for any or all other Indemnitees unless (i) the Company otherwise determines or (ii) any Indemnitee shall provide a written statement setting forth in detail a reasonable objection to such Independent Legal Counsel representing other Indemnitees.

 

(e)                                   Mandatory Payment of Expenses .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement other than Section 10 hereof, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee was a party to (or participant in) and has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any Claim, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, exonerated and held harmless against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Claim but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Claim, the Company shall indemnify

 

5



 

Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Claim by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

(f)                                    Contribution .  If the indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights provided for in this Agreement is for any reason held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnitee, then in lieu of indemnifying, exonerating or holding harmless Indemnitee thereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or required to be paid by Indemnitee as a result of such Expenses (i) in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Claim or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with the action or inaction which resulted in such Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  In connection with the registration of the Company’s securities, the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions that the net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and Indemnitee, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the applicable prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the securities so offered.  The relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The Company and Indemnitee agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2(f) were determined by pro rata or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  In connection with the registration of the Company’s securities, in no event shall Indemnitee be required to contribute any amount under this Section 2(f) in excess of the net proceeds received by Indemnitee from its sale of securities under such registration statement.  No person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

3.               Expense Advances .

 

(a)                                  Obligation to Make Expense Advances .  The Company shall make Expense Advances to Indemnitee upon receipt of a written undertaking, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless therefor by the Company.

 

6



 

(b)                                  Form of Undertaking .  Any written undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay any Expense Advances hereunder shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

4.               Procedures for Indemnification and Expense Advances .

 

(a)                                  Timing of Payments .  All payments of Expenses (including without limitation Expense Advances) by the Company to the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as practicable after written demand by Indemnitee therefor is presented to the Company, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to the Company, except in the case of Expense Advances, which shall be made no later than twenty (20) days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to the Company.  If the Company disputes a portion of the amounts for which indemnification is requested, the undisputed portion shall be paid and only the disputed portion withheld pending resolution of any such dispute.

 

(b)                                  Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee .  Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless or Indemnitee’s right to receive Expense Advances under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any Claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights will or could be sought under this Agreement.  Notice to the Company shall be directed to the President and the Secretary of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee) and shall include a description of the nature of the Claim and the facts underlying the Claim, in each case to the extent known to Indemnitee.  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Claim.  In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power.  The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement, except to the extent (solely with respect to the indemnity hereunder) that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

(c)                                   No Presumptions; Burden of Proof .  For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere , or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless right is not permitted by this Agreement or applicable law.  In addition, neither the failure of any Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that

 

7



 

Indemnitee should be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless under this Agreement or applicable law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.  In connection with any determination by any Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

 

(d)                                  Notice to Insurers .  If, at the time of the receipt by the Company of a notice of a Claim pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, the Company has liability insurance in effect which may cover such Claim, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all reasonably necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Claim in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(e)                                   Selection of Counsel .  In the event the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights for or make any Expense Advances with respect to the Expenses of any Claim, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so.  After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Claim; provided, however , that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s separate counsel in any such Claim at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Claim, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel shall be Expenses for which Indemnitee may receive indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights or Expense Advances hereunder.  The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion, including the right to settle any claim, action or proceeding against Indemnitee without the consent of Indemnitee, provided that the terms of such settlement include either: (i) a full release of Indemnitee by the claimant from all liabilities or potential liabilities under such claim or (ii), in the event such full release is not obtained, the terms of such settlement do not limit any indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights Indemnitee may now, or hereafter, be entitled to under this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) or otherwise.

 

5.               Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity .

 

(a)                                  Scope .  The Company hereby agrees to indemnify, exonerate and hold harmless the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless right is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s

 

8



 

bylaws or by statute, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  The rights of indemnification and to receive Expense Advances as provided by this Agreement shall be interpreted independently of, and without reference to, any other such rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled.  In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless a member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change.  In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless a member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder except as set forth in Section 10(a) hereof.

 

(b)                                  Nonexclusivity .  The indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights and the payment of Expense Advances provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its bylaws, any other agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the DGCL, or otherwise.  The indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights and the payment of Expense Advances provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified, exonerated or held harmless capacity even though subsequent thereto Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity.

 

6.               No Duplication of Payments .   The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable hereunder, except as provided in Section 18 below.

 

7.               Partial Indemnification .   If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses incurred in connection with any Claim, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

8.               Mutual Acknowledgment .   Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying, exonerating or holding harmless its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or otherwise.  Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless Indemnitee.

 

9.               Liability Insurance .   To the extent the Company maintains liability insurance applicable to directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policies in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are

 

9



 

provided to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors who are not employees of the Company, if Indemnitee is a director who is not employed by the Company; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is a director of the Company and is also employed by the Company, or is not a director of the Company but is an officer; or in the Company’s sole discretion, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is an employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

10.        Exceptions .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Excluded Action or Omissions .  To indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless Indemnitee for Expenses resulting from acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights under this Agreement or applicable law; provided, however , that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this Section 10(a) regarding the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights to Indemnitee, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim shall have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has engaged in acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Agreement or applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Claims Initiated by Indemnitee .  To indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless or make Expense Advances to Indemnitee with respect to Claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, counterclaim or cross claim, except (i) with respect to actions or proceedings brought to establish or enforce an indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless right under this Agreement or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Covered Events, (ii) in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such Claim or (iii) as otherwise required under Section 145 of the DGCL, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, exoneration, hold harmless right, Expense Advances or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   Lack of Good Faith .  To indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action instituted (i) by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court having jurisdiction over such action determines as provided in Section 13 hereof that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous or (ii) by or in the name of the Company to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court having jurisdiction over such action determines as provided in Section 13 hereof that each of the material defenses asserted by Indemnitee in such action was made in bad faith or was frivolous.

 

(d)                                  Claims Under Section 16(b) or Sarbanes-Oxley Act .  To indemnify, exonerate or hold harmless Indemnitee for expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required

 

10


 

in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); provided, however, that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this Section 10(d) regarding the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or exoneration or hold harmless, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 hereof to receive Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim shall have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has violated said statute.

 

11.  Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, together, shall constitute one instrument.

 

12.  Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns .   This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.  This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary (as applicable) of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request.  [The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors (as defined in Section 18 below) are express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.](2)

 

13.  Expenses Incurred in Action Relating to Enforcement or Interpretation .   In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action (including without limitation attorneys’ fees), regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such action, unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous; provided , however , that until such final judicial determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action.  In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless for all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including without limitation costs and expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee’s

 


(2)  Note to Form :  To be included when applicable.

 

11



 

counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material defenses asserted by Indemnitee in such action was made in bad faith or was frivolous; provided , however , that until such final judicial determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action.

 

14.  Notices .   All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and signed for by the party addressed, on the date of such delivery or (ii) if mailed by domestic certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date postmarked.  Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

15.  Consent to Jurisdiction .   The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be commenced, prosecuted and continued only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, which shall be the exclusive and only proper forum for adjudicating such a claim.

 

16.  Severability .   The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

17.  Choice of Law .   This Agreement, and all rights, remedies, liabilities, powers and duties of the parties to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

18.  Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

 

(a)           [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may in the future have certain indemnification, exoneration, hold harmless or Expense advancement rights and/or insurance provided by [Fund] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”).  The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights for the same Expenses incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without

 

12



 

regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof and (iv) if any Fund Indemnitor is a party to or a participant in a legal proceeding, which participation or involvement arises solely and exclusively as a result of Indemnitee’s service to the Company as a director of the Company, then such Fund Indemnitor shall be entitled to all of the indemnification rights and remedies under this Agreement to the same extent as Indemnitee.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any Claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right to receive from the Company, contribution and/or be subrogated, to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company.](3)

 

(b)           [Except as provided in Section 18(a) above, ][I]n the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee from any insurance policy purchased by the Company, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.  In no event, however, shall the Company or any other person have any right of recovery, through subrogation or otherwise, against (i) Indemnitee, [or] (ii) [any Fund Indemnitor or (iii)](4) any insurance policy purchased or maintained by Indemnitee [or any Fund Indemnitor].

 

19.  Amendment and Termination .   No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

20.  Integration and Entire Agreement .   This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto, including any existing director or officer indemnification agreement; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws, any directors and officers insurance maintained by the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

21.  No Construction as Employment Agreement Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities.

 

22.  Additional Acts .   If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required, the Company undertakes to cause

 


(3)  Note to Form:  To be included when applicable.

(4)  Note to Form:  To be included when applicable.

 

13



 

such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.)

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED OFFICER

 

 

 

Address:

 

4040 Campbell Avenue

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

«INDEMNITEE»

 

 

 

Date: [ · ]

 

 

 

Address:

 

«Address»

 

 

15



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Undertaking

 

AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING FOR ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 145(e) OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

Pursuant to Section 145(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), Section 9.3 of the Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) of Nevro Corp. (the “ Company ”), and Section 3(a) of my Indemnification Agreement with the Company (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”), I understand that I must provide a written undertaking in order for the Company to make Expense Advances to me in connection with [NAME OF PROCEEDING], as well as in any related action, suit or proceeding that is threatened, pending or may be filed in the future in which I am a party, a witness or other participant.

 

The capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

 

I hereby affirm my good-faith belief that I have met the standard of conduct for indemnification imposed by Section 145(d) of the DGCL.  I affirm that in connection with the matters for which I seek Expense Advances, I have acted in good faith and in a manner I reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

 

I hereby undertake to repay the Expense Advances if it is ultimately determined that I am not entitled to be indemnified, exonerated or held harmless therefor by the Company under Section 145 of the DGCL, Article IX of the Bylaws or the Indemnification Agreement.

 

This undertaking is a general, unsecured obligation, and no interest shall be charged hereon.

 

I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this        day of                     , 20    .

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.12(a)

 

March 8, 2011

 

Re:                              Offer Letter

 

Dear Michael:

 

On behalf of Nevro Corp. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company on the terms set forth in this letter (this “ Agreement ”).  We have enjoyed our interactions with you and believe that you will provide the Company with the type of leadership that it needs at this time.  We believe the Company represents an extraordinary opportunity for you as well.

 

1.                                       Position and Duties.   Commencing on March 9, 2011 or such other date as shall be mutually agreed between you and the Company (the date you actually commence employment is referred to herein as the “ Commencement Date ”), you shall serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall also serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).  In addition, the Board will elect you to the position of Chairman, with such election to be effective on the date six months after the Commencement Date.  You shall report directly to the Board.  Your duties and authority as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer shall be prescribed by the Board and shall be commensurate with the duties and authority as are customarily associated with such positions at a company of comparable size and with a similar business as the Company.  Subject to Section 8 below, you agree that while serving as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer under this Agreement you shall commit substantially all of your business time and attention to your positions and duties as described in this Section 1.

 

2.                                       Employment at Will.   Both you and the Company shall have the right to terminate your employment with the Company at any time, with or without cause, and without prior notice.

 

3.                                       Compensation and Benefits.   In consideration for your services to the Company hereunder, you shall receive the following compensation and benefits from the Company.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary.   Your base salary shall be $500,000 per year (as may be adjusted in accordance with this Section 3(a), the “ Base Salary ”), which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices.  The Board or Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”) shall review your Base Salary on a periodic basis, consistent with the Company’s compensation review practices.  During the course of such review, the Board or Compensation Committee may modify your Base Salary and other compensation as it deems appropriate, provided, that neither the Board or the Compensation Committee may reduce your Base Salary except to the extent (i) the reduction, together with any prior reductions, does not exceed 20% of your Base Salary as in effect prior to the first of any such reductions and (ii) the reduction affects all senior management employees of the Company proportionally.

 



 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus.   You shall be provided an annual performance bonus opportunity targeted at fifty percent (50%) of your Base Salary (“ Target Bonus ”) to be earned out based on the achievement of annual performance targets to be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee (the “ Annual Bonus ”).  The targets will be established by the Board or the Compensation Committee after consultation with you at the start of each fiscal year (except for the year 2011 in which case the targets will be set within 60 days following the Commencement Date).  Annual Bonus payments for 2011, as well as for future years, will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee and will be (i) based on achievement of such performance targets, as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, and (ii) except as otherwise provided herein, payable to you at the same time as bonuses for other Company executives are paid and, in any event, prior to March 15 of the year following the year to which such Annual Bonus relates.  Your Annual Bonus will be pro-rated for any partial year of service.

 

(c)                                   Benefits.   You shall be entitled to all rights and benefits for which you are eligible under the terms and conditions of the standard Company benefits and compensation practices that may be in effect from time to time and are provided by the Company to its executive employees generally.

 

(d)                                  Initial Equity Grant .  No later than 45 days following the Commencement Date, the Company shall take such actions as shall be necessary to grant you the right to purchase (the “ Stock Purchase Right ”) the number of shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”) equal to six percent (6%) of the Company’s outstanding capital stock as of the Commencement Date, calculated based on the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company (as defined in the next sentence) at a per-share purchase price equal to the per-share fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant, as determined reasonably by the Board in good faith.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Fully Diluted Capitalization ” includes all outstanding shares of capital stock plus all shares subject to issuance under outstanding options or warrants plus all shares of capital stock reserved for future issuance under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) that are not subject to outstanding options or other equity awards plus, to the extent not already included in the foregoing, all shares purchased by you, or subject to your right to purchase, pursuant to this Section 3(d) and Section 3(f).  The Stock Purchase Right will be granted under the Plan.  Any shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Stock Purchase Right (the “ Restricted Stock ”) shall be subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company at the original purchase price thereof (the “ Right of Repurchase ”).  The Restricted Stock shall vest, and the Right of Repurchase lapse,  with respect to thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the total shares of Restricted Stock on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and with respect to 1/36th of such shares of Restricted Stock on each monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date thereafter so that the Restricted Stock shall be fully vested and the Right of Repurchase fully lapsed on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date, in each case, subject to your continued service to the Company hereunder except as otherwise provided herein.  You will be permitted to purchase the shares of Restricted Stock using a full recourse promissory note, equal to the value of the entire purchase, in a form attached hereto as Exhibit A, to the Company bearing an interest rate equal to the Applicable Federal Rate.  The Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms of the  Plan and a restricted stock purchase agreement (the “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B to be entered into between you and the Company.

 



 

(e)                                   Subsequent Option or Options .  As soon as administratively practicable following a “Subsequent Option Date,” the Company shall take such actions as shall be necessary to grant you an option (a “ Subsequent Option ” or “ Option ”) that, collectively with the Stock Purchase Right and any other Subsequent Option previously granted (the “ Equity Awards ”) shall give you the right to purchase an aggregate number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock based on the “Fully Diluted Capitalization” on the date of grant of such Subsequent Option such that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the Equity Awards represent six percent (6%) of such Fully Diluted Capitalization.  For purposes of this Section 3(e), “Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall include any Common Stock or capital stock of the Company that may be issued in connection with the financing or other transaction in the process of being carried out at the time of the Subsequent Option Date (up to the aggregate $30 million limit discussed in the sentence that immediately follows) plus any shares issuable under the Subsequent Option then being granted to you under this Section 3(e).  “Subsequent Option Date” shall mean a date on which a financing or other transaction (other than the issuance of stock to you pursuant to this Agreement) occurs subsequent to the Commencement Date in which capital stock of the Company is to be issued and which, together with prior financings or other such transactions in all cases occurring subsequent to the Commencement Date, does not exceed $30 million, or if it does, the amount of Common Stock subject to the Subsequent Option being granted shall be determined based on the amount of $30 million less the amount of such prior financings and other transactions in all cases occurring after the Commencement Date, in each case valued as determined in connection with such prior financings or transactions.  The per-share exercise price for a Subsequent Option shall be equal to the per-share fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant, as determined reasonably by the Board in good faith, following its review of a valuation intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and shall be payable using shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Subsequent Option.  A Subsequent Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the shares of the Common Stock subject thereto on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and with respect to 1/36th of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Subsequent Option on each monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date thereafter such that the Subsequent Option shall be fully vested and exercisable on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date, in each case, subject to your continued service to the Company except as provided hereunder.  A Subsequent Option shall be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of and to the maximum extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code without having the exercise price exceed fair market value on the date of grant.  A Subsequent Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and an option agreement (a “ Subsequent Option Agreement ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C to be entered into between you and the Company.

 

(f)                                    Preferred Stock.  Subject to your execution of a stock purchase agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), starting on the Commencement Date you shall be entitled to purchase that number of shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) that represents one percent (1%) of the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company as of the Commencement Date, for a purchase price equal to $0.364 per share.  The right to purchase the Preferred Stock will lapse to the extent unexercised, on the three-month anniversary of the Commencement Date.  Any Preferred Stock purchased by you will be fully vested as of the date of purchase.  In connection with the purchase of Preferred Stock, you will be required to enter into the Company’s Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E

 



 

and Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F.  For the sake of clarification, your rights as Preferred Stockholder shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the agreements set forth in this Section 3(f) and, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, such determination shall be without reference to this Agreement or your employment thereunder.

 

(g)                                  Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse you for business expenses that are reasonable and necessary for you to perform, and were incurred by you in the course of the performance of your duties pursuant to this Agreement and in accordance with the Company’s general policies.   The Company also shall reimburse you for reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with your entering into this Agreement up to a maximum of $15,000.00.  In addition, the Company shall reimburse or directly pay the costs incurred by you for commuting from the Minneapolis, Minnesota area to the Company’s principal offices in Menlo Park, California.  The expenses referred in this Section 3(g) shall be paid directly by the Company or reimbursed upon your submission of vouchers and an expense report in such form as may be required by the Company consistent with the Company’s policies in place from time-to-time.

 

(h)                                  Indemnification .  You shall be entitled to enter into the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement.  In addition, the Company agrees to maintain Directors and Officers Liability Insurance providing a level of protection of no less than $5,000,000 for so long as you serve as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

4.                                       Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control of the Company, subject to your continued employment through the date of such Change in Control, the Options and Restricted Stock shall become immediately and fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested shares subject thereto and the Right of Repurchase thereon shall immediately and fully lapse, in each case, as of immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control.  In all events, you shall be able to cash out your equity to the same extent as and on the same basis that other non-employee shareholders cash out their equity, determined on a class-by-class basis.

 

5.                                       Severance .  Upon your termination of employment, you shall receive any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and other accrued and unpaid compensation, including vacation pay.  If the termination of your employment constitutes a termination by the Company without Cause or a Constructive Termination (each, a “ Covered Termination ”), provided that you first return all Company property in your possession and, within thirty (30) days following the Covered Termination, execute and do not revoke (during any applicable revocation period) a general release of all claims against the Company and its affiliates in the form set forth on Exhibit G (a “ Release ”), you shall also be entitled to receive the severance benefits set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) below.

 

(a)                                  Continued Base Salary and Annual Bonus .  During the Severance Period (as defined below), the Company shall pay you an amount equal to the sum of your annual Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to any reduction giving rise to your right to resign your employment for a Constructive Termination) plus your Target Bonus, to be paid, subject to Section 6 below, in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.  In addition, the Company shall pay you a pro-rated portion of your Target Bonus for the year of termination, such payment to be made as soon as administratively practicable after the Release is no longer subject to revocation.

 



 

(b)                                  COBRA Coverage .  To the extent you elect to continue medical, dental or vision benefits pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) under the Company’s group plans, the Company will directly pay or reimburse you for the cost to continue coverage under COBRA for you and/or your eligible dependents during the period commencing on the date of the Covered Termination and ending upon the last day of the Severance Period (or, if earlier, the date on which you and/or your eligible dependents become eligible for comparable benefits from another employer).

 

(c)                                   Accelerated Vesting .  Your Options and Restricted Stock shall continue to vest and, if applicable, become exercisable and the Right of Repurchase lapse as though you remained employed by the Company during the Severance Period.  In addition, your vested Options, including those that vest pursuant to the preceding sentence, shall remain exercisable until the date that is three months after the date the Severance Period ends.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) a definitive agreement that results in a Change in Control is entered into by the Company prior to your termination of employment or (ii) a Change in Control occurs during the first six months of the  Severance Period, your Options and Restricted Stock shall vest in full, the Right of Repurcahse shall fully lapse and your Options shall become fully exercisable, as of immediately prior to such Change in Control.

 

6.                                       Section 409A.

 

(a)                                  Separation from Service.   Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, the date of your “separation from service,” as defined in section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations promulgated and other guidance  issued thereunder ( collectively, “Section 409A”),  and as determined by applying the default presumptions in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)), shall be treated as the date of your termination of employment for purposes (but only for the purposes) of determining the time of payment of any amount that becomes payable to you hereunder upon your termination of employment and that is properly treated as a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such payment under Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, any amount that becomes payable to you under Section 5(a) upon your termination of employment and that is properly treated as a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such payment under Section 409A, shall be paid to you, or shall commence to be paid to you, on the 40 th  day following the date of your separation from service, and for the purposes of Section 5(a), any payments that would have been paid to you prior to such 40 th  day absent application of this provision shall be paid to you in a cash lump sum on such 40 th  day.

 

(b)                                  Specified Employee.   Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if you are  a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A and determined pursuant to any policies adopted by the Company consistent with Section 409A (a “Specified Employee”)), at the time of your separation from service and if any portion of the payments or benefits to be received by you upon separation from service would be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such payments and benefits under Section 409A) and cannot be paid or provided to you without your incurring taxes, interest or penalties under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable pursuant to this Agreement and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, during the six-month period

 



 

immediately following your separation from service shall  instead be paid or provided on the first business day after the earlier of (i) the expiration of six months from the date of your  separation from service and (ii) the date of your death (such first business day, the “Delayed Payment Date”).  All payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid or commence to be paid on the Delayed Payment Date, and on that date, there shall be paid to you or, if you have died, to your estate, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments due under the Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

 

(c)                                   Expense Reimbursements.   To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses eligible for reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefits under any provision of this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such reimbursements and benefits under Section 409A): (i) reimbursement of any such expense shall be made by the Company as soon as administratively practicable after such expense has been incurred, but in any event by no later than December 31st of the year following the year in which you incur such expense ; (ii) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, during any calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year ; and (iii) your right to receive such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                                  Installments .  Your right to receive any installment payments under this offer letter, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated for purposes of Section 409A as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

7.                                       Definitions.

 

(a)                                  Cause.   The term “ Cause ” means (i) theft or falsification of any employment or Company records committed by you that is not trivial in nature; (ii) malicious or willful, reckless disclosure by you of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information; (iii) commission by you of any immoral or illegal act or any gross or willful misconduct, where a majority of the non-employee members of the Board reasonably determines that such act or misconduct has (A) seriously undermined the ability of the Board to entrust you with important matters or otherwise work effectively with you, (B) contributed to the Company’s loss of significant revenues or business opportunities, or (C) significantly and detrimentally affected the business or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and/or (iv) the willful failure or refusal by you to follow the reasonable and lawful directives of the Board, provided such failure or refusal continues after your receipt of reasonable notice in writing of such failure or refusal and an opportunity of not less than thirty (30) days to correct the problem.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you without a good faith belief that your action or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Change in Control.   The term “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, by means of any

 



 

transaction or series of related transactions, in which the Company’s stockholders as constituted immediately prior to such transaction(s) hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation; (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction; (iii) it constitutes the Company’s initial public offering of its securities or (iv) it is a transaction effected primarily for the purpose of financing the Company with cash (as determined by the Board in its discretion and without regard to whether such transaction is effectuated by a merger, equity financing or otherwise).  For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a transaction in which a single person or entity acquires fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the Company be deemed to have been effected primarily for the purpose of financing the Company with cash.

 

(c)                                   Constructive Termination.   The term “ Constructive Termination ” means your right to resign from employment with the Company after providing written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days after one or more of the following events occurs without your consent provided such event remains uncured thirty (30) days after your delivery to the Company of written notice thereof: (i) failure to grant (or authorize the necessary number of shares) the Stock Purchase Right within 60 days of the Commencement Date or the failure to grant (or authorize the necessary number of shares) a Subsequent Option within 60 days of a Subsequent Option Date; (ii) a reduction in your authority, duties and responsibilities as President and Chief Executive Officer (or after you are appointed Chairman, the removal of you as Chairman), including a material reduction of authority, duties and responsibilities which results from your no longer serving as an officer of the Company; (iii) failure to elect or reelect you as a member of the Board; (iv) a material reduction by the Company in your Base Salary or your Target Bonus in effect immediately prior to such reduction, except in connection with a reduction in salary, which, together with any prior reductions, does not exceed 20% of such salary as in effect prior to the first of any such reductions and which affects all senior management employees of the Company proportionally; (v) the Company’s material breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement , any Option Agreement, the Restricted Stock Agreement, the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement or the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (vi) a requirement that you relocate your current residence or (vii) the failure of any entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a Change in Control to assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Severance Period.   The term “ Severance Period ” means the period of time commencing upon the date on which your employment terminates and ending on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date on which your employment terminates or (ii) the date you take any action which, if you were employed by the Company, would breach the terms of your Confidentiality Agreement.

 

8.                                       Covenants.   To the extent that you have not already done so, please disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed.  The Company understands that you have an agreement with a prior employer that restricts your solicitation activities.  The Company agrees that the non-solicitation agreement

 



 

with that prior employer does not conflict with any provisions of this Agreement.  Except for this, it is the Company’s understanding that there is not any other agreement with a prior employer that would restrict you in performing the duties of your position with the Company and you represent that such is the case.  Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment by the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to a business involved in the development, manufacturing and/or marketing of a spinal cord neuro-stiumlation for the treatment of pain or any other specific business the Company actively pursues during your employment (a “Competing Business”), nor will you engage in any other activities that materially conflict with your obligations to the Company.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company acknowledges that you shall not be prevented from being employed or otherwise providing services to a Competing Business following the termination of your employment hereunder, subject to your continuing obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement.  You have discussed with the Company your outside-based activities including board directorships listed in Exhibit H hereto and the Company agrees that those activities do not conflict with your obligations to the Company.  You agree not to bring any third-party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, you may serve in any capacity with any civic, educational or charitable organization, and subject to the prior approval of the Board, you may also serve as a member of the board of directors of a company that is not a Competing Business or as a consultant to a venture capital firm, provided that such service does not materially interfere with your duties and responsibilities to the Company hereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company acknowledges that the board service and consulting arrangements you are currently engaged in and listed on Exhibit H hereto do not currently conflict with your duties and obligations to the Company.

 

9.                                       Confidentiality.   As a condition to your employment hereunder, you must enter into the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) attached hereto as Exhibit I , the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.  Except as otherwise provided expressly in this Agreement (including the termination of the Severance Period upon the taking of any action that would breach the Confidentiality Agreement) or in the Confidentiality Agreement, there are no restrictions on your activities following the termination of your employment hereunder.

 

10.                                Parachute Payments.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, or of any other agreement between you and the Company or any plan maintained by the Company pursuant to which you are entitled to any “Contingent Payments” (as defined in Exhibit J hereto), to the contrary, in the event that the Company undergoes a “280G Change in Control” (as defined in Exhibit J hereto), the provisions set forth in Exhibit J hereto shall apply.

 

11.                                Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Complete Agreement.   This Agreement, collectively with applicable terms of the Plan and the agreements set forth in Exhibits A through G, and I through J, sets forth the terms of your employment by the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews, or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral.  In the

 



 

event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and those of any other plan, program, agreement or other arrangement of the Company relating to you, the terms herein shall prevail.  This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect during your employment with the Company and, in the event of any termination or expiration of this Agreement or your employment, the obligations of the Company shall survive such expiration or termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties as embodied in this Agreement (including, without limitation, your rights to severance upon a termination without Cause or a Constructive Termination and your obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement).

 

(b)                                  Withholding .  You acknowledge that all amounts and benefits payable under this Agreement are subject to withholding requirements under applicable law.

 

(c)                                   Advisors. You acknowledge and agree that you have had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent legal counsel and such other professional advisors as you have deemed necessary or appropriate prior to executing this Agreement.  You have read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Amendments.  This Agreement, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized member of the Board or officer of the Company and you.

 

(e)                                   Counterparts.   This Agreement may be signed in counterparts and the counterparts taken together shall constitute one agreement.

 

(f)                                    Arbitration .  Unless otherwise prohibited by law or specified below, all disputes, claims and causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to this Agreement or its enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation shall be resolved solely and exclusively by final and binding arbitration held in San Mateo County, California through Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services/Endispute (“ JAMS ”) in conformity with the then-existing JAMS employment arbitration rules and California law.  However, nothing in this Section is intended to prevent either party from seeking injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.  The Company shall bear the costs of any such arbitration.

 

(g)                                  Successors and Assigns.   This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by you and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that you may not assign your rights or delegate your duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company (provided that if you should die while any payment, benefit or entitlement is due to you hereunder or pursuant to any other agreement, such payment, benefit or entitlement shall be paid or provided to your designated beneficiary, or, if there is no designated beneficiary, to your estate).  In addition, no rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Company without yoru prior written consent, except that such rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred pursuant to a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or a sale, liquidation or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and assume the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company under this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law.

 



 

(h)                                  Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts made and to be performed entirely within California.

 

To indicate your acceptance of the terms and conditions herein, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me by March 9, 2011.  A duplicate original is enclosed for your records.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Konstantinos Alataris

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Konstantinos Alataris

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael DeMane

 

9 March, 2011

Michael DeMane

 

Date

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

FULL RECOURSE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$[                ]

 

Menlo Park, California

 

 

March [    ] , 2011

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, effective as of the date set forth above (the “ Effective Date ”) the undersigned, Michael DeMane, an individual (“ Borrower ”), promises to pay to Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [                      ] ($[            ]), with interest from the date hereof on the unpaid principal balance under this “ Note ” at the rate of [Applicable Federal Rate on date of issuance]% compounded annually (on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed), provided , that in no event shall the interest on this Note exceed the maximum rate of nonusurious interest permitted by law to be charged by the Lender to Borrower (and to the extent permitted by law, interest on any overdue principal or interest thereon).  Except as otherwise provided below, the principal amount of this Note together with all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable upon the first to occur of (i) termination of Borrower’s employment with Lender for any reason, (ii) immediately prior to this Note becoming prohibited under Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (iii) three years from the date of this Note, (iv) a Change in Control (as defined in the Offer Letter between Borrower and Lender) or (v) the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the first date after the Effective Date on which Borrower is no longer restricted, by Company policy or applicable law, from selling common stock of the Lender.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, the principal amount of this Note together with all accrued but unpaid interest shall be discharged on a quarterly basis in arrears on a pro rata basis over three years from the date of this Note on each three-month anniversary of this Note, so long as Borrower continues to provide services to the Lender, such that if Borrower is providing services to the Lender on the three year anniversary of this Note, all accrued but unpaid interest shall be discharged effective as of the three year anniversary of this Note.  Further notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, so long as the Borrower is providing services to the Lender as of immediately prior to a Change in Control, the principal amount of this Note together with all accrued but unpaid interest shall be discharged in full upon a Change in Control.

 

All payments under this Note shall be made to Lender or its order, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds delivered to Lender at the offices of Lender at its then principal place of business or at such other place as Lender or any holder hereof shall designate in writing for such purpose from time to time.  All amounts due under this Note shall be payable without defense, set off or counterclaim.  Borrower explicitly agrees that Lender shall be entitled to deduct from other sums due to Borrower by Lender, including, without limitation, wages, any amounts which become due and payable to Lender hereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, Lender may deduct from Borrower’s final pay check any principal and interest due hereunder in connection with Borrower’s termination of employment with Lender.

 

Each payment under this Note shall be applied in the following order:  (i) to the payment of costs and expenses provided for under this Note; (ii) to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest; and (iii) to the payment of outstanding principal.  Lender and each holder hereof shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and reapply any and all payments under this Note.

 

This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time, upon written notice of Borrower’s intention to make any such prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of such

 



 

prepayment.  Any prepayment shall be without premium or penalty except that interest shall be paid to the date of payment on the principal amount prepaid.  After any such prepayment, interest shall be computed on the principal balance due after deducting the principal portion of such prepayment.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below), the holder of this Note may, at its option, without notice to or demand upon Borrower or any other party, declare immediately due and payable the entire principal balance hereof together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus any other amounts then owing pursuant to this Note, whereupon the same shall be immediately due and payable.  The occurrence of any one or more of the following events or conditions shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note:  (i) the Borrower fails to make any payment or materially breaches any other covenant or agreement under the Note and fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice to Borrower, (ii) the Borrower makes or has made or furnishes or has furnished, any material written warranty, representation or statement to the Lender in connection with the Note which is or was false or misleading when made or furnished, (iii) the Borrower commences or proposes to commence any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal, state or other law for the relief of debtors, (iv) the Borrower fails to obtain dismissal, within ninety (90) days after commencement thereof, of any bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization proceeding or other proceeding for relief under any bankruptcy law, including, without limitation, the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or any law for the relief of debtors, instituted against the Borrower by one or more third parties, fails to oppose actively such proceeding, or, in any such proceeding defaults or files an answer admitting the material allegations upon which the proceeding was based, or alleges its willingness to have an order for relief entered or its desire to seek liquidation, reorganization or adjustment of its debts, and (v) any receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the assets of Borrower.

 

The Borrower hereby pledges and grants to Lender, as security for the obligations of Borrower under this Note, including without limitation the timely payment of the principal and interest under this Note, a security interest in the following collateral (the “ Pledged Collateral ”):  (i) subject to subsection (ii), all common stock issued pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement referenced in Borrower’s offer letter with the Company dated on or about March 8, 2011 (the “ Pledged Stock ”) and the certificates representing the Pledged Stock, and all dividends, cash, instruments, chattel paper and other rights, property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Stock and all proceeds of the foregoing, and (ii) notwithstanding subsection (i) or anything in this Note to the contrary, in the event of the sale or other disposition of any shares of the Pledged Stock, Pledged Collateral shall not include the cash or check proceeds of such sale or other disposition in excess of the obligations outstanding under this Note.

 

All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Collateral shall be delivered to and held by the Lender pursuant hereto.  Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall execute and deliver instruments of transfer or assignment in blank in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.  The Lender shall have the right, at any time in its discretion and without notice to Borrower following the occurrence of an Event of Default, to transfer to or to register in the name of the Lender or any of its nominees any or all of the Pledged Collateral.  In addition, the Lender shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Pledged Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.  The Borrower agrees that Borrower will not, except as permitted by this Note:  (i) sell or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral, or (ii) enter into any other contractual obligations which may restrict or inhibit the Lender’s rights or ability to sell or otherwise dispose of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note, Borrower hereby agrees that Lender, or any other holder of the Note in enforcing its rights and remedies hereunder and

 

2



 

under any other documents and instruments executed by Borrower in connection herewith, shall have recourse to, and the right to proceed against, Borrower personally and any of his assets for any obligation, covenant or agreement of any kind hereunder whatsoever, and specifically acknowledges that Lender’s remedies are not limited to recourse against the Pledged Collateral held by the Borrower.

 

No waiver or modification of any of the terms of this Note shall be valid or binding unless set forth in a writing specifically referring to this Note and signed by a duly authorized officer of Lender or any holder of this Note, and then only to the extent specifically set forth therein.

 

If any Event of Default occurs regarding any payment due under this Note, Borrower and all guarantors and endorsers hereof, and their successors and assigns, promise to pay all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by each holder hereof in collecting or attempting to collect the indebtedness under this Note, whether or not any action or proceeding is commenced.  None of the provisions hereof and none of the holder’s rights or remedies under this Note on account of any past or future Events of Default shall be deemed to have been waived by the holder’s acceptance of any past due installments or by any indulgence granted by the holder to Borrower.

 

Borrower and all guarantors and endorsers hereof, and their successors and assigns, hereby waive presentment, demand, diligence, protest and notice of every kind, and agree that they shall remain liable for all amounts due under this Note notwithstanding any extension of time or change in the terms of payment of this Note granted by any holder hereof, any change, alteration or release of any Pledged Collateral or any delay or failure by the holder hereof to exercise any rights under this Note.  Borrower and all guarantors and endorsers hereof, and their successors and assigns, hereby waive the right to plead any and all statutes of limitation as a defense to a demand under this Note to the full extent permitted by law.

 

Lender may, at its sole discretion and in its sole discretion, at any time or from time to time offset amounts owed to Borrower by Lender against the obligations of Borrower hereunder.

 

This Note shall inure to the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns and shall bind the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Borrower.  Each reference herein to powers or rights of Lender shall also be deemed a reference to the same power or right of such assignees, to the extent of the interest assigned to them.

 

In the event that any one or more provisions of this Note shall be held to be illegal, invalid or otherwise unenforceable, the same shall not affect any other provision of this Note and the remaining provisions of this Note shall remain in full force and effect.

 

This Note comprises the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the agreement of the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements and communications, whether oral, written or otherwise, concerning any and all matters contained herein and therein.  This Note may be modified only by a written agreement executed by Borrower and Lender.

 

This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles thereof relating to conflicts of law; provided, that Lender and each holder hereof reserves any and all rights it may have under federal law, including without limitation those relating to the charging of interest.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael DeMane

 

4


 

EXHIBIT B
NEVRO CORPORATION

 

2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT GRANT NOTICE AND
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to its 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), Nevro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the Purchaser listed below (“ Purchaser ”), the right to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Shares ”) at the purchase price set forth below (the “ Stock Purchase Right ”).  This Stock Purchase Right is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein, in the Plan and in the certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”), each of which is incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Purchase Right Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

Purchaser:

Michael DeMane

 

 

Date of Grant:

March [    ], 2011

 

 

Vesting Start Date:

March [    ], 2011

 

 

Purchase Price per Share:

[$0.06]

 

 

Number of Shares:

[10,007,603]

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

The Shares subject to this Share Purchase Right shall vest and be released from the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement) according to the following schedule:

 

Thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Shares shall be released from the Company’s Repurchase Option on the first anniversary of the Vesting Start Date and 1/36 th  of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Company’s Repurchase Option on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Start Date thereafter so that 100% of the Shares shall be released from such Repurchase Option on the third (3rd) anniversary of the Vesting Start Date, subject to Purchaser remaining a Service Provider through each such vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option following a termination of service to the extent provided in that certain offer letter agreement entered into between Purchaser and the Company as of March 9, 2011 (the “Offer Letter”), the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Grant

 



 

 

Notice or the Agreement and the Offer Letter, the terms of the Offer Letter shall prevail.

 

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, Purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and this Grant Notice. Purchaser has reviewed the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands the provisions of this Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and the Plan. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator of the Plan upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. If Purchaser is married, his or her spouse has signed the Consent of Spouse attached to this Grant Notice as Exhibit D .

 

NEVRO CORPORATION:

 

PURCHASER:

By:

 

 

By:

 

Print Name:

 

 

Print Name:

Michael DeMane

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TO STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT GRANT NOTICE

 

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Right Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, Nevro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) has granted to Purchaser (as defined in the Grant Notice) the right to purchase the number of shares of Restricted Stock under the Nevro Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) indicated in the Grant Notice.

 

1.                                      General .

 

(a)                                 Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

 

(b)                                 Incorporation of Terms of Plan .  The Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

2.                                      Grant of Restricted Stock .

 

(a)                                 Grant of Restricted Stock .  In consideration of Purchaser’s agreement to remain in the employ of the Company or its Subsidiaries, if Purchaser is an Employee, or to continue to provide services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if Purchaser is a Consultant, or to serve as a Director, if Purchaser is a Director, and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company irrevocably grants to Purchaser the right to purchase the Shares, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Purchase Price .  The purchase price of the Shares shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Purchase Price shall be paid by cash or check.

 

(c)                                  Issuance of Shares .  The issuance of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement by the parties or on such other date as the Company and Purchaser shall agree (the “ Issuance Date ).  Subject to the provisions of Section 3 below, on the Issuance Date, the Company shall issue the Shares (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name).

 

(d)                                 Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates .  The Shares, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares or issued shares which have then been reacquired by the Company.  Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any Shares prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 



 

(i)                                     The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which the Company’s Common Stock is then listed; and

 

(ii)                                  The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; and

 

(iii)                               The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and

 

(iv)                              The receipt by the Company of full payment for such Shares, including payment of all amounts which, under federal, state or local tax law, the Company (or other employer corporation) is required to withhold upon issuance of such Shares; and

 

(v)                                 The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the Issuance Date as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

(e)                                  Consideration to the Company .  In consideration of the issuance of the Shares by the Company, Purchaser agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary.  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon Purchaser any right to (a) continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Purchaser, if Purchaser is an Employee, or (b) continue to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the services of Purchaser, if Purchaser is a Consultant, at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company and Purchaser.

 

3.                                      Repurchase Option .

 

(a)                                 If Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason, the Company or its assignee shall have the right and option to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, in one or more installments, all or any portion of Purchaser’s Unreleased Shares as of the date on which Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider at the purchase price paid by Purchaser for such Shares in connection with the Stock Purchase Rights (the “ Repurchase Option ”), provided , that as of any date that the Company or its assignee elects to exercise its Repurchase Option, the Company and its assignee shall not exercise the Repurchase Option with respect to any Shares that, pursuant to the Offer Letter, could still become vested following such date.

 

(b)                                 The Company may exercise its Repurchase Option in one or more installments by delivering, personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or

 

2



 

legal representative, as the case may be), within fifteen (15) months following the date on which Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option and setting forth a date for closing not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice. The closing shall take place at the Company’s office.  At the closing, the holder of the certificates for the Unreleased Shares being transferred shall deliver the stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Unreleased Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price therefor.

 

(c)                                  At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the Unreleased Shares to a bank selected by the Company.  The Company shall avail itself of this option by a notice in writing to Purchaser stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

 

(d)                                 If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within fifteen (15) months following the date on which Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

 

(e)                                  One hundred percent (100%) of the Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option.  The Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (including following a termination of service to the extent provided in the Offer Letter) until all Shares are released from the Repurchase Option.  Fractional Shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

 

(f)                                   Any Shares which from time to time have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option pursuant to Section 3(e) above shall be referred to herein as “ Unreleased Shares .”

 

4.                                      Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .

 

(a)                                 Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company from time to time, to transfer the Unreleased Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

 

(b)                                 To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unreleased Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 3, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company from time to time as escrow agent, as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unreleased Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company from time to time, the share certificate(s) representing the Unreleased Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit B .  The Unreleased Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Secretary, or such other person designated by the Company from time to time, in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option as provided in Section 3, until such Unreleased Shares are vested, or until such

 

3



 

time as the Repurchase Option no longer is in effect.  As a further condition to the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, the spouse of Purchaser, if any, shall execute and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse attached hereto as Exhibit D .  Upon vesting of the Unreleased Shares, the escrow agent shall promptly deliver to Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the escrow agent’s possession belonging to Purchaser, and the escrow agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the escrow agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as escrow agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                  The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

(d)                                 Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by Section 5 of this Agreement and any applicable state and federal securities laws.  Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all of the provisions hereof and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.  Any transfer or attempted transfer of any of the Shares not in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be void and the Company may enforce the terms of this Agreement by stop transfer instructions or similar actions by the Company and its agents or designees.

 

5.                                      Purchaser’s Rights to Transfer Shares .

 

(a)                                 Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any permitted transferee (each, a “ Holder ”) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (each, a “ Transfer ”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares proposed to be Transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(i)                                     Notice of Proposed Transfer .  In the event any Holder desires to Transfer any Shares, the Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (w) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares; (x) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (y) the number of Shares to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (z) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to Transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer such Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(ii)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees.  The purchase price shall be determined in accordance with Section 5(a)(iii) hereof.

 

(iii)                               Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“ Repurchase Price ”) for the Shares repurchased under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes

 

4



 

consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(iv)                              Payment .  Payment of the Repurchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times mutually agreed to by the Company and the Holder.

 

(v)                                 Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be Transferred are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise Transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 and the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, if applicable, shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such 120-day period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal as provided herein before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

 

(b)                                 Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the Transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Purchaser’s lifetime or upon the Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to the Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal.  As used herein, “ Immediate Family ” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so Transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and there shall be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

 

(c)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon a sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (a “ Public Offering ”).

 

5



 

6.                                      Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties .  This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

 

7.                                      Adjustment for Stock Split .  All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made by the Company after the date of this Agreement.

 

8.                                      Notices .  Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at its principal executive office.

 

9.                                      Survival of Terms .  This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

 

6



 

10.                               Section 83(b) Election for Unreleased Shares .  Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the purchase of Unreleased Shares, that unless an election is filed by Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (and similar state tax provisions if applicable) to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there will be a recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser, measured by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares, at the time the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses over the purchase price for the Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultant(s) Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase of the Shares or the filing of the Election under Section 83(b) and similar tax provisions.

 

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

 

11.                               Representations .  Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.  Purchaser understands that Purchaser (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

12.                               Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                 Any share certificate(s) evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legends and any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF REPURCHASE IN FAVOR OF NEVRO CORPORATION. (THE “ COMPANY ”) AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF

 

7


 

COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not be required: (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

13.                                Titles .  Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

14.                                Conformity to Securities Laws .  Purchaser acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Shares are to be issued, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. Purchaser shall not transfer in any manner the Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, without regard to whether such Shares are no longer subject to the Repurchase Option, unless (i) the transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations in effect thereunder or (ii) counsel for the Company shall have reasonably concluded that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

15.                                Market Standoff Agreement .  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, Purchaser shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any of the Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters.  Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market

 

8



 

Stand-Off shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 15.

 

16.                                Further Instruments .  Purchaser hereby agrees to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement including, without limitation, the Investment Representation Statement, in the form attached to the Grant Notice as Exhibit E .

 

17.                                Governing Law; Severability .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.  Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

18.                                Rules Particular To Specific Countries .

 

(a)                                  Generally .  Generally.  Purchaser shall, if required by the Administrator, enter into an election with the Company or a Subsidiary (in a form approved by the Company) under which any liability to the Company’s (or a Subsidiary’s) Tax Liability, including, but not limited to, National Insurance Contributions (“NICs”) and Fringe Benefit Tax (“FBT”), is transferred to and met by Purchaser.  For purposes of this Section 18, Tax Liability shall mean any and all liability under applicable non-U.S. laws, rules or regulations from any income tax, the Company’s (or a Subsidiary’s) NICs, FBT or similar liability and the Optionee’s NICs, FBT or similar liability under non-U.S. laws that are attributable to: (A) the grant of, or any other benefit derived by the Purchaser from the Shares; (B) the acquisition by Purchaser of the Shares; or (C) the disposal of any Shares acquired.

 

(b)                                  Tax Indemnity .  Purchaser shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and any of its Subsidiaries from and against any Tax Liability.

 

*     *     *     *     *

 

9



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, Michael DeMane, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                   (                    ) shares of the Common Stock of Nevro Corporation registered in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.            herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                        to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

This Assignment Separate from Certificate may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Nevro Corporation and the undersigned dated                             ,           .

 

Dated:                               ,

 

 

Signature:

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS:  Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.  The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise the Repurchase Option, as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser .

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

 

,

 

Secretary

Nevro Corporation

 

 

As Escrow Agent for both Nevro Corporatio (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (“ Agreement ”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

 

1 .                                       In the event the Company or any entitled parties (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “ Company ”) exercises the Company’s Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company.  Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

 

2 .                                       At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or a combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s Repurchase Option.

 

3 .                                       Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement.  Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute, with respect to such securities, all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities.  Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3 and to the terms of the Agreement, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

 



 

4 .                                       Upon written request of Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option.  Within one hundred twenty (120) days after Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or any other entitled parties pursuant to exercise of the Company’s Repurchase Option.

 

5 .                                       If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 

6 .                                       Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7 .                                       You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.  You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

8 .                                       You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court.  In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

 

9 .                                       You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

 

10 .                                You shall not be liable for the expiration of any rights under any applicable state, federal or local statute of limitations or similar statute or regulation with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

 

11 .                                You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

 

2



 

12 .                                Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party.  In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

13 .                                If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

14 .                                It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

15 .                                Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at such addresses as a party may designate by written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

16 .                                By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

 

17 .                                This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

18 .                                These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Joint Escrow Instructions shall be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

NEVRO CORPORATION.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Michael DeMane

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESCROW AGENT

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

4


 

EXHIBIT D

 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

 

I,                                         , spouse of Michael DeMane, have read and approve the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 9, 2011, between my spouse and Nevro Corporation.  In consideration of granting of the right to my spouse to purchase shares of Nevro Corporation set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

Dated:                               ,

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Spouse

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER

:

Michael DeMane

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Nevro Corporation

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

[10,007,603] Shares

 

 

 

DATE

:

March [    ], 2011

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securitie s”) of Nevro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

1.                                       Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Purchaser is acquiring these Securities for investment for Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

2.                                       Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Purchaser understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Purchaser’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future.  Purchaser further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws or agreements.

 

3.                                       Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer

 



 

qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Stock Purchase Right to the Purchaser, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may under present law be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including:  (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Exchange Act); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Stock Purchase Right, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months, or, in the event the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, not less than one year, after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above or, in the case of a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than one year, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in section (2) of the paragraph immediately above..

 

4.                                       Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Purchaser understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

 

Signature of Purchaser:

 

 

 

 

 

Purchaser

 

Date:                                               ,

 

2



 

FORM OF 83(B) ELECTION AND INSTRUCTIONS

 

These instructions are provided to assist you if you choose to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, with respect to the shares of common stock of Nevro Corporation transferred to you.  Please consult with your personal tax advisor as to whether an election of this nature will be in your best interests in light of your personal tax situation.

 

The executed original of the Section 83(b) election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service not later than 30 days after the date the shares were transferred to you.  PLEASE NOTE: There is no remedy for failure to file on time.  The steps outlined below should be followed to ensure the election is mailed and filed correctly and in a timely manner.  ALSO, PLEASE NOTE:  If you make the Section 83(b) election, the election is irrevocable.

 

Complete Section 83(b) election form (attached as Attachment 1 ) and make four (4) copies of the signed election form. (Your spouse, if any, should sign the Section 83(b) election form as well.)

 

Prepare the cover letter to the Internal Revenue Service (sample letter attached as Attachment 2 ).

 

Send the cover letter with the originally executed Section 83(b) election form and one (1) copy via certified mail, return receipt requested to the Internal Revenue Service at the address of the Internal Revenue Service where you file your personal tax returns.  We suggest that you have the package date-stamped at the post office.  The post office will provide you with a certified receipt that includes a dated postmark.  Enclose a self-addressed, stamped envelope so that the Internal Revenue Service may return a date-stamped copy to you.  However, your postmarked receipt is your proof of having timely filed the Section 83(b) election if you do not receive confirmation from the Internal Revenue Service.

 

One (1) copy must be sent to Nevro Corporation for its records and one (1) copy must be attached to your federal income tax return for the applicable calendar year .

 

Retain the Internal Revenue Service file stamped copy (when returned) for your records.

 

Please consult your personal tax advisor for the address of the office of the Internal Revenue Service to which you should mail your election form.

 



 

ATTACHMENT 1

 

ELECTION UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 83(B)

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of shares (the “ Shares ”) of Common Stock of Nevro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned taxpayer are:

 

Michael DeMane

 

 

 

 

 

SSN:

 

 

 

The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the Taxpayer’s spouse are (complete if applicable):

 

 

 

 

 

SSN:

 

 

Description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

[Ten million seven thousand six hundred three] ([10,007,603]) shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

The date on which the property was transferred was March [    ], 2011.  The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 2011.

 

Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject:

 

The Shares are subject to repurchase by the Company or its assignee upon the occurrence of certain events.  This repurchase right lapses based upon the continued performance of services by the taxpayer over time.

 

The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restrictions, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(i)) of the Shares was $[0.06] per Share.

 

The amount paid by the taxpayer for Shares was $[0.06] per share.

 

A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

 

Dated:                           ,

Taxpayer Signature

 

 



 

The undersigned spouse of Taxpayer joins in this election. (Complete if applicable).

 

Dated:                             ,

Spouse’s Signature

 

 

Signature(s) Notarized by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

ATTACHMENT 2

 

SAMPLE COVER LETTER TO INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

 

                        ,            

 

VIA CERTIFIED MAIL
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

 

Internal Revenue Service
[Address where taxpayer files returns]

 

Re:

Election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986

 

Taxpayer: Michael DeMane

 

Taxpayer’s Social Security Number:

 

Taxpayer’s Spouse:

 

Taxpayer’s Spouse’s Social Security Number:

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Enclosed please find an original and one copy of an Election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, being made by the taxpayer referenced above. Please acknowledge receipt of the enclosed materials by stamping the enclosed copy of the Election and returning it to me in the self-addressed stamped envelope provided herewith.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enclosures

 

cc:                                 Nevro Corporation

 


 

EXHIBIT C

NEVRO CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of this «Day» day of «Month», «Year», (the “Grant Date”) by and between Nevro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Michael DeMane (“Optionee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to the Nevro Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), wishes to grant this stock option to Optionee;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .  The Company hereby grants to Optionee the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of «Shares» shares (the “Shares”) of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company at the price of $«Per_Share» per Share on the terms and conditions set forth herein.  It is understood and agreed that such price is not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of each such Share on the date of this Agreement.  The Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement which are not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Duration and Exerciseability .  The Option may not be exercised by Optionee except as set forth herein, and the Option shall in all events terminate ten years from the date hereof.  Subject to the other terms and conditions set forth herein, the Option shall vest and may be exercised by Optionee in cumulative installments as follows:

 

Thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/36 th  of the total number of shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter so that 100% of the shares subject to the Option shall have vested and become exercisable as of the third (3rd) anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionee remaining a Service Provider through each such vesting date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable on an accelerated basis to the extent provided in that certain offer letter agreement entered into between Purchaser and the Company as of March 8, 2011 (the “Offer Letter”) and shall remain exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Offer Letter.  The terms and conditions of the Offer Letter are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Vesting Commencement Date: March [    ], 2011

 

During the lifetime of Optionee, the Option shall be exercisable only by Optionee.  The Option shall not be assignable or transferable by Optionee, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  The vesting of the Option is subject to acceleration under the circumstances described in Section 4.

 



 

3.                                       Effect of Termination of Relationship with the Company .

 

(a)                                  In the event that Optionee shall cease to be employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, for any reason other than Optionee’s gross and willful misconduct or Optionee’s death or disability, Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option at any time within three months (or such longer period of time as may be specified in the Offer Letter) after such termination of employment to the extent of the full number of Shares Optionee was entitled to purchase under the Option on the date of termination (after giving effect to any accelerated vesting provided by the Offer Letter), subject to the condition that the Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

(b)                                  In the event that Optionee shall cease to be employed by the Company or its subsidiaries by reason of Optionee’s gross and willful misconduct during the course of his/her employment with the Company (as reasonably determined by the Company), the Option shall terminate as of the date of the misconduct and shall not be exercisable thereafter.

 

(c)                                   If Optionee shall die while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, or within three months after termination of his/her employment with the Company for any reason other than gross and willful misconduct, or if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated because the Optionee has become disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and Optionee shall not have fully exercised the Option, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months after the date of Optionee’s death or termination of employment because of disability by the legal representative or, if applicable, guardian of Optionee or by any person to whom the Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution to the extent of the full number of Shares Optionee was entitled to purchase under the Option on the date of death (or termination of his/her employment, if earlier) or termination of Optionee’s employment because of disability and subject to the condition that the Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

(d)                                  With respect to the Option and any other incentive stock option granted to Optionee, Optionee understands that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of the Option and each other such incentive stock option) of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option and all other incentive stock options which become exercisable for the first time by Optionee during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, then, in accordance with Section 422(d) of the Code, the portion of the Option and any such other incentive stock options that exceed $100,000 shall be treated as options that do not qualify as incentive stock options.

 

(e)                                   For purposes of this Agreement Optionee’s employment will cease when the employee-employer relationship between the Optionee and the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding:  (a) a termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of the Optionee by the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) a termination where there is a simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship or continuing consulting relationship between the Optionee and the Company or any Subsidiary, or (c) if the Optionee continues to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary, in which case Optionee’s

 

2



 

employment will cease on the date Optionee no longer is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary, no longer performs services as a consultant, or is no longer a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any Subsidiary.  The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to terminations of employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its discretion, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an consultant or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a termination of employment if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section.

 

4.                                       Change in Control

 

(a)                                  Subject to the accelerated vesting provided in the Offer Letter, in the event that a “Change in Control” (as hereinafter defined) occurs, (i) all outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement pursuant to which such Change in Control is consummated and (ii) the vesting schedule of the Options held by Optionee shall accelerate such that on the date the Change in Control is completed, 50% of any then-unvested shares subject to the Options held by Optionee shall immediately vest, irrespective of which of the provisions described in clauses (i) through (v) below are set forth in the agreement pursuant to which such Change in Control is consummated (except in the case of clause (iv), in which case 100% of the Options would become vested).  Such agreement shall provide for one or more of the following:

 

(i)                                      The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

 

(ii)                                   The assumption of such outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such Options are ISOs).

 

(iii)                                The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new options for such outstanding Options in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such Options are ISOs).

 

(iv)                               Full exercisability of such outstanding Options and full vesting of the Shares subject to such Options, followed by the cancellation of such Options.  The full exercisability of such Options and full vesting of the Shares subject to such Options may be contingent on the closing of such Change in Control.  The Optionees shall be able to exercise such Options during a period of not less than five full business days preceding the closing date of such Change in Control, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of such Change in Control and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise such Options.  Any exercise of such Options during such period may be contingent on the closing of such Change in Control.

 

(v)                                  The cancellation of such outstanding Options and a payment to the Optionee equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such

 

3



 

Options (whether or not such Options are then exercisable or such Shares are then vested) as of the closing date of such Change in Control over (B) their aggregate exercise price.  Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent with a Fair Market Value equal to the required amount.  Such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when such Options would have become exercisable or such Shares would have vested.  Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Optionee’s continuing service to the Company or its affiliates, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Optionee than the schedule under which such Options would have become exercisable or such Shares would have vested.  If the aggregate exercise price of the Shares subject to such Options exceeds the Fair Market Value of such Shares by greater than ten percent (10%) of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, then such Options may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionee.  For purposes of this Section 4(a)(v), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security.

 

(b)                                  A “Change in Control” of the Company shall mean (i) any reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, in which the Company’s stockholders as constituted immediately prior to such transaction(s) hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity; (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iii) the determination of a majority of the Continuing Directors, in their sole and absolute discretion, that there has been a Change in Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation; (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction; (iii) it constitutes the Company’s initial public offering of its securities or (iv) it is a transaction effected primarily for the purpose of financing the Company with cash (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in its discretion and without regard to whether such transaction is effectuated by a merger, equity financing or otherwise).

 

(c)                                   “Continuing Director” shall mean any person who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, while such person is a member of the Board of Directors, who is not an Acquiring Person, an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or a representative of an Acquiring Person or of any such Affiliate or Associate and who (i) was a member of the Company’s Board of Directors on the date of grant of the Option or (ii) subsequently became a member of the Board of Directors, upon the nomination or recommendation, or with the approval of, a majority of the Continuing Directors.

 

5.                                       Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)                                  The Option may only be exercised by Optionee or other proper party within the option period by delivering written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal executive office.  The notice shall state the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the option price for all of the Shares designated in the notice.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Optionee may, pay the option price in (i) cash, (ii) by check, (iii) with the consent of the Committee, a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as shall then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code) and payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Committee, (iv) with the consent of the Committee, surrender of a number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, or (vi) with the consent of the Committee delivery of a notice that the Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate exercise price; provided , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale.

 

(c)                                   The exercise of the Option is contingent upon receipt from Optionee (or other proper person exercising the Option) of a representation that, at the time of such exercise, it is Optionee’s intention to acquire the Shares being purchased for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); provided , however , that the receipt of such representation shall not be required upon exercise of the Option if, at the time of such exercise, the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option shall have been properly registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws.  Such representation shall be in writing and in such form as the Company may reasonably request.  The certificate representing the Shares so issued for investment shall be imprinted with an appropriate legend setting forth all applicable restrictions on their transferability.

 

6.                                       Voting Rights .  With respect to any Shares obtained upon exercise of all or any portion of the Option, the Optionee (or, in the event the Option is exercised after the date of his death or termination of employment because of a disability, the Optionee’s legal representative, guardian or any person to whom the Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution) will grant to the chief executive officer of the Company an irrevocable proxy to vote such Shares.  For each Share, the proxy will be in effect for two years commencing on the date of exercise of the Option or portion thereof which resulted in the purchase of such Share.  The proxy will continue to apply to the Shares upon transfer to a Transferee (as defined below).  Notwithstanding the above, each proxy granted under this Section 6 will automatically expire in the event that the Common Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market.

 

7.                                       Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written transfer notice (a “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Transferee”) and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of

 

5



 

both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Transfer of Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                   Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal .  Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Common Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                                   Permitted Transfers This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this

 

6



 

Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Immediate Family” shall include the ancestors, descendants, siblings and spouse of the Optionee.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights as Stockholder If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefore have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Assignment of Right of First Refusal .  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

8.                                       Market Stand-Off.   In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 8.

 

9.                                       Adjustments .  In the event that there is any change in the Common Stock or corporate structure of the Company as a result of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event, and all or any portion of the Option shall then be

 

7



 

unexercised and not yet expired, then appropriate adjustments in the outstanding Option shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(c) of the Plan in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Option rights.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  The Option is issued pursuant to the Plan and is subject to its terms.  In the event that any of the terms of this Option conflict or are inconsistent in any respect with the terms of the Plan, the Plan terms shall control.  Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.  The Plan is also available for inspection during business hours at the principal office of the Company.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall not confer on Optionee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment at any time.  Optionee shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares until such Shares shall have been issued to him or her upon exercise of the Option.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements thereof.  The exercise of all or any part of the Option shall only be effective at, and may be deferred until, such time as the sale of the Shares pursuant to such exercise will not violate any federal or state securities laws, it being understood that the Company shall have no obligation to register the issuance or sale of the Shares for such purpose.

 

(d)                                  Subject to Section 7 of this Agreement, if Optionee shall dispose of any of the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option within two years from the date hereof or within one year after exercise of the Option, then, in order to provide the Company with the opportunity to claim the benefit of any income tax deduction that may be available to it under the circumstances, Optionee shall promptly notify the Company of the dates of acquisition and disposition of such Shares, the number of Shares so disposed of, and the consideration, if any, received for such Shares.  In order to comply with all applicable federal and state income tax laws and regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that, if necessary, all applicable federal or state payroll, withholding, income or other taxes are withheld or collected from Optionee.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

NEVRO CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Konstantinos Alataris

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

9


 

EXHIBIT D
NEVRO CORPORATION

 

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of                 , 2011 (“Effective Date”) by and between Nevro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Michael DeMane (the  “Purchaser”).

 

Whereas, the Company desires to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company, shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Shares”) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Sale and Purchase of Stock .  The Company hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase [ · ] Shares at $0.364 per share, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $[ · ].

 

2.                                       Payment of Purchase Price; Delivery of Stock Certificate .  The purchase price shall be paid in cash.  Following execution of this Agreement and payment of the purchase price, the Company shall deliver to the Purchase a certificate representing the number of Shares purchased by the Purchaser.

 

3.                                       Company Representations .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

(a)                                  The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as currently conducted and as it is currently planned to be conducted.  The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it, or its ownership or leasing of property, or its employment of employees or consultants therein, makes such qualification necessary and where any statutory fines or penalties, or any corporate disability imposed for this failure to qualify, would materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, properties, assets, prospects or financial condition.

 

(b)                                  The Company has all requisite legal and corporate power to (i) sell and issue the Shares, (ii) issue the shares issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “Conversion Shares”) and (iii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application relating to or affecting enforcement of creditor’s rights and rules or laws concerning equitable remedies.

 



 

(c)                                   No consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with any governmental authority or any other third party on the part of the Company is required in connection with the valid execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, or the offer, sale or issuance of the Shares or the Conversion Shares, except filings pursuant to Section 25102(f) of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended, and the rules thereunder, other applicable state securities laws and Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

4.                                       Purchaser Representations .  The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                  This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application relating to or affecting enforcement of creditor’s rights and rules or laws concerning equitable remedies.

 

(b)                                  The Purchaser understands that neither the Shares nor the Conversion Shares have been registered (i) under the Securities Act or (ii) under any similar state laws.  The Purchaser also understands that the Shares are being offered and sold pursuant to exemptions from the registration requirements of such federal and state laws based in part upon the Purchaser’s representations contained in this Agreement, and further acknowledges that the Company will not have and has no obligation to recognize any sale, transfer or assignment of all or any part of the Shares or Conversion Shares to any person unless and until the provisions of this Section 4(b) have been fully satisfied or waived.  The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Purchaser is an executive officer and a director of the Company.  The Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests.  Purchaser must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely unless the Shares (or the Conversion Shares) are registered pursuant to the Securities Act, or an exemption from registration is available.  Purchaser understands that the Company has no present intention of registering the Shares, the Conversion Shares or any shares of its Common Stock except as required by the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).  Purchaser also understands that there is no assurance that any exemption from registration under the Securities Act will be available and that, even if available, such exemption may not allow the Purchaser to transfer all or any portion of the Shares or the Conversion Shares under the circumstances, in the amounts or at the times the Purchaser might propose.

 

(ii)                                   The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares and the Conversion Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment only, and not with a view towards their distribution in violation of the Securities Act.

 

(iii)                                The Purchaser does hereby acknowledge that the Purchaser (A) has reviewed with its own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (B) is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of

 

2



 

its agents, and (C) understands that such Purchaser (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment in the Shares or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(iv)                               The Purchaser represents that by reason of its business or financial experience, the Purchaser has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

(v)                                  The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities.  The Purchaser has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment.

 

(vi)                               The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Shares, and, if issued, the Conversion Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Purchaser has been advised or is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things:  the availability of certain current public information about the Company (which such Purchaser acknowledges the Company has no present intention of making available), the resale occurring not less than six months after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sale being through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

 

(vii)                            The Purchaser resides in the state identified in the address of the Purchaser set forth on Purchaser’s signature page to this Agreement.

 

(viii)                         The Purchaser represents that it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

5.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws, or by the Bylaws of the Company, or by any other agreement between the Purchaser and the Company or between the Purchaser and any third party:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED

 

3



 

UNDER THE ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

(b)                                  The Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

 

(d)                                  Any legend endorsed on a certificate pursuant to Section 5(a) and the stop transfer instructions with respect to such Shares or Conversion Shares shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder thereof if such Shares or Conversion Shares are registered under the Securities Act and a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act is available, if such legend may be properly removed under the terms of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or if such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel for such holder, reasonably satisfactory to legal counsel for the Company, to the effect that a sale, transfer or assignment of such Shares or Conversion Shares may be made without registration.

 

6.                                       Stockholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement .  As a condition to the purchase of the Shares, the Purchaser shall become a party to the Company’s Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated June 4, 2008, as amended, and the Company’s Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated June 4, 2008.

 

7.                                       Adjustment for Stock Split .  All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split or stock dividend or other similar change in the Shares which may be made by the Company after the date of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of laws principles.  This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the purchase of Common Stock by the Purchaser and may only be modified or amended in writing signed by both parties.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth on the signature page to this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

(c)                                   The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.  The rights and obligations of the Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company and any purported transfer otherwise shall be null and void.

 

(d)                                  Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.  The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

(e)                                   The Purchaser agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM THE QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

 

COMPANY :

 

PURCHASER

NEVRO CORPORATION

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Michael DeMane

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

6


 

EXHIBIT E

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of June 4, 2008, is by and among Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and each of the holders of the shares of Corporation’s capital stock signatory hereto (together with any other Person who hereafter becomes party hereto pursuant to Section 10 hereof, each, individually, a “ Stockholder ” and, collectively, the “ Stockholders ”).  A list of the name, address and shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation owned by each Stockholder is attached hereto as Schedule 1 (which Schedule 1 shall be amended from time to time to reflect changes and additions thereto).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , certain of the Stockholders (the “ Existing Investors ”) hold shares of the Corporation’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess information rights, preemptive rights, rights of first offer and other rights and are subject to certain obligations pursuant to a Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of October 6, 2006 by and among the Corporation and such Existing Investors as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 1, 2006 (together, as amended the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 11(b) of the Prior Agreement, the Prior Agreement may be amended, and any provision therein waived, with the written consent of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis;

 

WHEREAS , the undersigned Existing Investors constituting not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to a Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated of even date herewith, between the Corporation and each of the Stockholders (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), the Corporation has agreed to issue and sell to the Stockholders, and the Stockholders have agreed to purchase from the Corporation, additional shares of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock; and

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the issuance of the additional Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation and the Stockholders deem it desirable to enter into this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals and the mutual premises, covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1



 

1.                                 Definitions; Rules of Construction .

 

(a)                                  In addition to capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

 

Affiliate ” — when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that either directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.  For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (and its derivatives) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through ownership of equity, voting or other interests, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliated Fund ” means , with respect to a Stockholder that is a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company.

 

Board ” and “ Board of Directors ” — the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Common Stock ” — means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.

 

Conversion Shares ” — shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Restated Certificate.

 

Director ” — a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Exchange Act ” — the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rule and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Exempt Issuances —  (i) the issuance or sale of Common Stock or options therefore, and the issuance of shares upon exercise of such options, up to 12,878,000 shares of Common Stock and such additional shares of Common Stock in excess of 12,878,000 as are approved by the Board, under the Corporation’s current equity incentive plan or any successor equity incentive plan or program thereto; (ii) the issuance of 500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable to Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (“ Mayo ”) pursuant to Section 3.06 of the License Agreement; (iii) the issuance or sale of up to 54,945,055 shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement or the issuance of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date hereof; (iv) the issuance of Common Stock in a Qualified Public Offering; (v) the issuance of securities to financial institutions, equipment lessors, brokers or similar persons in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors; (vi) issuance of equity securities or rights to purchase equity securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board; (vii) issuance of securities to an entity as a component of

 

2



 

any business relationship with such entity primarily for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology or licensing development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners primarily for purposes other than raising capital, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the Board; and (viii) the issuance of securities with the affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders.

 

GAAP ” — generally accepted accounting principals as in effect in the United States from time to time.

 

Immediate Family ” — with respect to any Stockholder, the parents, siblings, spouse and issue, spouses of issue and any trust for the benefit of, or the legal representative (in such capacity) of, any of the preceding persons, or any partnership substantially all of the partners of which are one or more of such persons or the Stockholder or any limited liability company substantially all of the members of which are one or more of such persons or the Stockholder.

 

License Agreement ” — that certain Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, among the Corporation, Mayo and Venturi Group, LLC.

 

Original Purchase Price ” — $0.364 per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Overall Percentage Interest ” — with respect to any Stockholder, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Stockholder (including, for such purposes shares, any shares of Common Stock that such Stockholder has the right to acquire pursuant to any securities held by such Stockholder that are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock), and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock held by all Stockholders (including, for such purposes shares, any shares of Common Stock that any Stockholder has the right to acquire pursuant to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock).

 

Person ” — an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a joint venture, a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, an association, a trust, estate or other fiduciary, any other legal entity, and any government or governmental entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” — shares of Series A Preferred Stock and of any other series of capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding from time to time after the date hereof designated as preferred stock by the Corporation.

 

Qualified Public Offering ” — a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation that yields net proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $30,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses) at an equivalent price per share of Common Stock of not less than three (3) times the Original Purchase Price (as adjusted for any equity split, equity combination, in-kind equity distribution, recapitalization or similar transaction).

 

3



 

Registration Rights Agreement ” — the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, among the Corporation and those Stockholders party thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or modified from time to time hereafter.

 

Requisite Holders ” — at any relevant time, Stockholders holding not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, or if no shares of Series A Preferred Stock are then outstanding, Stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding Conversion Shares, or if no Conversion Shares are then outstanding, Stockholders holding a majority of the shares of outstanding Common Stock (other than Conversion Shares).

 

Restated Certificate ” — the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 4 , 2008, as amended from time to time.

 

Securities Act ” — the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rule and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Shares ” — shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation, and securities directly or indirectly exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any other capital stock of the Corporation.

 

Subsidiary ” — with respect to the Corporation, any Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the ordinary voting power are, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned or controlled by the Corporation or one or more Subsidiaries of the Corporation or by the Corporation and one or more Subsidiaries of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  The following provisions shall be applied wherever appropriate herein:

 

(i)                                      “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and other equivalent words shall refer to this Agreement as an entirety and not solely to the particular portion of this Agreement in which any such word is used;

 

(ii)                                   all definitions set forth herein shall be deemed applicable whether the words defined are used herein in the singular or the plural;

 

(iii)                                wherever used herein, any pronoun or pronouns shall be deemed to include both the singular and plural and to cover all genders;

 

(iv)                               all accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP;

 

(v)                                  neither this Agreement nor any other agreement, document or instrument referred to herein or executed and delivered in connection herewith shall be construed against any party as the principal draftsperson hereof or thereof;

 

4



 

(vi)                               the descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of and shall not be utilized in interpreting this Agreement;

 

(vii)                            any references herein to a particular Section, Article, Exhibit or Schedule means a Section or Article of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless another agreement is specified;

 

(viii)                         the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference and shall be considered part of this Agreement; and

 

(ix)                               all references to “$” or “Dollars” shall mean United States Dollars.

 

2.                           Information Rights Holders of not less than 400,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have the following rights:

 

(a)                                  upon reasonable notice to, and at times reasonably convenient for the Corporation, visit and inspect the Corporation’s properties and examine its books of account and records; provided, however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2(a)  to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or which it reasonably believes will result in a waiver of attorney-client or similar privilege;

 

(b)                                  within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Corporation and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be audited and certified by a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm selected by the Corporation and reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Holders;

 

(c)                                   within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, compared to budget and comparable period in the prior year (if applicable), as well as a written summary of operations;

 

(d)                                  within 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget for the next fiscal year prepared on a monthly basis; and

 

(e)                                   with respect to the financial statements discussed in subsection (c) of this Section 2 , an instrument executed by the chief financial officer or President of the Corporation and certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP); provided , that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Corporation to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP.

 

3.                                 Board of Directors; Observer Rights .

 

(a)                                  Each Stockholder hereby agrees to take all action necessary, including, but not limited to, the voting of any and all of such Stockholder’s Shares, the execution of written

 

5



 

consents, the calling of special meetings, the removal of directors, the filling of vacancies on the Board, the waiving of notice and the attending of meetings, so as to cause the Board to be at all times comprised of seven (7) persons (subject to reduction pursuant to Sections 3(a)(vi)  to be elected/appointed as follows:

 

(i)                                      one (1) Director who shall be appointed by Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P.;

 

(ii)                                   one (1) Director who shall be appointed by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P.;

 

(iii)                                one (1) Director who shall be appointed by those Stockholders holding a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock;

 

(iv)                               one (1) Director who shall be the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation as appointed from time to time by the Board (the “ CEO Director ”);

 

(v)                                  one (1) Director who shall be neither an employee nor a consultant of the Corporation, who shall be otherwise independent of the Corporation (as defined under NYSE rules) and who shall be appointed by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock and the Requisite Holders;

 

(vi)                               one (1) Director who shall be appointed by Mayo, subject to the approval of the Corporation; provided, however, that upon the Second Closing (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement), Mayo’s right to designate a director shall convert into Observer Rights (as defined below), subject to Section 3(c), thereby reducing the total number of Directors by one (1); and

 

(vii)                            one (1) Director who shall be appointed by Aberdare Ventures III, LP (“ Aberdare ”) subject to the approval of the Corporation; provided, however, that if, in connection with the any future equity financing, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are allocated fewer than three (3) seats on the Board, Aberdare’s right to designate a director shall lapse upon the closing of any such financing, thereby reducing the total number of Directors by one (1).

 

(b)                                  A Director may be removed either (i) with or without cause by the Stockholder or group of Stockholders who appointed such Director, or (ii) by the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the remaining Directors (y) if such Director becomes incapable of fulfilling his or her obligations because of injury or physical or mental illness and such incapacity shall exist for 30 working days in the aggregate during any consecutive six (6) month period or (z) if a Director ceases to satisfy the requirements of clauses 3(a)(iv), (v) or (vi).  Any deceased, removed or resigning Director shall be replaced by the Stockholder or group of Stockholders, as the case may be, entitled to appoint such deceased, removed or resigning Director.

 

(c)                                   Immediately following the Second Closing, the Corporation shall invite a representative of each Stockholder with Observer Rights to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give each Stockholder with

 

6



 

Observer Rights copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that each representative of a Stockholder with Observer Rights shall agree to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Corporation reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude any or all such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if the Corporation believes in good faith, (i) upon the advice of counsel, that access to such information or attendance at such meeting or portion thereof is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege or (ii) is reasonably necessary to protect highly confidential proprietary information.  The representatives must be persons acceptable to the Corporation.  “ Observer Rights ” means Mayo; provided that Mayo purchases at least 1,373,626 shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement and holds an aggregate of at least 2,000,000 Shares as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications or the like.

 

4.                                 Pre-Emptive Rights .

 

(a)                                  Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, including any applicable Conversion Shares (for the purpose of this Section 4 , each a “ Pre-Emptive Right Holder ”) shall have the right to purchase such Pre-Emptive Right Holder’s Overall Percentage Interest (for the purpose of this Section 4 , the “ Pre-Emptive Allocation ”), or any lesser number, of any new Shares, or any other equity securities of the Corporation, including, without limitation, securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities of the Corporation, to purchase any of the foregoing that the Corporation may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue, in each case, other than Exempt Issuances, stock splits, stock dividends, in-kind equity distributions and recapitalizations (collectively, “ New Securities ”).

 

(b)                                  In the event the Corporation proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it will give each Pre-Emptive Right Holder written notice of such issuance (which notice shall be delivered at least 15 days prior to such issuance), describing the New Securities and the price and terms upon which the Corporation proposes to issue the same, and setting forth the number of shares or other number of New Securities which such Stockholder is entitled to purchase pursuant to such Stockholder’s Pre-Emptive Allocation and the aggregate purchase price therefor.  Each Pre-Emptive Right Holder will have ten (10) days from the date of delivery of any notice to agree to purchase such New Securities, respectively, up to such Stockholder’s Pre-Emptive Allocation, or any lesser number, for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice (provided that the Pre-Emptive Right Holders shall be entitled to pay cash in lieu of any non-cash consideration) by giving written notice to the Corporation and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.  If not all of the Pre-Emptive Right Holders elect to purchase their full Pre-Emptive Allocation of New Securities, then the Corporation shall notify in writing the fully-participating Pre-Emptive Right Holders of such and offer such holders the right to acquire such unsubscribed New Securities.  Each fully-participating Pre-Emptive Right Holder so notified shall have the right to purchase its pro rata share of the unsubscribed New Securities (in proportion to the Overall Percentage Interests of all participating Pre-Emptive Right Holders) within five (5) days from the date of such notice from the Corporation by giving written notice to the Corporation and stating therein the quantity of unsubscribed New Securities to be purchased.

 

7



 

(c)                                   In the event any Pre-Emptive Right Holder fails to exercise such right of first refusal within said ten (10) day period (or, as applicable, such 15-day period), the Corporation will have 75 days thereafter to sell the New Securities as to which such Pre-Emptive Right Holder’s right was not exercised, at a price and upon such other terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than those specified in the Corporation’s notice.  In the event the Corporation has not sold such New Securities within said 75-day period, the Corporation will not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such New Securities to each Pre-Emptive Rights Holder in the manner provided above.

 

(d)                                  The pre-emptive rights granted by this Section 4 shall be exercisable only by “accredited investors” as defined under Section 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act.

 

(e)                                   The closing of any sale of New Securities shall be on the date set forth in the notice provided by the Corporation in Section 4(b) ; provided , that such date shall be extended as to any participating Pre-Emptive Right Holder for up to 30 days (or such longer period as may be approved by the Corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld) for purposes of obtaining any necessary governmental approvals and to call capital from limited partners, if applicable.  The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Pre-Emptive Right Holders under this Section 4 shall not adversely affect their rights to participate in subsequent offerings of New Securities subject to Section 4

 

5.                                 Restrictions on Transfer .  Except as expressly permitted in Sections 6 , 7 and 8 of this Agreement, no Stockholder shall in any way sell, exchange, transfer, hypothecate, negotiate, gift, convey in trust, pledge, assign, encumber, or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of its Shares, including by operation of law (a “ Transfer ”), without the prior written consent of the Corporation, which may be granted or withheld in the Corporation’s sole discretion.  Under no circumstances shall a Transfer be made to a competitor of the Corporation. Any Transfer not expressly permitted herein shall be void and of no effect.

 

6.                                 Certain Permitted Transfers .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6 and subject only to Sections 7 and 8 hereof, and to any restrictions set forth in any other agreement between a Stockholder and the Corporation, a Stockholder may Transfer all or a portion of its Shares (i) to one or more Affiliated Funds, or to any director, officer, partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of such Affiliated Funds, (ii) to the Corporation in accordance with any agreement with the Corporation and (iii) to such Stockholder’s Immediate Family and/or for estate planning purposes.

 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise provided herein or in any other agreement a Stockholder may have with the Corporation, a Stockholder may sell Shares to an unaffiliated third party only if (i) such third party makes a “bona fide” offer to purchase such Shares, and (ii) the Corporation and the other Stockholders decline their right of first refusal under Section 7 hereof to purchase such Shares.

 

(c)                                   For the purposes of Sections 6(b) 7(a)  and 8(a) , no offer to purchase shall be considered “bona fide” unless, at a minimum, the offer (i) is not assignable by the proposed

 

8



 

buyer; (ii) provides for a closing not less than 30 days nor more than 120 days from the date of the offer to purchase; and (iii) is for cash or other consideration the value of which may readily be determined by the Board.  In the event the Board properly raises an objection that the proposed offer is not “bona fide”, the selling Stockholder shall be accorded one opportunity to provide, within ten (10) days, such additional assurances as the Board (or any applicable committee thereof) may request with respect to such proposed buyer.

 

(d)                                  No Transfer may be made pursuant to this Section 6 which would violate or be inconsistent with any agreement a Stockholder may have with the Corporation or violate, or which would result in registration being required under, any applicable federal or state laws relating to securities or investment companies or advisors.  No Transfer may be made unless the transferee (i) agrees in writing with the Corporation to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement as though it were a Stockholder and to be subject to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement and other related agreements for the benefit of the Corporation as though it were a purchaser thereunder; (ii) unless waived by the Board (or any applicable committee thereof), causes to be delivered to the Corporation, at such transferee’s sole cost and expense, a favorable opinion of legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Board (or such committee), to the effect that such Transfer does not violate or result in registration being required under, any applicable federal or state laws relating to securities or investment companies or advisors; (iii) executes and delivers such other instruments and documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Board (or any applicable committee thereof), necessary to cause the transferee to become a Stockholder; and (iv) unless waived by the Board (or any applicable committee thereof), pays all reasonable expenses in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, the cost of preparation and filing of any amendment of this Agreement or the Restated Certificate necessary or desirable in connection therewith.  Upon compliance with all provisions hereof, all other Stockholders agree to execute and deliver such amendments hereto as are necessary to cause such transferee to become a Stockholder of the Corporation.

 

(e)                                   A transferee who becomes a Stockholder pursuant to this Section 6 shall have, to the extent transferred, the rights and powers, and shall be subject to the restrictions and liabilities, of a Stockholder under this Agreement.

 

7.                                 Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)                                  Subject to any repurchase or similar rights or obligations the Corporation may have in any agreement with a Stockholder, if any Stockholder desires to Transfer all or any portion of its Shares in accordance with this Agreement (other than a Transfer pursuant to Section 6 ), then such Stockholder (the “ Section 7 Selling Stockholder ”) shall first offer in a written notice to Transfer such Shares to the Corporation, specifying the terms and conditions of such Transfer as offered by the third party in a “bona fide” offer (the “ Section 7 Offer Notice ”).  The Corporation shall have thirty (30) days from the date written notice was received to accept the offer to Transfer all or a portion of the Shares subject to the Section 7 Offer Notice, and if the Corporation does not accept the offer provided in the Section 7 Offer Notice within such period it shall be deemed to have rejected the offer.  If the Corporation does not accept such offer, or only accepts the offer with respect to a portion of the offered Shares, then at the expiration of the thirty (30) day notice period (or during the thirty (30) day notice period to the extent the right of first refusal has earlier been expressly rejected in writing by the Corporation during such period),

 

9



 

the Section 7 Selling Stockholder shall offer to Transfer such Shares, or the portion of such Shares which the Corporation did not accept, as applicable, to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock who are not Section 7 Selling Stockholders (the “ Non-Transferring Holders ”) and shall deliver to such Non-Transferring Holders a subsequent Section 7 Offer Notice (the “ Subsequent Offer Notice ”).  The Non-Transferring Holders shall have thirty (30) days from the date the Subsequent Offer Notice is received to accept the offer to Transfer all or a portion of the Shares subject to the Subsequent Offer Notice, and any Non-Transferring Holder who does not accept the offer provided in the Subsequent Offer Notice within such period shall be deemed to have rejected the offer.  In the event that more than one Non-Transferring Holder wishes to accept such offer with respect to all or a portion of the Shares in such offer, and if there are enough Shares available for each such Non-Transferring Holder to be allocated its desired number of Shares, then each such Non-Transferring Holder shall receive the number of Shares it requested.  In the event that more than one Non-Transferring Holder wishes to accept such offer with respect to all or a portion of the Shares in such offer, and there are not enough Shares available for each such Non-Transferring Holder to be allocated its desired number of Shares, then each such Non-Transferring Holder shall have the right to purchase the offered Shares pro rata based on the Overall Percentage Interest of each such Non-Transferring Holder to the combined Overall Percentage Interest of all Non-Transferring Holders purchasing the Shares pursuant to this Section 7(a)  or as the Non-Transferring Holders may otherwise agree in writing.  If any Shares remain unallocated thereafter and there remains at least one (1) Non-Transferring Holder that still wishes to be allocated Shares, any such Non-Transferring Holder(s) shall be allocated such Shares by repeating the procedures described in the preceding two sentences.  The closing of any Transfer pursuant to this Section 7(a)  shall occur in accordance with the terms and provisions of the offer (provided that the Corporation and the Non-Transferring Holder, as the case may be, shall be entitled to pay cash in lieu of any non-cash consideration in an amount equal to the non-cash consideration) and this Agreement.  With respect to the Shares which are to be Transferred pursuant to this Section 7(a) , each Section 7 Selling Stockholder shall cause such Shares to be Transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances and other restrictions (other than as set forth in this Agreement). If neither the Corporation nor the Non-Transferring Holders accept such offer pursuant to this Section 7(a) , or if they accept such offer only with respect to a portion of the offered Shares, then at the expiration of the thirty (30) day notice period applicable to the Non-Transferring Holders (or during such thirty (30) day notice period to the extent the right of first refusal has earlier been expressly rejected in writing by all Non-Transferring Holders during such period), subject only to Sections 5 ,  6 and 7 , the Section 7 Selling Stockholder may Transfer the offered Shares, or the portion of the offered Shares remaining, as applicable, to the proposed Transferee, provided that such Transfer occurs within sixty (60) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period and is made on terms and conditions no more favorable to the Transferee than the terms and conditions specified in the Section 7 Offer Notice.

 

(b)                                  Any proposed Transfer by a Section 7 Selling Stockholder not consummated within the time periods set forth in this Section 7 shall again be subject to this Section 7 and shall require compliance by a Section 7 Selling Stockholder with the procedures described in this Section 7 .  The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Corporation and the Non-Transferring Holders under this Section 7 with respect to any proposed Transfer shall not adversely affect their rights with respect to subsequent Transfers by Section 7 Selling Stockholders under this Section 7 .

 

10


 

(c)         The provisions of this Section 7 shall not apply to a Transfer otherwise permitted by Section 6 .

 

8.           Co-Sale Right .

 

(a)           Subject to the limitations of this Section 8 , to the extent that the Corporation and the Non-Transferring Holders do not exercise their respective Rights of First Refusal with respect to all or any part of the offered Shares pursuant to Section 7 hereof, then to the extent that the Section 7 Selling Holder is a person or entity listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto (a “ Section 8 Seller ”), such Section 8 Seller shall deliver an additional notice (the “ Co-Sale Notice ”) upon expiration of the 30 day period following delivery of the Subsequent Offer Notice to each Series A Preferred Stock Holder who has not exercised its Right of First Refusal pursuant to Section 7  (a “ Co-Sale Preferred Stock Holder ”) setting forth the number of Shares which are not being purchased by the Corporation and the Non-Transferring Holders pursuant to their respective Rights of First Refusal (“ Residual Shares ”), and each Co-Sale Preferred Stock Holder shall have the right to sell up to its Pro Rata Co-Sale Share (as defined below) of the Residual Shares on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Section 7 Offer Notice.  To exercise its rights hereunder, each Co-Sale Preferred Stock Holder (a “ Selling Preferred Stock Holder ”) must have provided a written notice to the Section 8 Seller within ten (10) days after delivery of the Co-Sale Notice, indicating the number of shares it holds that it wishes to sell pursuant to this Section 8(a) .

 

(b)           A Selling Preferred Stock Holder’s “ Pro Rata Co-Sale Share ” shall be equal to that number of Residual Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Residual Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of Shares (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) held on the date of the Section 7 Offer Notice by such Selling Series A Holder and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Shares (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) held on the date of the Section 7 Offer Notice by all Selling Preferred Stock Holders participating in such sale and (B) the total number of Shares held by the Section 8 Seller on the date of the Section 7 Offer Notice by such Section 8 Seller.

 

(c)           Within fifteen (15) days after the delivery of the Co-Sale Notice, the Section 8 Seller will give written notice to the Corporation and each Selling Preferred Stock Holder specifying the number of Residual Shares to be sold by each Selling Preferred Stock Holder exercising its Right of Co-Sale (the “ Co-Sale Confirmation Notice ”).

 

(d)           Subject to compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws, the sale of the Residual Shares by the Selling Preferred Stock Holders shall occur within ten (10) days after delivery of the Co-Sale Confirmation Notice (the “ Co-Sale Closing ”).  If a Selling Preferred Stock Holder exercised the Right of Co-Sale in accordance with this Section 8 , then such Selling Preferred Stock Holder shall deliver to the Section 8 Seller at or before the Co-Sale Closing one or more certificates, properly endorsed for Transfer, representing the number of Residual Shares to which the Selling Preferred Stock Holder is entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 8 (or that number of shares of Preferred Stock which is at such time convertible into such number of Residual Shares).  At the Co-Sale Closing, the Section 8 Seller shall cause such certificates or other instruments to be Transferred and delivered to the Transferee pursuant to the terms and

 

11



 

conditions specified in the Section 7 Offer Notice, and the Section 8 Seller will remit, or will cause to be remitted, to each Selling Preferred Stock Holder, at the Co-Sale Closing, that portion of the proceeds of the Transfer to which each Selling Preferred Stock Holder is entitled by reason of each Selling Preferred Stock Holder’s participation in such Transfer pursuant to the Right of Co-Sale.

 

(e)           If any of the Shares that were the subject of the Section 7 Offer Notice remain available after the exercise of all Rights of First Refusal and all Rights of Co-Sale under Sections 7 and 8 hereof, then the Section 8 Seller shall be free to Transfer, any such remaining shares to the proposed Transferee on the terms set forth in the Section 7 Offer Notice; provided, however, that if such Shares are not so Transferred during the seventy five (75) day period following the deemed delivery of the Section 7 Offer Notice, then the Section 8 Seller may not Transfer any of such remaining Shares without complying again in full with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)            The provisions of this Section 8 shall not apply to and shall be subordinate to any Transfer or exercise of rights contemplated by Section 7 .  The provisions of this Section 8 shall not apply to any Transfer permitted by Section 6(a) In the event of any transfer pursuant to this Section 8 , the transferee of the Shares shall hold the Shares so acquired with all the rights conferred by, and subject to, all the restrictions imposed by this Agreement.

 

9.           Subsequent Stockholders .  The Corporation will not issue or sell, and no other party hereto will transfer, any Shares to any Person unless such Person agrees by a written consent or joinder to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the same capacity as though he or she or it were an original signatory hereto or, if such Person is an employee, consultant or officer of the Corporation receiving Shares issued upon the exercise of options pursuant to a stock option or purchase plan or other incentive program approved by the Board, such Person shall become party hereto in the same capacity as any other Stockholder.  Upon the delivery to the Corporation of such written consent or joinder, such Person shall be bound by and be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement in such capacity.

 

10.        Legends .  Each certificate of the signatories hereto representing Shares shall bear the following legends until such time as the Shares represented thereby are no longer subject to the provisions hereof :

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE

 

12



 

ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE VOTING, SALE, TRANSFER, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT AMONG NEVRO CORP., AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF ITS OUTSTANDING CAPITAL STOCK (AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, MODIFIED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF NEVRO CORP.”.

 

11.        Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver; Termination .

 

(a)           This Agreement, the Stock Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement (and any other agreements contemplated hereby or thereby) among the Corporation and any Stockholder, constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof.  No representation, inducement, promise, understanding, condition or warranty not set forth in this Agreement or in the applicable agreement listed above has been made or relied upon by any party to this Agreement.  This Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties and the Corporation any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

(b)           Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if such amendment or waiver is in writing and approved by the Requisite Holders and the Corporation; provided, however , that if any proposed amendment or waiver would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate adverse effect on the holders of Common Stock as compared to holders of Preferred Stock, then such proposed amendment or waiver shall also require the consent of holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Stockholder and the Corporation.

 

(c)           No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies in this Agreement provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any additional party purchasing shares of Series A Preferred Stock after the date hereof in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement shall become a party to this Agreement as a Stockholder hereunder, without the need of any consent other than the consent of the Corporation, upon such purchaser’s execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement,

 

13



 

and Schedule 1 to this Agreement may be revised to include such purchaser without requiring the consent of any of the parties hereto.

 

(e)           This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering.

 

12.        Agreement for Further Execution .  Each Stockholder agrees upon request of the Board to sign and swear to any certificate, any amendment to or cancellation of such certificate, acknowledge similar certificates or affidavits or certificates of fictitious firm name or the like (and any amendments or cancellations thereof) required by the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Corporation does, or proposes to do, business.  This Section 12 shall not prejudice or affect the rights of the Stockholders to approve certain amendments to this Agreement pursuant to Section 11 .

 

13.        Notices .   Any notices required or permitted to be sent hereunder shall be delivered personally, via facsimile transmission (with confirmation), or mailed, via certified mail (return receipt requested), or delivered by overnight courier service to the following addresses, or such other address as any party hereto designates by written notice to the Corporation, and shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery, if delivered personally or via facsimile, three (3) Business Days after mailing, if mailed, or one (1) Business Day after delivery to the courier, if delivered by overnight courier service:

 

If to the Corporation:

 

Nevro Corp.

 

 

411 Acacia Avenue

 

 

Palo Alto, California 94306

 

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Telecopy:  ( 650) 251-0005

 

 

 

with copies sent concurrently to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

 

 

140 Scott Drive

 

 

Menlo Park, California 94025

 

 

Attention: Michael W. Hall, Esq.

 

 

Telecopy: (650) 463-2600

 

 

 

If to any Stockholder, to such Stockholder at the address indicated on Schedule 1 attached hereto hereto, as from time to time amended.  The Corporation or any Stockholder may change its address for Notices hereunder by a Notice given pursuant to this Section 13 .

 

14.          GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES).

 

15.          CONSENT TO JURISDICTION .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY SUIT, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR CLAIM AGAINST IT ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE RELATED AGREEMENTS, OR ANY JUDGMENT

 

14



 

ENTERED BY ANY COURT IN RESPECT THEREOF, MAY BE BROUGHT OR ENFORCED IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIMS THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

16.          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHT, POWER, OR REMEDY UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE RELATED AGREEMENTS OR UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH OR ARISING FROM ANY RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENT, AND AGREE THAT ANY SUCH ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.  THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION CONSTITUTE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

17.        Successors and Assigns .  Subject to the other provisions hereof, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

18.        Disputed Matters .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any controversy or dispute arising out of this Agreement, interpretation of any of the provisions hereof, or the action of any Stockholder hereunder shall be submitted to arbitration in San Francisco, California before the American Arbitration Association under the commercial arbitration rules then obtaining of said Association.  Any award or decision obtained from any such arbitration proceeding shall be final and binding on the parties, and judgment upon any award thus obtained may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  No action at law or in equity based upon any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be instituted in any court by any Stockholder except (i) an action to compel arbitration pursuant to this Section 18 or (ii) an action to enforce an award obtained in an arbitration proceeding in accordance with this Section 18 , in which case, the provisions of Sections 15 and 16 shall apply.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 15 and 16 shall be subordinate to and shall only apply in connection with an action at law or in equity based upon clauses (i) and/or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 18 .

 

19.        No Other Relationships .  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to constitute any Stockholder the legal representative or agent of any other Stockholder.  No party to this Agreement shall have any right or authority to assume, create or incur any liability or any obligation of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name of or on behalf of any other party to this Agreement. This Agreement shall not limit in any manner the carrying on either by

 

15



 

the Stockholders or their respective Affiliates of their own respective businesses and activities.  The provisions of this Section 19 are not intended to limit or modify the restrictions or prohibitions of any employment agreements or other agreements regarding non-competition to which any Stockholder is a party.  To the extent that at law or in equity, a Stockholder has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Corporation or to any other Stockholder, a Stockholder acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Corporation or to any Stockholder for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.  The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Stockholder otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Stockholder.

 

20.        Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

21.        Remedies .   Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief or specific performance without bond or the necessity of showing actual monetary damages in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

22.        Confidentiality; Public Announcements, Etc .  Each Stockholder agrees, and agrees to cause its Affiliates, to at all times hold in confidence and keep secret and inviolate all of the Corporation’s confidential information, including, without limitation, all unpublished matters relating to the business, property, accounts, books, records, customers and contracts of the Corporation, which the Stockholder or any such Affiliates may or hereafter come to know; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided herein, the Stockholder may disclose any such information (a) to its representatives and agents who agree to be bound by such confidentiality provisions, (b) that otherwise is or has become generally available to the public (without breach of this Section 22 ), (c) as to which Stockholder has obtained knowledge from sources other than the Corporation or the Directors or the officers of the Corporation (provided, that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Corporation), or (d) that it is required to disclose to any governmental authority by law or subpoena or judicial process or as is required to enforce its rights hereunder or that is required to be disclosed under the rules of any stock exchange to which any Stockholder or an Affiliate is subject, in which case, the disclosing Stockholder shall provide the Corporation with prompt advance notice of such disclosure so that the Corporation shall have the opportunity if it so desires to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and, in connection with any disclosure required by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the rules of any stock exchange to which a Stockholder or any Affiliate of a Stockholder is subject, the disclosing Stockholder shall use reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment for such disclosure (to the extent reasonably available). Each Stockholder and its Affiliates agree that such confidential information shall be used only in

 

16



 

connection with the business of the Corporation, and the Stockholder’s investment therein, and not for any other purpose, including, without limitation, in connection with any competitive or potentially competitive activities.  Any publicity release, advertisement, filing, public statement or announcement made, regarding this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby is to be first reviewed by, and must be reasonably satisfactory to, the Corporation.

 

23.        Captions .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience or reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

24.        Equity Splits .  All references to numbers of units in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any dividend, split, combination or other recapitalization of equity of the Corporation occurring after the date of this Agreement.

 

25.        Aggregation of Equity .  All Shares held by any Affiliates of any Stockholder shall be aggregated together for the purposes of determining the availability of any rights of such Stockholder under this Agreement.

 

26.        Execution in Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts together shall constitute one instrument.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Konstantinos Alataris

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ABERDARE VENTURES III, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

John H. Odden

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABERDARE PARTNERS III, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

John H. Odden

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

By:

Bay City Capital LLC

 

Its:

Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV

 

CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

By:

Bay City Capital LLC

 

Its:

Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

THREE ARCH PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

THREE ARCH ASSOCIATES IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

 

 

 

By: MPM BioVentures IV GP LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

By: MPM BioVentures IV LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Member

 

 

 

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV GMBH & CO. BETEILIGUNGS KG

 

 

 

By:

 

Its:

 

 

 

By:

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT INVESTORS BV4 LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title: Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

MAYO FOUNDATION FOR MEDICAL EDUCATION AND RESEARCH

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MAYO CLINIC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

AMV PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accuitive Medical Ventures II, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John Deedrick

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

MARK B. KNUDSON REVOCABLE TRUST U/A DTD 4/18/2003

 

 

 

By:  Mark B. Knudson, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Mark B. Knudson

 

 

 

 

 

By:  Dorsey & Whitney Trust Company LLC, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

SUSAN J. KNUDSON REVOCABLE TRUST U/A DTD 4/18/2003

 

 

 

By:  Susan J. Knudson, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Susan J. Knudson

 

 

 

 

 

By:  Dorsey & Whitney Trust Company LLC, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

JAMES R. THACKER AND KATE WARD THACKER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: James R. Thacker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Kate Ward Thacker

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

STOCKHOLDER LEDGER

 

Name/Address:

 

No. of Shares of
Common Stock

 

No. of Shares of
Series A Preferred Stock

Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P.

Attention: Carl Goldfischer

750 Battery Street

Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

562,868

 

9,412,499

Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P.

Attention: Carl Goldfischer

750 Battery Street

Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

12,132

 

202,885

Three Arch Partners IV, L.P.

Attention: Bill Harrington

3200 Alpine Road

Portola Valley, CA 94028

 

97,840

 

9,407,661

Three Arch Associates IV, L.P.

Attention: Bill Harrington

3200 Alpine Road

Portola Valley, CA 94028

 

2,160

 

207,723

Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research

200 1 st  Street SW

Rochester, MN 55905

 

1,000,000

 

1,373,626

MPM BioVentures IV GmBH & Co. Beteiligungs KG

c/o MPM Capital

The John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street, 54 th  Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

 

2,674,035

MPM BioVentures IV-QP, L.P.

c/o MPM Capital

The John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street, 54 th  Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

 

2,674,036

MPM Asset Management Investors BV4 LLC

c/o MPM Capital

The John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street, 54 th  Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

 

146,434

Konstantinos Alataris

750 Battery Street

Suite 400

 

275,000

 

 



 

Name/Address:

 

No. of Shares of
Common Stock

 

No. of Shares of
Series A Preferred Stock

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

 

 

Michael Masterson

750 Battery Street

Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

50,000

 

Aberdare Ventures III, L.P.

Attention: Paul Klingenstein

Aberdare Ventures

One Embarcadero Center

Suite 4000

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

7,381,488

Aberdare Partners III, L.P.

Attention: Paul Klingenstein

Aberdare Ventures

One Embarcadero Center

Suite 4000

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

173,456

Mark B. Knudson Revocable Trust

Mark B. Knudson, Co-Trustee

Dorsey & Whitney Trust Company, LLC, Co-Trustee

 

400,000

 

139,389

Susan J. Knudson Revocable Trust

Susan J. Knudson, Co-Trustee

Dorsey & Whitney Trust Company, LLC, Co-Trustee

 

 

69,644

Timothy R. Conrad

 

290,000

 

5,583

Sarah Conrad

 

 

139,389

Adrianus P. Donders

 

250,000

 

139,389

Robert S. Nickoloff

 

100,000

 

69,644

James R. Thacker and Kate Ward Thacker

 

58,333

 

412,087

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

SECTION 8 SELLERS

 

1.                                       Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research

 

2.                                       Konstantinos Alataris

 

3.                                       Michael Masterson

 

4.                                       Mark B. Knudson Revocable Trust

 

5.                                       Susan J. Knudson Revocable Trust

 

6.                                       Timothy R. Conrad

 

7.                                       Sarah Conrad

 

8.                                       Adrianus P. Donders

 

9.                                       Robert S. Nickoloff

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 


 

EXECUTION COPY

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) by and among Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and the undersigned stockholders of the Corporation is made and entered into as of August 26, 2008, with respect to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”) dated as of June 4, 2008 by and among the Corporation and the stockholders listed on Schedule 1 thereto (each a “ Stockholder ” and collectively the “ Stockholders ”).  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Original Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Corporation and the Stockholders are parties to that certain Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of even date herewith (together as amended, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which certain of the Investors and a new investor are purchasing additional shares of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) in the Second Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Second Closing, the Corporation and the undersigned Stockholders desire to amend the Original Agreement in certain respects as set forth herein.

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 11(b) of the Original Agreement, any provision of the Original Agreement may be amended or waived if such amendment or waiver is in writing and approved by the Requisite Holders (as defined below) and the Corporation; provided, however , that if any proposed amendment or waiver would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate adverse effect on the holders of Common Stock as compared to holders of Preferred Stock, then such proposed amendment or waiver shall also require the consent of holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock.

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Original Agreement, “Requisite Holders” means Stockholders holding not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

WHEREAS , any amendment, modification or waiver effected in accordance with Section 11(b) of the Original Agreement shall be binding upon each Stockholder and the Corporation.

 



 

WHEREAS , the undersigned Stockholders hold, in the aggregate not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Amendments .

 

(A).                             Clauses (i) and (iii) of the definition of “Exempt Issuances” in Section 1 of the Original Agreement are hereby amended to read in their entirety as follows:

 

“(i) the issuance or sale of Common Stock or options therefore, and the issuance of shares upon exercise of such options, up to 13,725,900 shares of Common Stock and such additional shares of Common Stock in excess of 13,725,900 as are approved by the Board, under the Corporation’s current equity incentive plan or any successor equity incentive plan or program thereto;”

 

“(iii) the issuance or sale of up to 59,752,743 shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, as amended from time to time, or the issuance of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date hereof;”

 

(B).                             The first sentence of Section 3(a) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the parenthetical “(subject to reduction pursuant to Sections 3(a)(iv) ”:

 

(C).                             Section 3(a)(vi) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(vi)                         one (1) Director who shall be appointed by AMV Partners II, L.P.; and”

 

(D).                         The Stockholder Ledger attached as Schedule 1 to the Original Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety in the form attached as Schedule 1 hereto.

 

2.                                       Reference to and Effect on the Original Agreement .  On or after the date hereof, each reference in the Original Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Original Agreement as amended hereby.  No reference to this Amendment need be made in any instrument or document at any time referring to the Original Agreement, a reference to the Agreement, in any of such to be deemed a reference to the Original Agreement as amended hereby.

 

3.                                       No Other Amendments .  Except as set forth herein, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

2



 

4.                                       Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties necessary to give effect to this Amendment, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

5.                                       Headings .  All section headings herein are inserted for convenience only and shall not modify or affect the construction or interpretation of any provisions of this Amendment or the Original Agreement.

 

6.                                       Governing Law .  This Amendment and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

CORPORATION:

 

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Konstantinos Alataris

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

ABERDARE VENTURES III, LP

 

 

 

By:

Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: John H. Odden

 

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

ABERDARE PARTNERS III, LP

 

 

 

By:

Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: John H. Odden

 

 

 

Title: Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital LLC

 

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV

 

CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital LLC

 

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

THREE ARCH PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

THREE ARCH ASSOCIATES IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

MPM BIOVENTURES IV GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By:

MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Member

 

 

 

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV GMBH & CO. BETEILIGUNGS KG

 

 

 

By:

MPM BIOVENTURES IV GP LLC, in its capacity as the Managing Limited Partner

 

By:

MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Member

 

 

 

 

 

MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT INVESTORS BV4 LLC

 

 

 

By:

MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Manager

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

MAYO FOUNDATION FOR MEDICAL EDUCATION AND RESEARCH

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MAYO CLINIC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

AMV PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accuitive Medical Ventures II, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John Deedrick

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 


 

SCHEDULE 1

 

STOCKHOLDER LEDGER

 

Name/Address:

 

No. of Shares of
Common Stock

 

No. of Shares of
Series A Preferred Stock

 

Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P.
Attention: Carl Goldfischer

750 Battery Street

Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

562,868

 

17,480,356

 

Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P.

Attention: Carl Goldfischer

750 Battery Street

Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

12,132

 

376,786

 

Three Arch Partners IV, L.P.

Attention: Bill Harrington

3200 Alpine Road

Portola Valley, CA 94028

 

97,840

 

17,471,372

 

Three Arch Associates IV, L.P.

Attention: Bill Harrington

3200 Alpine Road

Portola Valley, CA 94028

 

2,160

 

385,770

 

Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research

Attention: Nathan Stacy

200 1 st  Street SW

Rochester, MN 55905

 

1,000,000

 

2,747,252

 

Mayo Clinic

Attention: Nathan Stacy

200 1 st  Street SW

Rochester, MN 55905

 

 

686,813

 

MPM BioVentures IV GmBH & Co. Beteiligungs KG

c/o MPM Capital

The John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street, 54 th  Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

 

198,396

 

MPM BioVentures IV-QP, L.P.

c/o MPM Capital

The John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street, 54 th  Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

 

5,149,675

 

MPM Asset Management Investors BV4 LLC

c/o MPM Capital

The John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street, 54 th  

 

 

146,434

 

 



 

Name/Address:

 

No. of Shares of
Common Stock

 

No. of Shares of
Series A Preferred Stock

 

Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

 

 

 

 

Konstantinos Alataris

411 Acacia Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94306

 

275,000

 

 

Michael Masterson

750 Battery Street

Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

50,000

 

 

Aberdare Ventures III, L.P.

Attention: Paul Klingenstein

Aberdare Ventures

One Embarcadero Center

Suite 4000

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

15,434,020

 

Aberdare Partners III, L.P.

Attention: Paul Klingenstein

Aberdare Ventures

One Embarcadero Center

Suite 4000

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

362,682

 

AMV Partners II, L.P.

Attention: John Deedrick

Accuitive Medical Ventures

3652 Hermann Court NE

Rochester, MN 55906

 

 

13,736,263

 

Mark B. Knudson Revocable Trust

Mark B. Knudson, Co-Trustee

Dorsey & Whitney Trust

Company, LLC, Co-Trustee

 

400,000

 

139,389

 

Susan J. Knudson Revocable Trust

Susan J. Knudson, Co-Trustee

Dorsey & Whitney Trust

Company, LLC, Co-Trustee

 

 

69,644

 

Timothy R. Conrad

 

290,000

 

5,583

 

Sarah Conrad

 

 

139,389

 

Adrianus P. Donders

 

250,000

 

139,389

 

Robert S. Nickoloff

 

100,000

 

69,644

 

 



 

EXECUTION COPY

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) by and among Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned stockholders of the Company is made and entered into as of December 12, 2008, with respect to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”), dated as of June 4, 2008 by and among the Company and the stockholders listed on Schedule 1 thereto (each a “ Stockholder ” and collectively the “ Stockholders ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ First Amendment ”), dated as of August 26, 2008, by and among the Company and the Stockholders (the Original Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , Section 3 of the Stockholders’ Agreement provides that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) shall be comprised of seven (7) members, each of whom shall be elected pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the undersigned Stockholders wish to elect an eighth (8 th ) member to the Board on the terms as set forth in the Amendment.

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 11(b) of the Stockholders’ Agreement, any provision of the Stockholders’ Agreement may be amended or waived if such amendment or waiver is in writing and approved by the Requisite Holders (as defined below) and the Company; provided, however , that if any proposed amendment or waiver would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate adverse effect on the holders of Common Stock as compared to holders of Preferred Stock, then such proposed amendment or waiver shall also require the consent of holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock.

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, “Requisite Holders” means Stockholders holding not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

WHEREAS , any amendment, modification or waiver effected in accordance with Section 11(b) of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall be binding upon each Stockholder and the Company.

 

WHEREAS , the undersigned Stockholders hold, in the aggregate not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 



 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Amendments .

 

(A).                             The reference to “seven (7) persons” in Section 3(a) of the Stockholders’ Agreement is hereby amended to read “eight (8) persons.”

 

(B).                             Section 3(a)(v) of the Stockholders’ Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(v)                            two (2) Directors who shall be neither employees nor consultants of the Corporation, who shall each be otherwise independent of the Corporation (as defined under NYSE rules) and who shall each be appointed by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock and the Requisite Holders;”

 

2.                                       Designation of Director .  Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, the undersign hereby appoint Jon Tremmel as the second director to be elected pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) of the Stockholders’ Agreement, as amended.

 

3.                                       Reference to and Effect on the Stockholders’ Agreement .  On or after the date hereof, each reference in the Stockholders’ Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Stockholders’ Agreement as amended hereby.  No reference to this Amendment need be made in any instrument or document at any time referring to the Stockholders’ Agreement, a reference to the Agreement, in any of such to be deemed a reference to the Stockholders’ Agreement as amended hereby.

 

4.                                       No Other Amendments .  Except as set forth herein, the Stockholders’ Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

5.                                       Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties necessary to give effect to this Amendment, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

6.                                       Headings .  All section headings herein are inserted for convenience only and shall not modify or affect the construction or interpretation of any provisions of this Amendment or the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

7.                                       Governing Law .  This Amendment and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

CORPORATION:

 

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Konstantinos Alataris

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ABERDARE VENTURES III, LP

 

 

 

 

By: Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John H. Odden

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABERDARE PARTNERS III, LP

 

 

 

 

By: Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John H. Odden

 

 

Title: Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital LLC

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV

 

CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital LLC

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

THREE ARCH PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

THREE ARCH ASSOCIATES IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

 

 

 

By: MPM BIOVENTURES IV GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By: MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Member

 

 

 

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV GMBH & CO. BETEILIGUNGS KG

 

 

 

By: MPM BIOVENTURES IV GP LLC, in its capacity as the

 

Managing Limited Partner

 

By: MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Member

 

 

 

 

 

MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT INVESTORS BV4 LLC

 

 

 

By: MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

MAYO FOUNDATION FOR MEDICAL EDUCATION AND RESEARCH

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MAYO CLINIC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

AMV PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Accuitive Medical Ventures II, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John Deedrick

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 



 

EXECUTION COPY

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) by and among Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned stockholders of the Company is made and entered into as of March 8, 2010, with respect to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”), dated as of June 4, 2008 by and among the Company and the stockholders listed on Schedule 1 thereto (each a “ Stockholder ” and collectively the “ Stockholders ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ First Amendment ”), dated as of August 26, 2008, by and among the Company and the Stockholders, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ Second Amendment ”), dated as of December 12, 2008, by and among the Company and the Stockholders (the Original Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment and Second Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Corporation and the Stockholders are parties to that certain Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which certain of the Investors are purchasing additional shares of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) in one or more closings (the “ Series A Extension Financing ”).

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Series A Extension Financing, the Corporation and the undersigned Stockholders desire to amend the Stockholders’ Agreement in certain respects as set forth herein.

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 11(b) of the Stockholders’ Agreement, any provision of the Stockholders’ Agreement may be amended or waived if such amendment or waiver is in writing and approved by the Requisite Holders (as defined below) and the Corporation; provided, however , that if any proposed amendment or waiver would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate adverse effect on the holders of Common Stock as compared to holders of Preferred Stock, then such proposed amendment or waiver shall also require the consent of holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock.

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, “Requisite Holders” means Stockholders holding not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

WHEREAS , any amendment, modification or waiver effected in accordance with Section 11(b) of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall be binding upon each Stockholder and the Corporation.

 



 

WHEREAS , the undersigned Stockholders hold, in the aggregate not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Amendments .  Clauses (i) and (iii) of the definition of “Exempt Issuances” in Section 1 of the Stockholders’ Agreement are hereby amended to read in their entirety as follows:

 

“(i) the issuance or sale of Common Stock or options therefore, and the issuance of shares upon exercise of such options, up to 23,936,840 shares of Common Stock and such additional shares of Common Stock in excess of 23,936,840 as are approved by the Board, under the Corporation’s current equity incentive plan or any successor equity incentive plan or program thereto;”

 

“(iii) the issuance or sale of up to 57,701,424 shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2010, as amended from time to time, or the issuance of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date hereof;”

 

3.                                      Reference to and Effect on the Stockholders’ Agreement .  On or after the date hereof, each reference in the Stockholders’ Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Stockholders’ Agreement as amended hereby.  No reference to this Amendment need be made in any instrument or document at any time referring to the Stockholders’ Agreement, a reference to the Agreement, in any of such to be deemed a reference to the Stockholders’ Agreement as amended hereby.

 

4.                                      No Other Amendments .  Except as set forth herein, the Stockholders’ Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

5.                                      Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties necessary to give effect to this Amendment, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

6.                                      Headings .  All section headings herein are inserted for convenience only and shall not modify or affect the construction or interpretation of any provisions of this Amendment or the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

7.                                      Governing Law .  This Amendment and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted

 

2



 

in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

CORPORATION:

 

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Konstantinos Alataris

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ABERDARE VENTURES III, LP

 

 

 

By: Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John H. Odden

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

ABERDARE PARTNERS III, LP

 

 

 

By: Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John H. Odden

 

 

Title: Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital LLC

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV

 

CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By: Bay City Capital LLC

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

THREE ARCH PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THREE ARCH ASSOCIATES IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

 

 

 

By: MPM BIOVENTURES IV GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By: MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV GMBH & CO. BETEILIGUNGS KG

 

 

 

By:

MPM BIOVENTURES IV GP LLC, in its capacity as the Managing Limited Partner

 

By:

MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Member

 

 

 

 

 

MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT INVESTORS BV4 LLC

 

 

 

By: MPM BIOVENTURES IV LLC, its Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

MAYO FOUNDATION FOR MEDICAL EDUCATION AND RESEARCH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MAYO CLINIC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

AMV PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Accuitive Medical Ventures II, LLC

 

Its:  General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John Deedrick

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

MARK B. KNUDSON REVOCABLE TRUST U/A DTD 4/18/2003

 

 

 

By: Mark B. Knudson, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Mark B. Knudson

 

 

 

By: Dorsey & Whitney Trust Company LLC, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

SUSAN J. KNUDSON REVOCABLE TRUST U/A DTD 4/18/2003

 

 

 

By:  Susan J. Knudson, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Susan J. Knudson

 

 

 

By:  Dorsey & Whitney Trust Company LLC, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 


 

EXHIBIT F

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of June 4, 2008, is made and entered into by and among Nevro Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the stockholders of the Company listed on Exhibit A hereto, as such Exhibit A may be amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders ”).  For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Company” shall be deemed to include and refer to any successor in interest to the Company, whether by means of statutory conversion, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , certain of the Stockholders (the “ Existing Investors ”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess certain registration rights under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and other rights and are subject to certain obligations pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 6, 2006 by and among the Company and such Existing Investors, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 1, 2006 (together as amended,  the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 14.3 of the Prior Agreement, the Prior Agreement may be amended, and any provision therein waived, with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities;

 

WHEREAS , any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with Section 14.3 shall be binding upon each holder of Registrable Securities and the Company;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the undersigned Existing Investors constituting not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to a Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated of even date herewith, between the Company and each of the Stockholders (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), the Company has agreed to issue and sell to the Stockholders, and the Stockholders have agreed to purchase from the Company, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock; and

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Stockholders deem it desirable to enter into this Agreement.

 



 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the recitals and the mutual premises, covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  In addition to capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

 

Business Day ” means each day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the city of San Francisco, California are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor agency performing comparable functions.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rule and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any holder of Registrable Securities, the parents, siblings, spouse and issue, spouses of issue and any trust for the benefit of, or the legal representative of, any of the preceding Persons, or any partnership substantially all of the partners of which are one or more of such Persons or the holder of Registrable Securities or any limited liability company substantially all of the members of which are one or more of such Persons or the holder of Registrable Securities.

 

Original Issue Price means $0.364 per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or other entity, or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Preferred Stock Registrable Securities ” means at any time, any of the following owned by any equity holder of the Company party to this Agreement: (i) any common equity securities of the Company issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Series A Preferred Stock, or issuable or issued upon conversion or exchange of other equity securities of the Company into which the Series A Preferred Stock shall be reclassified or changed, including by reason of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory conversion then outstanding which are then owned by any Stockholder, including any other Person who is a permitted transferee or assignee of such holder pursuant to Section 12 hereof; and (ii) any

 

2



 

common equity securities of the Company then outstanding which were issued as, or were issued directly or indirectly upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of other equity securities issued or issuable as a dividend, stock split or other distribution with respect or in replacement of any equity securities referred to in (i) of this definition.

 

Public Offering ” means any offering by the Company of its equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or any comparable statement under any comparable federal statute then in effect (other than any registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any successor forms thereto).

 

Qualified IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company that yields net proceeds to the Company of not less than $30,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses) at an equivalent price per share of Common Stock of not less than three (3) times the Original Issue Price (as adjusted for any equity split, equity combination, in-kind equity distribution, recapitalization or similar transaction).

 

Registrable Securities ” means at any time, any of the following owned by any equity holder of the Company party to this Agreement: (i) Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company into which the Common Stock then outstanding shall be reclassified or changed, including by reason of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory conversion which are then owned by any Stockholder, including any other Person who is a permitted transferee or assignee of such holder pursuant to Section 12 hereof; (ii) the Preferred Stock Registrable Securities; and (iii) any common equity securities of the Company then outstanding which were issued as, or were issued directly or indirectly upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of other equity securities issued or issuable as a dividend, stock split or other distribution with respect or in replacement of any equity securities referred to in (i) or (ii) of this definition; provided, however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any equity securities which have been registered pursuant to the Securities Act or which have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 of the Commission under the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated of even date herewith, among the Company and each of the holders of shares of the Company’s capital stock signatory thereto, as amended from time to time.

 

2.                                       Demand Registration.

 

2.1                                Long-Form Registrations .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, at any time after 180 days following the effective date of an initial public offering of the Company’s securities (an “ IPO ”), the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock Registrable Securities may request

 

3



 

registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their then outstanding Registrable Securities represented by such Preferred Stock Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration; provided, that with respect to any demands under this clause (a) the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration exceeds $20,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions).

 

(b)                                  Within ten (10) days after receipt of any written request pursuant to this Section 2.1 , the Company will give written notice of such request to all other holders of Registrable Securities and will use its reasonable best efforts to include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion within 20 days after delivery of the Company’s notice, and, thereupon the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to file as soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days of the receipt of such request, a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration.  All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2.1 are referred to herein as “ Long-Form Demand Registration .”  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, more than two (2) Long-Form Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 .  In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any Long-Form Demand Registration during the period starting with the date 90 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 3 hereof, unless such offering is the Company’s Qualified IPO, in which case, ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of such registration subject to Section 3 hereof; provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

2.2                                Short-Form Registrations .  In addition to the Long-Form Demand Registration provided pursuant to Section 2.1 above, commencing the date on which the Company becomes eligible to register securities issued by it on a Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration, the holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding will be entitled to request registrations under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities on Form S-3, if available to the Company, or any similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Demand Registrations ” and, together with the Long-Form Demand Registration, “ Demand Registrations ”); provided, however , that the anticipated aggregate offering amount of the Registrable Securities included in any such Short-Form Registration exceeds $2,000,000.  Promptly after receipt of any request pursuant to this Section 2.2 , the Company will give written notice of such request to all other holders of Registrable Securities and will use reasonable best efforts to include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion within 15 days after delivery of the Company’s notice.  Once the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to make Short-Form Demand Registrations available for the sale of Registrable Securities.  Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Demand Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form.  If a Short-Form Demand Registration is to be an underwritten Public Offering, and if the underwriters for marketing or other reasons request the inclusion in the registration statement of information which is not required under the Securities Act to be included in a registration statement on the applicable form for the Short-Form Demand Registration, the Company will provide such information as may be reasonably requested for

 

4



 

inclusion by the underwriters in the Short-Form Demand Registration.  The Company shall be obligated to effect an unlimited number of, but shall not be obligated to pay for more than two (2), Short-Form Demand Registrations in any twelve month period pursuant to this Section 2.2 .

 

2.3                                Payment of Expenses for Demand Registrations .  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses (as defined in Section 6 below) for the Demand Registrations permitted under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 (other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred by each holder of the Company’s securities participating in the registration and subject to the limitation in Section 2.2 ).  A registration will not count as a Demand Registration (i) unless a registration statement with respect thereto has become effective and remained effective in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement until the earlier of (x) such time as all of such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement and (y) 120 days after the effective date of such registration statement, (ii) if after it has become effective, such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason not attributable to the selling holders and has not thereafter become effective, or (iii) if the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied or waived, other than by reason of a failure on the part of the holders of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder.

 

2.4                                Priority .  If a Demand Registration is an underwritten Public Offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of the number of Registrable Securities and other securities requested to be included exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in the offering without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering, then the managing underwriter may exclude securities (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting and the number of securities that may be included in such registration and underwriting shall include first , the Preferred Stock Registrable Securities Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Preferred Stock Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of Preferred Stock Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, second , the Registrable Securities (other than the Preferred Stock Registrable Securities) requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and third , other equity securities requested to be included in such registration to be allocated pro rata among the holders of thereof on the basis of the number of such equity securities owned by each such holder.  In no event will a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 count as a Long-Form Demand Registration for purposes of Section 2.1 unless at least thirty percent (30%) of all Registrable Securities requested to be registered in such Demand Registration by the initiating holders are, in fact, registered and sold in such registration.

 

2.5                                Restrictions .  Except as contemplated by Section 2.2 hereof, the Company will not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 180 days after the effective date of a previous Demand Registration.  With respect to any Demand Registration, if (a) the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably and in good faith determines that such filing would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders, or require a disclosure of a material

 

5



 

fact that might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or any plan or proposal by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition or disposition of assets or equity securities (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer, material financing or other significant transaction and (b) the Company shall furnish the holders of Registrable Securities who have requested a Demand Registration a certificate signed by an executive officer of the Company to such effect, the Company may postpone for up to 120 days the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration; provided , that the Company may not postpone the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration more than once in any 12-month period; and provided , further , that the Company may not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 120-day period (other than in a Qualified IPO or a registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any successor forms thereto).

 

2.6                                Selection of Underwriters. The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities initiating the Demand Registration shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering, subject to the Company’s approval which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

3.                                       Piggyback Registration.

 

3.1                                Right to Piggyback .  At any time following a Qualified IPO, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities (or securities that are convertible into equity securities) under the Securities Act for its own account, and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of any Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”) (except for the registrations on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any successor form thereto), the Company will promptly give written notice to all holders of the Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and will use reasonable best efforts to include in such registration all Registrable Securities (in accordance with the priorities set forth in Sections 3.2 and 3.3 below) with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion specifying the number of equity securities desired to be registered, which request shall be delivered within 20 days after the delivery of the Company’s notice.

 

3.2                                Priority on Primary Registrations .  If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in the registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering, then the managing underwriter may exclude securities (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of securities that may be included in such registration and underwriting shall include first , any securities that the Company proposes to sell, second , the Preferred Stock Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Preferred Stock Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, third , the Registrable Securities (other than the Preferred Stock Registrable Securities) requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and fourth , other equity securities requested to be included in such

 

6



 

registration to be allocated pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of such equity securities owned by each such holder.

 

3.3                                Selection of Underwriters .  In connection with any Piggyback Registration, the Company will have such right to select the managing underwriters (subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

4.                                       Lock-Up Agreements .

 

4.1                                Holders’ Agreements .  To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, in connection with an IPO, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees that upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering, it will (a) not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, otherwise dispose of, hedge or transfer any of the economic interest in (or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing) any Registrable Securities (other than those included in the registration, if any) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, during the 180-day period following the effective date of such registration, and (b) enter into and be bound by such form of agreement with respect to the foregoing as the Company or such managing underwriter may reasonably request; provided that each officer and director and each third party who holds 1.0% or more of the outstanding equity securities of the Company also agrees to such restrictions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.1 , the 180-day lock-up period described above may be extended by the managing underwriters in their sole discretion for such period of time as is required in order to permit such managing underwriters or co-managers of the offering to publish or otherwise distribute research reports or make public appearances concerning the Company while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc .  Nothing herein shall prevent a holder of Registrable Securities from transferring Registrable Securities to a permitted transferee as provided for in Section 7 of the Stockholders’ Agreement; provided , that any transferees of such Registrable Securities agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the extent the transferor would be so bound.

 

4.2                                Company’s Agreements.   The Company agrees not to effect, and, to the extent not inconsistent with applicable laws, to cause each holder of its equity securities purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (except in a registered public offering) not to effect, in connection with an IPO, any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the 180-day period following the effective date of such registration .

 

5.                                       Registration Procedures.   Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof and, pursuant thereto, the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and, as soon as practicable after the end of the period within which requests for registration may be given to the Company, file with the Commission a

 

7



 

registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish copies of all such documents proposed to be filed to one counsel designated by holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement);

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus(es) used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than 120 days, and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus(es) included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

 

(d)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as Investor reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (ii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) subject it to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

 

(e)                                   promptly notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company will prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

 

(f)                                    cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or if no such securities are then listed, such securities exchange as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration may request;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent, registrar and CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

8



 

(h)                                  enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other customary actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(i)                                      make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement; provided, however , that any records, information or documents that are furnished by the Company and that are non-public shall be used only in connection with such registration and shall be kept strictly confidential by any seller of Registrable Securities except to the extent disclosure of such records, information or documents is required by written order of a court or other governmental authority having jurisdiction;

 

(j)                                     advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

 

(k)                                  at least 48 hours prior to the filing of any registration statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus, furnish a copy thereof to each seller of such Registrable Securities and refrain from filing any such registration statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement to which counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such document does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, unless, in the case of an amendment or supplement, in the opinion of counsel for the Company the filing of such amendment or supplement is reasonably necessary to protect the Company from any liabilities under any applicable federal or state law and such filing will not violate applicable laws;

 

(l)                                      at the request of any seller of such Registrable Securities in connection with an underwritten offering, furnish on the date or dates provided for in the underwriting agreement:  (i) an opinion of counsel, addressed to the underwriters and the sellers of Registrable Securities, covering such matters as such counsel, underwriters and the sellers may reasonably agree upon, including such matters as are customarily furnished in connection with an underwritten offering, and (ii) a letter or letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company addressed to the underwriters and the sellers of Registrable Securities, covering such matters as such accountants, underwriters and sellers may reasonably agree upon, in which letter(s) such accountants shall state, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that they are independent certified public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that in their opinion the financial statements and other financial data of the Company included in the registration statement, the prospectus(es), or any amendment or

 

9


 

supplement thereto, comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(m)                             make senior executives of the Company reasonably available to assist the underwriters with respect to, and accompany the underwriters on, the so-called “road show” in connection with the marketing efforts for, and the distribution and sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement; and

 

(n)                                 make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement of the Company that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act covering a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of such registration statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the termination of such 12-month period.

 

6.                                      Registration Expenses.

 

6.1                               Company’s Expenses .  Subject to the limitation in Section 2.2 , all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any “road show,” and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration to represent all holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding underwriting discounts and selling commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), will be borne by the Company.  In addition, the Company will pay its internal expenses (including, but not limited to, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance obtained by the Company and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange; provided, however, that if a request for Demand Registration is subsequently withdrawn at the request of a majority of the holders of Registrable Securities requested to be registered, the holders of Registrable Securities who have withdrawn such request for Demand Registration shall forfeit such Demand Registration unless the holders of Registrable Securities to be registered pay (or reimburse the Company) for all of the Registration Expenses with respect to such withdrawn registration; provided, further, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the holders (A) have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company that was not known to the holders at the time of their request and (B) have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the holders shall not be required to pay any of such Registration Expenses and shall not forfeit their Demand Registration.

 

6.2                               Holder’s Expenses . To the extent that any expenses incident to any registration are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of Registrable Securities included in a registration will pay all such expenses which are clearly and solely attributable to the registration of such holder’s Registrable Securities so included in such registration, and any other expenses not so attributable to one holder will be borne and paid by all sellers of securities

 

10



 

included in such registration in proportion to the number of securities so included by each such seller.

 

7.                                      Indemnification.

 

7.1                               By the Company.   The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its members, managers, officers, employees and directors and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and expenses) caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein or by such holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same.  In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities.  The payments required by this Section 7.1 will be made periodically during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses incurred.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 7.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any holder of Registrable Securities, underwriter or controlling Person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expenses or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission that is contained in or omitted from any information so furnished in writing by such holder, underwriter or controlling Person for the acknowledged purpose of inclusion in such registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus.

 

7.2                               By Each Holder of Registrable Securities .  In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information as is reasonably necessary for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its members, managers, directors, employees and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in or omitted from any information so furnished in writing by such holder for the acknowledged purpose of inclusion in such registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus; provided , that the obligation to indemnify will be several, not joint and several, among such holders of Registrable Securities and the liability of each such holder of Registrable Securities

 

11



 

will be in proportion to and limited in all events to the gross proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement, except in the case of willful fraud.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 7.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the relevant holder of Registrable Securities (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

7.3                               Procedure.   Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 7 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give written notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has received written notice of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided such counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall bear the expense of such defense of the Indemnified Party if (i) the Indemnifying Party has agreed in writing to pay such expenses, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, or (iii) in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, based upon the written advice of such Indemnified Party’s counsel, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicts of interest; provided, however , that in no event shall the Indemnifying Party be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (excluding one local counsel per jurisdiction as necessary) for all Indemnified Parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same event, allegations or circumstances.  The Indemnified Party shall not make any settlement without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 7 only to the extent that such failure to give notice shall materially adversely prejudice the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation.  No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement (A) which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party or (B) which includes an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

 

7.4                               Survival.   The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such Indemnified Party and will survive the transfer of securities.

 

8.                                      Contribution .

 

8.1                               Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 7 from the Indemnifying Party is unavailable to or unenforceable by the Indemnified Party in respect to any

 

12



 

costs, fines, penalties, losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such costs, fines, penalties, losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Parties in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the costs, fines, penalties, losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7 , any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding.  For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall any contribution by a holder of Registrable Securities under this Section 8.1 exceed the gross proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement, except in the case of willful fraud.

 

8.2                               Equitable Considerations; Etc.   The Company and the holders of Registrable Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

9.                                      Compliance with Rule 144 and Rule 144A .  In the event that the Company (a) registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, (b) issues an offering circular meeting the requirements of Regulation A under the Securities Act or (c) commences to file reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, then at the request of any holder of Registrable Securities who proposes to sell securities in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act, the Company will (i) forthwith furnish to such holder a written statement of compliance with the filing requirements of the Commission as set forth in Rule 144, as such rule may be amended from time to time and (ii) make available to the public and such holders such information, and take such action as is reasonably necessary, to enable the holders of Registrable Securities to make sales pursuant to Rule 144.  Unless the Company is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will provide to the holder of Registrable Securities and to any prospective purchaser of Registrable Securities under Rule 144A of the Commission, the information described in Rule 144A(d)(4) of the Commission.

 

10.                               Participation in Underwritten Registrations .  No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (a) agrees to sell its securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by such Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all

 

13



 

questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

11.                               Delay of Registration .  No holder of Registrable Securities shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration as a result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement.

 

12.                               Assignment of Registration Rights .  The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a holder of Registrable Securities to a transferee or assignee (a) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a holder of Registrable Securities, (b) that is an affiliated fund or entity of the holder of Registrable Securities, which means with respect to a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company (such a fund or entity, an “ Affiliated Fund ”), (c) who is an Immediate Family Member of a holder of Registrable Securities, or (d) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual holder of Registrable Securities or such holder’s Immediate Family Member; provided , that the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with a written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided, further, that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act.

 

13.                               Termination of Registration Rights .  No holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to exercise any registration rights provided in this Agreement after the earlier of (a) three (3) years following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such holder’s shares of the Company’s equity securities during a three-month period without registration.

 

14.                               Miscellaneous .

 

14.1                        Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  The Company has not entered, and will not hereafter enter, into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with the rights granted to and associated obligations of the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

 

14.2                        Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities .  The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, or other governing documents, as appropriate, which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration.

 

14



 

14.3                        Amendments and Waivers .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived at any time only by the written agreement of the Company and Stockholders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided, however, that the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended or waived without the consent of Stockholders holding all the Registrable Securities adversely affected by such amendment or waiver if such amendment or waiver adversely affects a portion of the Registrable Securities but does not so adversely affect all of the Registrable Securities.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any such holders of any provision or condition of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of Registrable Securities and the Company.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any additional party purchasing shares of Series A Preferred Stock after the date hereof in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement shall become a party to this Agreement as a Stockholder hereunder, without the need of any consent other than the consent of the Corporation, upon such purchaser’s execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and Exhibit A to this Agreement may be revised to include such purchaser without requiring the consent of any of the parties hereto.

 

14.4                        Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not.  In addition, and whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any permitted transferee or assignee of such Registrable Securities as provided for in Section 12 hereof and Section 7 of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

14.5                        Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of and shall not be utilized in interpreting this Agreement.

 

14.6                        Notices .  Any notices required or permitted to be sent hereunder shall be delivered personally, via facsimile transmission (with confirmation), or mailed, via certified mail (return receipt requested), or delivered by overnight courier service to the following addresses, or such other address as any party hereto designates by written notice to the Company, and shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery, if delivered personally or via facsimile, three (3) Business Days after mailing, if mailed, or one (1) Business Day after delivery to the courier, if delivered by overnight courier service:

 

15



 

if to the Company to :

 

Nevro Corp.
411 Acacia Avenue
Palo Alto, California 94306
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telecopy:    (
650) 251-0005

 

with copies sent concurrently to :

 

Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, California 94025
Attention: Michael W. Hall, Esq.
Telecopy: (650) 463-2600

 

if to any holder of Registrable Securities :

 

to the address of such holder as the same appears on Exhibit A hereto (with copies to any parties identified thereon) or, otherwise on the books and records of the Company.

 

14.7                        GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES) .

 

14.8                        Disputed Matters .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any controversy or dispute arising out of this Agreement, interpretation of any of the provisions hereof, or the action of any Stockholder hereunder shall be submitted to arbitration in San Francisco, California before the American Arbitration Association under the commercial arbitration rules then obtaining of said Association.  Any award or decision obtained from any such arbitration proceeding shall be final and binding on the parties, and judgment upon any award thus obtained may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  No action at law or in equity based upon any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be instituted in any court by any Stockholder except (i) an action to compel arbitration pursuant to this Section 14.8 or (ii) an action to enforce an award obtained in an arbitration proceeding in accordance with this Section 14.8 , in which case, the provisions of Sections 14.9 and 14.10 shall apply.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 14.9 and 14.10 shall be subordinate to and shall only apply in connection with an action at law or in equity based upon clauses (i) and/or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 14.8 .

 

14.9                        CONSENT TO JURISDICTION .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY SUIT, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR CLAIM AGAINST IT ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE RELATED AGREEMENTS, OR ANY JUDGMENT

 

16



 

ENTERED BY ANY COURT IN RESPECT THEREOF, MAY BE BROUGHT OR ENFORCED IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIMS THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

14.10                 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHT, POWER, OR REMEDY UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE RELATED AGREEMENTS OR UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH OR ARISING FROM ANY RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENT, AND AGREE THAT ANY SUCH ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.  THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION CONSTITUTE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

14.11                 Reproduction of Documents .  This Agreement and all documents relating hereto, including, but not limited to, (i) consents, waivers, amendments and modifications which may hereafter be executed, and (ii) certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished, may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, optical disk, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process.  The parties agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

14.12                 Remedies .  Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief or specific performance without bond or the necessity of showing actual monetary damages in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

14.13                 Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

17



 

14.14                 Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with all other agreements entered into by the parties hereto in connection therewith, constitutes the complete and final agreement of the parties concerning the matters referred to herein, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings.

 

14.15                 Execution in Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts together shall constitute one instrument.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

18



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Konstantinos Alataris

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Bay City Capital LLC

 

Its:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

BAY CITY CAPITAL FUND IV

 

CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Bay City Capital Management IV LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Bay City Capital LLC

 

Its:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

ABERDARE VENTURES III, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: John H. Odden

 

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

ABERDARE PARTNERS III, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

Aberdare GP III, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: John H. Odden

 

 

 

Title: Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

THREE ARCH PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

THREE ARCH ASSOCIATES IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By: Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

 

 

 

By: MPM BioVentures IV GP LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

By: MPM BioVentures IV LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Member

 

 

 

 

 

MPM BIOVENTURES IV GMBH & CO. BETEILIGUNGS KG

 

 

 

By:

 

Its:

 

 

 

By:

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT INVESTORS BV4 LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

MAYO FOUNDATION FOR MEDICAL EDUCATION AND RESEARCH

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MAYO CLINIC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

AMV PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accuitive Medical Ventures II, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John Deedrick

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

MARK B. KNUDSON REVOCABLE TRUST U/A DTD 4/18/2003

 

 

 

By:  Mark B. Knudson, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Mark B. Knudson

 

 

 

 

 

By:  Dorsey & Whitney Trust Company LLC, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

SUSAN J. KNUDSON REVOCABLE TRUST U/A DTD 4/18/2003

 

 

 

By:  Susan J. Knudson, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Susan J. Knudson

 

 

 

 

 

By:  Dorsey & Whitney Trust Company LLC, Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

JAMES R. THACKER AND KATE WARD THACKER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: James R. Thacker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Kate Ward Thacker

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NEVRO CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Name/Address:

 

No. of Shares of
Common Stock

 

No. of Shares of
Series A Preferred Stock

Bay City Capital Fund IV, L.P.
Attention: Carl Goldfischer
750 Battery Street
Suite 400
San Francisco, CA 94111

 

562,868

 

9,412,499

Bay City Capital Fund IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P.
Attention: Carl Goldfischer
750 Battery Street
Suite 400
San Francisco, CA 94111

 

12,132

 

202,885

Three Arch Partners IV, L.P.
Attention: Bill Harrington
3200 Alpine Road
Portola Valley, CA 94028

 

97,840

 

9,407,661

Three Arch Associates IV, L.P.
Attention: Bill Harrington
3200 Alpine Road
Portola Valley, CA 94028

 

2,160

 

207,723

Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research
Attn: Jeffrey Torborg
200 1
st  Street SW
Rochester, MN 55905

 

1,000,000

 

2,747,252

Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research
Attn: Jeffrey Torborg
200 1
st  Street SW
Rochester, MN 55905

 

 

686,813

MPM BioVentures IV GmBH & Co. Beteiligungs KG
c/o MPM Capital
The John Hancock Tower
200 Clarendon Street, 54
th  Floor
Boston, MA 02116

 

 

2,674,035

MPM BioVentures IV-QP, L.P.
c/o MPM Capital
The John Hancock Tower
200 Clarendon Street, 54
th  Floor
Boston, MA 02116

 

 

2,674,036

MPM Asset Management Investors BV4 LLC
c/o MPM Capital
The John Hancock Tower
200 Clarendon Street, 54
th  Floor
Boston, MA 02116

 

 

146,434

 



 

Name/Address:

 

No. of Shares of
Common Stock

 

No. of Shares of
Series A Preferred Stock

Konstantinos Alataris
411 Acacia Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94306

 

275,000

 

Michael Masterson
750 Battery Street
Suite 400
San Francisco, CA 94111

 

50,000

 

Aberdare Ventures III, L.P.
Attention: Paul Klingenstein
Aberdare Ventures
One Embarcadero Center
Suite 4000
San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

7,381,488

Aberdare Partners III, L.P.
Attention: Paul Klingenstein
Aberdare Ventures
One Embarcadero Center
Suite 4000
San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

173,456

Mark B. Knudson Revocable Trust
Mark B. Knudson, Trustee
Dorsey & Whitney Trust
Company, LLC, Trustee

 

400,000

 

345,432

Susan J. Knudson Revocable Trust
Susan J. Knudson, -Trustee
Dorsey & Whitney Trust
Company, LLC, Trustee

 

 

138,325

Timothy R. Conrad

 

290,000

 

5,583

Sarah Conrad

 

 

139,389

Adrianus P. Donders

 

250,000

 

139,389

Robert S. Nickoloff

 

100,000

 

54,695

James R. Thacker and Kate Ward Thacker

 

58,333

 

412,087

 


 

EXHIBIT G
GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

 

This General Release of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of this        day of                                   , 20    , between Michael DeMane (“Executive”) and Nevro Corp. (the “Company” and, together with Executive, the “Parties”), effective eight days after Executive’s signature (the “Effective Date”), unless Executive revokes Executive’s acceptance as provided in Paragraph 1(b), below.

 

1.                                       General Release of the Company Executive understands that by agreeing to this release Executive is agreeing not to sue, or otherwise file any claim against, the Company or any of its employees or other agents for any reason whatsoever based on anything that has occurred as of the date Executive signs this Release and is released by Executive herein.

 

a)                                      On behalf of Executive and Executive’s heirs and assigns, Executive hereby releases and forever discharges the “Releasees” hereunder, consisting of the Company, and each of its owners, affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, assigns, agents, directors, officers, partners, employees, and insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them (provided that in the case of any individual, insurer or agent, only in connection with such person’s or entity’s official relationship with the Company and not in connection with any other capacity), of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, loss, cost or expense, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “Claims”), which Executive now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims arising out of, based upon, or relating to Executive’s hire, employment, remuneration or resignation by the Releasees, or any of them, including any Claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended; the Equal Pay Act, as amended; the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, and/or any other local, state or federal law governing discrimination in employment and/or the payment of wages and benefits.  Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Executive does not release any claims that cannot be released as a matter of law including, without limitation, claims for indemnity under the California Labor Code and Executive’s right to bring to the attention of the Equal Employment Opportunity or California Department of Fair Employment and Housing claims of discrimination; provided, however, that Executive does release Executive’s right to secure damages for any alleged discriminatory treatment.  In addition, Executive does not release any rights or claims (i) to enforce the offer letter agreement entered into between Executive and the Company dated as of March     , 2011 (the “Offer Letter”), (ii) to be granted a Subsequent Option (as defined and set forth in the Offer Letter) in accordance with the Offer Letter in connection with certain financings prior to the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (iii) to be indemnified and advanced expenses under applicable law or pursuant to the Company’s (or any successor’s) corporate documents or to be covered under any directors’ and officers’ insurance policies and (iv) as a shareholder of the Company (or any successor).

 

b)                                      In accordance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, Executive has been advised of the following:

 



 

i)                                          Executive has the right to consult with an attorney before signing this Release;

 

ii)                                       Executive has been given at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release;

 

iii)                                    Executive has seven (7) days after signing this Release to revoke Executive’s agreement to it, and this Release will not be effective, and Executive will not receive Executive’s severance benefits, until that revocation period has expired.  If Executive wishes to revoke Executive’s acceptance of this Release, Executive must deliver such notice in writing, no later than 5:00 p.m. on the 7 th  day following Executive’s signature to [NAME OF RESPONSIBLE PERSON] in Human Resources at [FAX NUMBER] by fax or [EMAIL ADDRESS] by e-mail.

 

c)                                       EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 

2.                                       Executive’s Representations .   Executive represents and warrants that:

 

a)                                      Executive has returned to the Company all Company property in Executive’s possession;

 

b)                                      Executive is not owed wages, commissions, bonuses or other compensation, other than wages through [LAST DATE OF EMPLOYMENT], any accrued, unused vacation earned through that date, any unreimbursed business expenses incurred and submitted in compliance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies, and any amounts, entitlements or benefits due to him under the Employment Agreement (or not released herein);

 

c)                                       During the course of Executive’s employment Executive did not sustain any injuries for which Executive might be entitled to compensation pursuant to worker’s compensation law;

 

d)                                      Executive has not made any disparaging comments about the Company, nor will Executive do so in the future; and

 

e)                                       Executive has not initiated any adversarial proceedings of any kind against the Company or against any other person or entity released herein with respect to claims released herein by Executive, nor will Executive do so in the future, except as specifically allowed by this Release.

 

2



 

3.                                       Maintaining Confidential Information Executive confirms his obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined in the Offer Letter).

 

4.                                       Cooperation With the Company .   Subject to his other personal and business commitments, Executive will reasonably cooperate with the Company in its defense of or other participation in any administrative, judicial or other proceeding arising from any charge, complaint or other action which has been or may be filed and of which Executive has knowledge; provided that nothing herein shall require Executive to cooperate if such cooperation is adverse to his legal interests. The Company agrees to promptly reimburse Executive for any reasonable out of pocket expenses he incurs in connection with such cooperation.

 

5.                                       Severability The provisions of this Release are severable.  If any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

 

6.                                       Choice of Law .   This Release shall in all respects be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

7.                                       Integration Clause .   Other than the Offer Letter, this Release contains our entire agreement with regard to the transition and separation of Executive’s employment, and supersedes and replaces any prior agreements as to those matters, whether oral or written (other than the Offer Letter). This Release may not be changed or modified, in whole or in part, except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and [                              ] of the Company.

 

8.                                       Execution in Counterparts .   This Release may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effectiveness as though executed in a single document.  Facsimile signatures shall have the same force and effectiveness as original signatures.

 

The Parties have carefully read this Release in its entirety; fully understand and agree to its terms and provisions; and intend and agree that it is final and binding on all Parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing on the dates shown below.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[EXECUTIVE NAME]

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

Date

 

 

3


 

EXHIBIT H

 

CURRENT BOARD SERVICE AND CONSULTING ARRANGEMENTS

 

1.               Torax Medical, Inc., Independent Director

 

2.               Rotation Medical, Inc., Independent Director

 

3.               Denali Medical II, Independent Director

 

4.               SafeOrthopaedics, Independent Director and Consultant

 

5.               eResearch, Inc. (ERES), Independent Director, Chairman, Compensation Committee, member, Audit Committee

 


 

EXHIBIT I

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 

FOR EMPLOYEES

 

This Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into between me and Nevro Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any of its current or future subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns permitted by this Agreement (the “ Company ”), as a condition of my becoming employed (or my employment being continued) and in partial consideration for the employment, salary and any other benefits now and hereafter paid to me by the Company.

 

1.                                       PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 

1.1                        I will observe complete confidentiality with respect to, and not disclose, Proprietary Information without the prior written permission of the Company, and will not use any Proprietary Information except as required to perform my job duties for the Company. I will not sell, license, disclose or otherwise exploit any Proprietary Information except as required by law or by any court, arbitrator or administrative or legislative body, with the prior written permission of the Company.  In addition, I may disclose Proprietary Information if necessary for the enforcement or defense of my rights under this Agreement or the offer letter agreement entered into between us dated as of March       , 2011 (the “ Offer Letter ”). “ Proprietary Information ” includes, but is not limited to (and, for the sake of clarity, includes Inventions, as defined below), any information relating or belonging to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, marketing and sales information, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, product lines, prototypes, services, research and development activities, source codes and computer systems, software, any document marked “Confidential” (or with a similar expression), or any information which I have been told is confidential or which I should reasonably expect would be regarded as confidential by the Company, its customers, suppliers, employees and other persons.

 

1.2                        I will not remove any Proprietary Information from the Company’s premises, except to the extent I am required to do so in the performance of my job duties. Upon the termination of my employment with the Company, or upon the Company’s, I will return to the Company all Proprietary Information, in whatever form or media, and any copies or reproductions thereof, that are in my possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I shall be permitted to retain copies of personnel documents that I signed, information about personal contacts, any information relating to my business expenses or compensation, any information I reasonably believe is necessary for my tax returns and any documentation relating to my rights as a shareholder in the Company.

 

2.                                       OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

2.1                        I agree that any inventions, drawings, reports, specifications, formulae, product lines, business methods, data, prototypes, protocols, testing methods, assays, materials (biological, chemical or physical), market information, business analysis, methods of

 



 

manufacture or use, designs, software codes or other works, technology, information or material that I create, conceive of or reduce to practice in connection with my employment with the Company or through using any equipment, supplies, facilities or other resources or trade secret information of the Company, including all patents, patent applications, designs, copyrights, trade secrets, proprietary information, and other intellectual property rights thereon or related thereto (the “ Inventions ”) shall be owned by the Company to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and that all such Inventions are “works made for hire” or the equivalent thereof for purposes of the Company’s rights under applicable intellectual property laws.

 

2.2                        I agree that I will promptly disclose to the Company any Inventions developed by me whether alone or jointly with others.  I will also disclose to the Company all things that would be Inventions if made during the term of my employment that are conceived, reduced to practice, or developed by me whether alone or jointly with others within six (6) months of the termination of my employment with the Company.  Nothing herein shall require the trade secrets or confidential information of a third party be disclosed to the Company.  Any disclosure pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be received by the Company in confidence.

 

2.3                        If applicable law vests any rights of ownership of any Inventions in me, I hereby assign to the Company, without further consideration (except as otherwise required by applicable law, collective bargaining agreement or contract), by way of present assignment of existing and future rights, all of my right, title and interest in and to such Inventions, effective as of the moment of creation of such works, including, but not limited to all right to enforce such rights and bring suit for past, present or future infringement of such rights.  I will execute, without further consideration, all documents as requested by the Company (at the Company’s sole expense) that may be necessary or desirable to effectuate or document these assignments. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on my behalf and instead of me to execute and file any documents, applications or related filings and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes set forth above in this Section 2, including the perfection of assignment and the prosecution and issuance of patents, patent applications, copyright applications and registrations, trademark applications and registrations or other rights in connection with such Inventions and improvements thereto with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

 

2.4                        In addition to the foregoing assignment of Inventions to the Company, I hereby assign to the Company: (i) all worldwide patents, patent applications, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets and other intellectual property or other rights in any Invention; and (ii) any and all Moral Rights (as defined below) I may have in or with respect to any Invention, even after termination of my work on behalf of the Company.  “Moral Rights” means any rights to claim authorship of an invention, to object to or prevent the modification of any Invention, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any Invention, and any similar right, existing under judicial or statutory law of any country in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

 

2.5                        To the extent such works or rights assigned in Sections 2.3 and 2.4 cannot be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, I hereby irrevocably waive any right or interest I may

 



 

have in and to such works (including Moral Rights) as against the Company, and consent without further consideration to any use or actions the Company may make or take with respect to such works that would otherwise violate my rights or interests in works absent such consent.

 

2.6                        I hereby agree to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any form that may be required by the Company) of all Proprietary Information developed by me and all Inventions made by me during the period of my employment at the Company or as described in Section 2.2 hereof, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

2.7                        I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment of Inventions to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Exhibit A ).  I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that I believe meet such provisions.

 

3.                                       NON-SOLICITATION

 

I agree that during the term of my relationship with the Company, and for the period of time commencing on the date of the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, and ending on the earliest of (a) the date that is twenty four (24) months after the date of such termination, (b) in the event such termination occurs following a Change in Control (within the meaning of the Offer Letter), the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such termination or (c) the latest date permitted by law (the “ Restricted Period ”), I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees or consultants of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity.  Further, during my relationship with the Company and at any time following termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, I shall not use any Proprietary Information of the Company to attempt to negatively influence any of the Company’s clients or customers from purchasing Company products or services or to solicit or influence or attempt to influence any client, customer or other person, either directly or indirectly, to direct his or its purchase of products and/or services which are offered by the Company to any person, firm, corporation, institution or other entity in competition with the business of the Company if such person, firm, corporation, institution or other entity is a “Competing Business” as defined in Section 8 of the Offer Letter (“ Restricted Activity ”).  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Agreement shall not prevent me from working for or providing services to an entity (including any subsidiary, division or affiliate thereof) which engages in a Restricted Activity as long as I am not using Proprietary Information of the Company in connection with my working for or providing services to such entity or in connection with the other activities prohibited under this Section 3..

 

4.                                       MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                                I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement or obligation to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company.  I have not entered into, and I

 



 

agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or in conflict with my employment with the Company.

 

4.2                                During my employment by the Company, I will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information, intellectual property or trade secrets, if any, of any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality, and I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality unless expressly authorized in writing by that former employer or person.  I will use in the performance of my duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to my own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.

 

4.3                                In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby consent to the notification of my new employer of my rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

4.4                                I agree and understand that nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or the Company’s right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause.

 

4.5                                This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment by the Company, and shall be binding upon me, my heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

 

4.6                                The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor-in-interest to the Company or other assignee who acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the Company provided such successor-in-interest or assignee fully assumes the Company’s obligations under the Offer Letter.  My obligations hereunder with respect to confidentiality and non-disclosure of information shall continue for so long as the Company continues to treat such information as Proprietary Information.

 

4.7                                Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Proprietary Information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.

 

4.8                                If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

4.9                                This Agreement can only be modified by a subsequent written agreement executed by an officer of the Company.

 

4.10                         I understand and agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflict of laws

 



 

provisions thereof.  I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in San Francisco, California for any lawsuit filed there against me by the Company arising from or related to this Agreement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year written below.

 

Nevro Corp.

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Signature of Employee

 

Name of Employee

 

Position or Title

 

Date

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Section 2870 of the California Labor Code is as follows:

 

(a)                                  Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

 

(1)  Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

 

(2)  Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

(b)                                  To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 


 

EXHIBIT J

 

GOLDEN PARACHUTE EXCISE TAX PROVISIONS.

 

In the event that the Company undergoes a 280G Change in Control (as defined in Section 4(a) below), the provisions set forth in this Exhibit J shall apply with respect to any Contingent Payments (as defined in Section 4 (b) below) payable to you in connection with such 280G Change in Control.

 

1.                                       Change in Control Prior to an Initial Public Offering.   In the event the Company undergoes a 280G Change in Control at a time when none of its capital stock is readily tradeable on an established stock exchange or otherwise, and it is determined that that any portion of the Contingent Payments otherwise payable to you in connection with such Change in Control would be subject to the excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the following provisions shall apply.

 

(a)                                  Upon your written request, the Company shall schedule a stockholder vote that complies with the applicable stockholder approval requirements described in Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-7, in order to seek stockholder approval solely of that portion of the total amount of the Contingent Payments payable to you that, if eliminated, would result in no Excise Tax being imposed with respect to any of such Contingent Payments. Such portion of the total amount of your Contingent Payments is referred to hereinafter as the “Parachute Payment Portion”. The particular Contingent Payments to be included in the Parachute Payment Portion that is submitted for stockholder approval shall be determined in the order of priority specified in Section 1(d) below. If such Contingent Payments are approved by the Company’s stockholders in a vote taken in compliance with all of the shareholder approval requirements applicable to such Payments under Code Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-7, then the entire amount of all of your Contingent Payments shall be paid or provided to you without any reduction thereof.  If such Payments are not so approved, then the particular Contingent Payments included in the Parachute Payment Portion that were not approved by the stockholders shall not be paid or provided to you, but the remaining portion of your Contingent Payments shall be paid or provided to you.

 

(b)                                  If you do not elect to have the Parachute Payment Portion of your Contingent Payments submitted for approval by the Company’s stockholders in accordance with Section 1(a) above, then except as provided in Section 1(c) below, the total amount of the Contingent Payments otherwise payable to you shall be reduced by the smallest amount necessary in order for no portion of your total Contingent Payments to be subject to the Excise Tax.

 

(c)   No reduction in any of your Contingent Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 1(b) above if the After Tax Amount of the Contingent Payments payable you without such reduction would exceed the After Tax Amount of the reduced Contingent Payments payable to you in accordance with Section 1(b) above. For purposes of the foregoing, (A) the “After Tax Amount” of your Contingent Payments, as computed with, and as computed without, the reduction provided for under Section 1(b), shall mean the amount of the Contingent Payments, as so computed, that you would retain after payment of all taxes (including without limitation any federal, state or local income taxes, any excise taxes, any employment taxes and any other taxes) imposed with respect to such Contingent Payments in

 



 

the year or years in which payable; and (B) the amount of such taxes shall be computed at the rates in effect under the applicable tax laws in the year in which the 280G Change in Control occurs, and in the case of any income taxes, by using the maximum combined federal, state and (if applicable) local income tax rates then in effect under such laws.

 

(d)                                  Any reduction in your Contingent Payments required to be made pursuant to Section 1(b) above (the “Required Reduction”) shall be made as follows: first, any such Payments that became fully vested prior to the 280G Change in Control and that pursuant to paragraph (b) of Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q/A 24 are treated as Contingent Payments solely by reason of the acceleration of their originally scheduled dates of payment shall be reduced, by cancellation of the acceleration of their dates of payment; second , any severance payments or benefits, performance-based cash or equity incentive awards, or other Continent Payments the full amounts of which are treated as contingent on the Change in Control pursuant to paragraph (a) of Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q/A 24  shall be reduced; and third, any cash or equity incentive awards, or nonqualified deferred compensation amounts, that vest solely based on your continued service with the Company, and that pursuant to paragraph (c) of Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q/A 24 are treated as contingent on the Change in Control because they become vested as a result of the Change in Control, shall be reduced, by canceling the acceleration of their vesting. In each case, the amounts of the Contingent Payments shall be reduced in the inverse order of their originally scheduled dates of payment or vesting, as applicable, and shall be so reduced only to the extent necessary to achieve the Required Reduction.

 

2.                                       Change in Control after an Initial Public Offering.    In the event the Company undergoes a 280G Change in Control at time when its capital stock is readily tradeable on an established stock exchange or otherwise, then if it is determined that any Contingent Payment payable to you is subject, in whole or in part, to the Excise Tax, you shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “ Gross-up Payment ”) in an amount such that after payment by you of all taxes imposed with respect to such Gross-up Payment (including, without limitation, any income, employment, excise or other taxes, and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes) you retain an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon such Contingent Payment or any part thereof, together with any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such Excise Tax.  Any Gross-up Payment payable to you with respect to any Excise Tax (and interest or penalties imposed with respect thereto) shall be made to you by no later than 5 days prior to the due date for payment thereof, or if the amount of such Gross-up Payment cannot be determined as of such date, as soon thereafter as it can be determined but in any event by no later that by December 31 of the year following the year in which the Excise Tax (and any income or employment taxes, interest or penalties to which such Gross-up Payment relates)  are remitted to the applicable taxing authorities.

 

3.                                       Parachute Payment Determinations.  By no later than 30 days prior to the closing of the transaction or the occurrence of the event that constitutes the 280G Change in Control, or as soon thereafter as administratively practicable, determinations shall be made as to the following: (x) whether any Excise Tax will be payable with respect your Contingent Payments and if so, the amount of thereof; (y) if Section 1(a) above applies, (A) the amount of the Parachute Payment Portion of your Contingent Payments, and the particular Contingent Payments to be included therein, if you request stockholder approval for such Payments, or (B) the amount of the reductions, if any, required to be made to your Contingent Payments under Sections 1(b) and 1(c) above if you do not request stockholder

 



 

approval, and the manner of implementing any such reductions in accordance with Section 1(d) above; and (z) ) if Section 2 above applies, the amount of the Gross-up Payment to be made to you with respect to the Excise Tax payable with respect to your Contingent Payments. Such determinations, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations (other than those assumptions specified in the last two sentences of this Section 3, shall be made by an independent auditor (the “Auditor”) jointly selected by you and the Company, all of whose fees and expenses shall be borne and directly paid solely by the Company.  The Auditor shall provide a written report of its determinations, including detailed supporting calculations, both to you and to the Company. The determinations made by Auditor hereunder shall be binding upon the Company.

 

4.                                       Definitions.  For purposes of the foregoing, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  “280G Change in Control” shall mean a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, as determined in accordance with section 280G(b)(2) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

(b)                                  “Contingent Payments” shall mean any payments or benefits in the nature of compensation that are to be paid or provided to you or for your benefit in connection with a 280G Change in Control (whether under this Agreement or otherwise, including by the entity, or by any affiliate of the entity, whose acquisition of the stock of the Company or its assets constitutes the Change in Control) if you are a “disqualified individual” (as defined in section 280G(c) of the Code) at the time of the 280G Change in Control, to the extent that such payments or benefits are “contingent” on the 280G Change in Control within the meaning of section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder .

 




Exhibit 10.12(b)

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Michael DeMane (“ Executive ”) and Nevro Corp. (the “ Company ”) (together referred to herein as the “ Parties ”), effective as of the latest date set forth by the signatures of the parties hereto below (the “ Effective Date ”).  This Agreement supersedes in its entirety that certain offer letter between Executive and the Company dated as of March 8, 2011 (the “ Prior Agreement ”) and any other agreement to which the Company is a party with respect to Executive’s employment with the Company, except for the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement executed by Executive (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.                                     The Company desires to assure itself of the continued services of Executive by engaging Executive to perform services under the terms hereof.

 

B.                                     Executive desires to provide continued services to the Company on the terms herein provided.

 

C.                                     The Parties desire to execute this Agreement to supersede in its entirety the Prior Agreement and reflect certain changes to Executive’s employment with the Company effective as of the Effective Date.

 

D.                                     Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 11 below.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, including the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Employment .

 

(a)                                  General.   The Company shall continue to employ Executive as a full-time employee of the Company effective as of the Effective Date for the period and in the position set forth in this Section 1, and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.

 

(b)                                  Position and Duties .  Executive shall continue to have the title of Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and shall report to the Board.  Executive shall also serve in such other capacity or capacities as the Company may from time to time prescribe.  As a Company employee, Executive will continue to be expected to comply with Company policies.  In addition, as of the Effective Date, Executive shall continue to serve as a member of the Board and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Executive to be reelected as a member of the Board or as the Chairman of the Board while employed hereunder.

 



 

(c)                                   Location .  Executive shall perform services for the Company from Executive’s current residence in Minneapolis, Minnesota with periodic travel to the Company’s offices located in Menlo Park, California or, with the Company’s consent, at any other place in connection with the fulfillment of Executive’s role with the Company; provided , however , that the Company may from time to time require Executive to travel temporarily to other locations in connection with the Company’s business.

 

(d)                                  Exclusivity .  It is the Company’s understanding that there is not any other agreement with a prior employer that would restrict Executive in continuing to perform the duties of Executive’s position with the Company and Executive represents that such is the case.  Moreover, Executive agrees that, during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to a business involved in the development, manufacturing and/or marketing of a spinal cord neuro-stimulation for the treatment of pain or any other specific business the Company actively pursues during Executive’s employment (a “ Competing Business ”), nor will Executive engage in any other activities that materially conflict with Executive’s obligations to the Company.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company acknowledges that Executive shall not be prevented from being employed or otherwise providing services to a Competing Business following the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder, subject to Executive’s continuing obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined below).  Executive has discussed with the Company Executive’s outside-based activities including board directorships listed in Exhibit A hereto and the Company agrees that those activities do not conflict with Executive’s obligations to the Company.  Executive agrees not to bring any third-party confidential information to the Company, including that of Executive’s former employer, and that in performing Executive’s duties for the Company Executive will not in any way utilize any such information.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, Executive may serve in any capacity with any civic, educational or charitable organization, and subject to the prior approval of the Board, Executive may also serve as a member of the board of directors of a company that is not a Competing Business or as a consultant to a venture capital firm, provided that such service does not materially interfere with Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company hereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company acknowledges that the board service and consulting arrangements Executive is currently engaged in and listed on Exhibit A hereto do not currently conflict with Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company.

 

2.                                       Compensation and Related Matters.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  Executive’s annual base salary (as may be increased from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”) will continue to be $500,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.  The Board or a committee of the Board shall review Executive’s Base Salary periodically and any increase to Executive’s Base Salary, if any, will be made solely at the discretion of the Board or a committee of the Board, provided , that neither the Board or a committee of the Board may reduce Executive’s Base Salary.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Bonus .  Executive will continue to be eligible to receive a discretionary annual performance bonus, with a target achievement of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then-Base Salary (the “ Annual Bonus ”).  Any Annual Bonus amount payable shall be based on the achievement of performance goals to be established by the Company after consultation with Executive at the start of each fiscal year.  The Board or a committee of the Board shall review Executive’s Annual Bonus periodically.  Any Annual Bonus earned by Executive pursuant to this section shall be paid to Executive, less authorized deductions and required withholding obligations, within two and a half months following the end of the fiscal year to which the bonus relates.  Commencing in fiscal year 2015, Executive’s target achievement shall be seventy five percent (75%) of Executive’s then-Base Salary.

 

(c)                                   Equity Awards .  Executive shall continue to be eligible to receive grants of equity awards in the Company’s sole discretion.  In addition, upon the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering and subject to Board approval and Executive’s continued service through such date, Executive shall be granted an option to purchase [3,161,000] [subject to stock split] shares of Company common stock, with the exercise price per share equal to the price per share to the public in the Company’s initial public offering, as set forth on the cover of the final prospectus of the initial public offering of Company common stock.  Such option will vest and become exercisable with respect to 1/48th of the shares on each monthly anniversary of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, subject to Executive’s continued service through each such vesting date.  The option will be subject to such other terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable equity incentive plan and the applicable stock option agreement.

 

(d)                                  Vacation; Benefits .  Executive shall continue to be entitled to paid time-off and such other benefits in accordance with Company policy for similarly situated senior management of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Business Expenses .  The Company shall continue to reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred in the conduct of Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies.  In addition, the Company shall continue to reimburse or directly pay the costs incurred by Executive for commuting from the Minneapolis, Minnesota area to the Company’s principal offices in Menlo Park, California, including, without limitation, any reasonable travel expenses and reasonable accommodations near the Company’s principal offices.  The expenses referred in this Section 2(e) shall be paid directly by the Company or reimbursed upon Executive’s submission of vouchers and an expense report in such form as may be required by the Company consistent with the Company’s policies in place from time-to-time.

 

(f)                                    Indemnification .  The Company and Executive shall continue to be bound by that certain Indemnification Agreement entered into between Executive and the Company.  In addition, the Company agrees to continue to maintain Directors and Officers Liability Insurance providing a level of protection of no less than $5,000,000 for so long as Executive serves as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

3



 

3.                                       Termination.

 

(a)                                        At-Will Employment .  The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be “at-will,” as defined under applicable law.  This means that it is not for any specified period of time and can be terminated by Executive or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause.  It also means that Executive’s job duties, title and responsibility and reporting level, work schedule, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with prospective effect, with or without notice, at any time in the sole discretion of the Company.  This “at-will” nature of Executive’s employment shall remain unchanged during Executive’s tenure as an employee and may not be changed, except in an express writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized member of the Company.  If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement.

 

(b)                                        Deemed Resignation .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates, and, at the Company’s request, Executive shall execute such documents as are necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations.

 

4.                                       Obligations upon Termination of Employment.

 

(a)                                        Executive’s Obligations .  Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all Personal Property (as defined below) and equipment furnished to, or prepared by, Executive in the course of, or incident to, Executive’s employment, belongs to the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company upon termination of Executive’s employment (and will not be kept in Executive’s possession or delivered to anyone else).  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Personal Property ” includes, without limitation, all books, manuals, records, reports, notes, contracts, lists, blueprints, and other documents, or materials, or copies thereof (including computer files), keys, building card keys, company credit cards, telephone calling cards, computer hardware and software, cellular and portable telephone equipment, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, and all other proprietary information relating to the business of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Following termination, Executive shall not retain any written or other tangible material containing any proprietary information of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.  In addition, Executive shall continue to be subject to the Confidential Information Agreement.  The representations and warranties contained herein and Executive’s obligations under Subsection 4(a) and the Confidential Information Agreement hereof shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the termination of this Agreement .

 

(b)                                        Payments of Accrued Obligations upon Termination of Employment .  Upon a termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive (or Executive’s estate or legal representative, as applicable) shall be entitled to receive, within ten (10) days after the date Executive terminates employment with the Company (or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law): (i) any portion of Executive’s Base Salary earned through Executive’s termination date not theretofore paid, (ii) any expenses owed to Executive under

 

4



 

Section 2(e) above, (iii) any accrued but unused vacation pay owed to Executive pursuant to Section 2(d) above, and (iv) any amount arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits under, any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements under Section 2(d) above, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements.

 

(c)                                         Severance Payments upon a Covered Termination Other Than During a Change in Control Period .  If Executive experiences a Covered Termination at any time other than during a Change in Control Period, and if Executive executes a general release of all claims against the Company and its affiliates in a form acceptable to the Company (a “ Release of Claims ”) that becomes effective and irrevocable within sixty (60) days, or such shorter period of time specified by the Company, following such Covered Termination, then in addition to any accrued obligations payable under Section 4(b) above, the Company shall provide Executive with the following:

 

(i)                                Severance .  Executive shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to Executive’s then-existing annual Base Salary in effect as of Executive’s termination date, less applicable withholdings, and payable in a cash lump sum on the first regular payroll date following the date of Executive’s Release of Claims becomes effective and irrevocable.

 

(ii)                             Continued Healthcare .  The Company shall notify Executive of any right to continue group health plan coverage sponsored by the Company or an affiliate of the Company immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination pursuant to the provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”).  If Executive elects to receive such continued healthcare coverage, the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse Executive for, the premium for Executive and Executive’ s covered dependents, less the amount of Executive’s monthly premium contributions for such coverage prior to termination, for the period commencing on the first day of the first full calendar month following the date the Release of Claims becomes effective and irrevocable through the earlier of (A) the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) full calendar month following the date the Release of Claims becomes effective and irrevocable and (B) the date Executive and Executive’s covered dependents, if any, become eligible for healthcare coverage under another employer’s plan(s).  Executive shall notify the Company immediately if Executive becomes covered by a group health plan of a subsequent employer.  After the Company ceases to pay premiums pursuant to this Section 4(c)(ii), Executive may, if eligible, elect to continue healthcare coverage at Executive’s expense in accordance the provisions of COBRA.

 

(d)                                  Severance Payments upon a Covered Termination During a Change in Control Period .  If Executive experiences a Covered Termination during a Change in Control Period, and if Executive executes a Release of Claims that becomes effective and irrevocable within sixty (60) days, or such shorter period of time specified by the Company, following such Covered Termination, then in addition to any accrued obligations payable under Section 4(b) above, the Company shall provide Executive with the following:

 

5



 

(i)                                      Severance .  Executive shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the sum of (A) two (2) times of Executive’s then-existing annual Base Salary plus (B) two (2) times Executive’s target Annual Bonus assuming achievement of performance goals at target, in each case, as in effect as of Executive’s termination date.  Such amount will be subject to applicable withholdings and payable in a single lump sum cash payment on the first regular payroll date following the date the Release of Claims becomes effective and irrevocable.

 

(ii)                                   Equity Awards .  Each outstanding equity award, including, without limitation, each stock option and restricted stock award, held by Executive shall automatically become vested and, if applicable, exercisable and any forfeiture restrictions or rights of repurchase thereon shall immediately lapse, in each case, with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the then-unvested shares subject to such outstanding award effective as of immediately prior to such termination date.

 

(iii)                                Continued Healthcare .  The Company shall notify Executive of any right to continue group health plan coverage sponsored by the Company or an affiliate of the Company immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination pursuant to the provisions of COBRA.  If Executive elects to receive such continued healthcare coverage, the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse Executive for, the premium for Executive and Executive’ s covered dependents, less the amount of Executive’s monthly premium contributions for such coverage prior to termination, for the period commencing on the first day of the first full calendar month following the date the Release of Claims becomes effective and irrevocable through the earlier of (A) the last day of the twenty fourth (24 th ) full calendar month anniversary following the date Release of Claims becomes effective and irrevocable and (B) the date Executive and Executive’s covered dependents, if any, become eligible for healthcare coverage under another employer’s plan(s).  Executive shall notify the Company immediately if Executive becomes covered by a group health plan of a subsequent employer.  After the Company ceases to pay premiums pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii), Executive may, if eligible, elect to continue healthcare coverage at Executive’s expense in accordance the provisions of COBRA.

 

(e)                                   No Other Severance.   The provisions of this Section 4 shall supersede in their entirety any severance payment or other arrangement provided by the Company, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement and any severance plan/policy of the Company.

 

(f)                                    No Requirement to Mitigate; Survival .  Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or in any other manner.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment shall not impair the rights or obligations of any party

 

(g)                                   Certain Reductions .  The Company shall reduce Executive’s severance benefits under this Agreement, in whole or in part, by any other severance benefits, pay in lieu of notice, or other similar benefits payable to Executive by the Company in connection with Executive’s termination, including but not limited to payments or benefits pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and

 

6



 

Retraining Notification Act, or (ii) any Company policy or practice providing for Executive to remain on the payroll without being in active service for a limited period of time after being given notice of the termination of Executive’s employment.  The benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, any and all statutory obligations that may arise out of Executive’s termination of employment.  Such reductions shall be applied on a retroactive basis, with severance benefits previously paid being recharacterized as payments pursuant to the Company’s statutory obligation.

 

5.                                       Limitation on Payments .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or distribution Executive would receive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (“ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Company shall cause to be determined, before any amounts of the Payment are paid to Executive, which of the following alternative forms of payment would maximize Executive’s after-tax proceeds: (A) payment in full of the entire amount of the Payment (a “ Full Payment ”), or (B) payment of only a part of the Payment so that Executive receives that largest Payment possible without being subject to the Excise Tax (a “ Reduced Payment ”), whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment, notwithstanding that all or some portion the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.

 

(b)                                  If a Reduced Payment is made pursuant to this Section 5, (i) the Payment shall be paid only to the extent permitted under the Reduced Payment alternative, and Executive shall have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Payment, and (ii) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits payable to Executive.  In the event that acceleration of compensation from Executive’s equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

(c)                                   The independent registered public accounting firm engaged by the Company as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 5.  If the independent registered public accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, group or entity effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder.  The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such independent registered public accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

 

7



 

(d)                                  The independent registered public accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company.  If the independent registered public accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and Executive with an opinion reasonably acceptable to Executive that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment.  Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

 

6.                                       Successors .

 

(a)                                  Company’s Successors .  Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 6(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(b)                                  Executive’s Successors .  The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

7.                                       Notices .  Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or one day following mailing via Federal Express or similar overnight courier service.  In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to Executive at Executive’s home address that the Company has on file for Executive.  In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of the General Counsel of the Company.

 

8.                                       Dispute Resolution .  To ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes that arise in connection with this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment, or the termination of Executive’s employment, shall be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration in San Mateo County, California through Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services/Endispute (“ JAMS ”) in conformity with the then-existing JAMS employment arbitration rules and California law.  By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a

 

8



 

trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding .  The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award.  The Company shall pay all JAMS’s arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required if the dispute were decided in a court of law.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .  The intent of the parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date, (“ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.  If the Company determines that any provision of this Agreement would cause Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A (with specificity as to the reason therefor), the Company and Executive shall take commercially reasonable efforts to reform such provision to try to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate to conform with Section 409A, provided that any such modifications shall not increase the cost or liability to the Company.  To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to Executive and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A.

 

(a)                                  Separation from Service .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, no amount deemed deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be payable pursuant to Section 4 unless Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (“ Separation from Service ”) and, except as provided under Section 9(b) of this Agreement, any such amount shall not be paid, or in the case of installments, commence payment, until the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s Separation from Service.  Any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Specified Employee .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed at the time of his or her Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this

 

9



 

Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of Executive’s death.  Upon the first day of the seventh (7 th ) month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service, all payments deferred pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

 

(c)                                   Expense Reimbursements .  To the extent that any reimbursements payable pursuant to this Agreement are subject to the provisions of Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                                  Installments .  For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality Agreement .  As a condition of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall continue to abide by the Confidential Information Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Withholdings and Offsets .  The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.  If Executive is indebted to the Company at his or her termination date, the Company reserves the right to offset any severance payments under this Agreement by the amount of such indebtedness.

 

(c)                                   Waiver .  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

(d)                                  Whole Agreement .  This Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement represent the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject

 

10


 

matter hereof and supersede all prior arrangements and understandings regarding same, including, without limitation, any severance plan of the Company’s and the Prior Agreement.  Executive agrees and acknowledges that this Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety the Prior Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Amendment .  This Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by Executive and an authorized member of the Company.

 

(f)                                    Choice of Law .  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

(g)                                   Severability .  The finding by a court of competent jurisdiction of the unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not render any other provision of this Agreement unenforceable, invalid or illegal.  Such court shall have the authority to modify or replace the invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision which most accurately represents the intention of the parties hereto with respect to the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

 

(h)                                  Interpretation; Construction .  The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement.  This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has been encouraged to consult with, and has consulted with, Executive’s own independent counsel and tax advisors with respect to the terms of this Agreement.  The parties hereto acknowledge that each party hereto and its counsel has reviewed and revised, or had an opportunity to review and revise, this Agreement, and any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Representations; Warranties .  Executive represents and warrants that Executive is not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing each of the terms and covenants contained in this Agreement, and that Executive’s execution and performance of this Agreement will not violate or breach any other agreements between Executive and any other person or entity and that Executive has not engaged in any act or omission that could be reasonably expected to result in or lead to an event constituting “Cause” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11.                          Definition of Terms .  The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Board .  The “ Board ” means the Company’s board of directors.

 

11



 

(b)                                  Cause .  “ Cause ” means (i) theft or falsification of any employment or Company records committed by Executive that is not trivial in nature; (ii) malicious or willful, reckless disclosure by Executive of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information; (iii) commission by Executive of any immoral or illegal act or any gross or willful misconduct, where a majority of the non-employee members of the Board reasonably determines that such act or misconduct has (A) seriously undermined the ability of the Board to entrust Executive with important matters or otherwise work effectively with Executive, (B) contributed to the Company’s loss of significant revenues or business opportunities, or (C) significantly and detrimentally affected the business or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and/or (iv) the willful failure or refusal by Executive to follow the reasonable and lawful directives of the Board, provided such failure or refusal continues after Executive’s receipt of reasonable notice in writing of such failure or refusal and an opportunity of not less than thirty (30) days to correct the problem.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no act, or failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive without a good faith belief that Executive’s action or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Change in Control .  “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                      A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition;

 

(ii)                                   During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 11(c)(i) or 11(c)(iii) hereof) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two (2)-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition

 

12



 

of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

(A)                                which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

(B)                                after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 9(b)(iii)(2) as beneficially owning fifty percent (50%)  or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

 

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “ Change in Control ” must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(d)                                  Change in Control Period .  “ Change in Control Period ” means the period of time commencing three (3) months prior to a Change in Control and ending twelve (12) months following the Change in Control.

 

(e)                                   Covered Termination .  “ Covered Termination ” shall mean the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company other than for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason.

 

(f)                                    Good Reason .  “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s right to resign from employment with the Company after providing written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days after one or more of the following events occurs without Executive’s consent provided such event remains uncured thirty (30) days after Executive delivers to the Company of written notice thereof: (i) a reduction in Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities as Chief Executive Officer, including a material reduction of authority, duties and responsibilities which results from Executive no longer serving as an officer of the Company; (ii) a material reduction by the Company in Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) the forced relocation of the principal place of business at which Executive performs services for the Company that increases Executive’s one way commute by thirty-five (35) miles or more; or (iv)

 

13



 

the failure of any entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a Change in Control to assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

( Signature page follows )

 

14



 

                                                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Michael DeMane

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Signature Page to Employment Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Permitted Service Relationships Pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

[NEVRO LOGO]

 

4040 Campbell Avenue, Suite 210, Menlo Park CA 94025

 

November 1, 2012

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Michael Enxing

 

Dear Michael,

 

On behalf of Nevro Corp (the “ Company ” or “ NEVRO ”) we are very pleased to offer you the position of Vice President of Sales and Marketing. This position reports to the Chief Executive Officer. Your start date with NEVRO will be December 1, 2012.

 

You will be paid an annual salary of $225,000. You will also be eligible for a management performance based cash bonus of 15% of your annual salary.

 

In addition you will be eligible for a sales performance cash bonus of up to 20% of your annual salary based on the revenue of the Company. At plan revenue you will be entitled to 10% of this bonus with an additional 10% payable for revenue exceeding plan by 20%.

 

The Company will grant you an Incentive Stock Option grant of 3,309,000 shares. These stock options and the strike price are subject to approval by the Board of Directors. The Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (the “ SIP ”) provides for a four year vesting schedule under which, subject to your continuous service with the Company, your grant would vest 12/48 th  on the first anniversary of your employment and 1/48 th  of the total shares beginning in month 13 of your employment until fully vested on the fourth anniversary of your employment with NEVRO.

 

You are entitled to receive benefits as a NEVRO employee. Our benefits include medical, dental, and vision insurance benefits from a variety of health plans, with coverage for both our employee and his or her dependent(s); group life and group disability insurance; flexible spending accounts and a 401(k) plan through Fidelity.

 

As a condition of employment with NEVRO, you will be required to sign a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, which includes confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and assignment to NEVRO of your inventions during employment involving products, procedures or processes with which you will be involved at NEVRO.

 



 

Although we hope that your employment with NEVRO is mutually satisfactory, please note that your employment at NEVRO is “at will.”  This means that you may resign from NEVRO at any time with or without cause, and NEVRO has the right to terminate your employment relationship with or without cause at any time.  Neither this letter nor any other communication, either written or oral, should be construed as a contract of employment for any particular duration.

 

Our offer is contingent on (a) your being able to deliver to NEVRO satisfactory evidence of identity and employment eligibility as required by Federal law on your start date and (b) your providing NEVRO with evidence satisfactory to NEVRO that you have no conflicting obligations to or agreements with any third parties that could (i) have an adverse impact on your ability to properly discharge your responsibilities to NEVRO or (ii) give rise to a third party claim to any intellectual property developed by NEVRO or by you on behalf of NEVRO during your employment with the Company.

 

We are very excited about the prospect of you joining NEVRO as a key member of our team. Your active involvement will be critical in ensuring that we are successful in building the company to the level of achievement which we know is possible.

 

We request that you indicate acceptance of our offer no later than 5:00 pm Friday, November 9, 2012 (at which time this offer will expire if not accepted). To accept our offer, please sign and date this letter below, retain one copy for your records and return the other copy in the enclosed envelope.

 

Please feel free to call me with any questions you may have.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Nevro Corporation

 

 

 

By :

/s/ Michael DeMane

 

Michael DeMane

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted:

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Enxing

 

Michael Enxing

 

 

 

Date: 12.1.2012

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.16

 

[NEVRO LOGO]

 

4040 Campbell Avenue, Suite 210, Menlo Park CA 94025

 

February 27, 2014

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Balakrishnan Shankar

 

Dear Balakrishnan,

 

On behalf of Nevro Corp (the “ Company ” or “ NEVRO ”), we are very pleased to offer you the position of VP, Operations. This position reports to the Chief Executive Officer.  Your targeted start date with NEVRO will be March 24, 2014.

 

This is an exempt position and your base salary is $21,666.67 per month (annualized at $260,000.00), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule for exempt employees. You will also be eligible for a performance based discretionary cash bonus up to 20%. The Company will recommend to the Board of Directors that they grant you an Incentive Stock Option grant of 2,076,000 shares. These stock options and the strike price are subject to approval by the Board of Directors. The Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (the “ SIP ”) provides for a four year vesting schedule under which, subject to your continuous service with the Company, your grant would vest 12/48 th  on the first anniversary of your employment and 1/48 th  of the total shares beginning in month 13 of your employment until fully vested on the fourth anniversary of your employment with NEVRO. In addition, Nevro will reimburse up to $15,000 of relocation expenses (this includes selling expenses regarding your home/condominium).

 

During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard benefits to include group life, group disability, medical, dental, and vision. All benefits and employee co-pay amounts are described in Nevro’s Benefits Overview/Employee Handbook.

 

As a condition of employment with NEVRO, you will be required to sign a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, which includes confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and assignment to NEVRO of your inventions during employment involving products, procedures or processes with which you will be involved at NEVRO. You will also be required to sign an acknowledgement that you have read, do understand, and will comply with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and its related Policies and Procedures.

 

An additional condition of your employment and continued employment arises out of your entry into certain restrictive covenants, including but not limited to an agreement not to compete, in exchange for a stock option issued by your current employer, St. Jude Medical, Inc. (“St. Jude”). While both you and NEVRO are hopeful that St. Jude will not seek to enforce the agreement not to compete, if St. Jude does seek to enforce the agreement, you agree that NEVRO may revoke this offer and, if your employment has commenced, may terminate your employment, without further liability. As discussed, NEVRO is a small, emerging company and is therefore not in a position to engage in expensive and protracted litigation with St. Jude’s and also cannot be put in a situation

 



 

where the role for which you are being hired is unfilled. Therefore, you agree that you will seek recovery of damages arising out of your loss of the employment opportunity with NEVRO solely against St. Jude.  Although we hope that your employment with NEVRO is mutually satisfactory, please note that your employment at NEVRO is “at will.” This means that you may resign from NEVRO at any time with or without cause, and NEVRO has the right to terminate your employment relationship with or without cause at any time. Neither this letter nor any other communication, either written or oral, should be construed as a contract of employment for any particular duration.  The Company has an evaluation period of three (3) months for all employees. Successful completion of the evaluation period does not negate our At-Will policy.

 

Our offer is contingent on (a) your being able to deliver to NEVRO satisfactory evidence of identity and employment eligibility as required by Federal law on your start date and (b) your providing NEVRO with evidence satisfactory to NEVRO that you have no conflicting obligations to or agreements with any third parties that could (i) have an adverse impact on your ability to properly discharge your responsibilities to NEVRO or (ii) give rise to a third party claim to any intellectual property developed by NEVRO or by you on behalf of NEVRO during your employment with the Company.

 

We are very excited about the prospect of you joining NEVRO as a key member of our team.  Your active involvement will be critical in ensuring that we are successful in building the company to the level of achievement which we know is possible.

 

We request that you indicate acceptance of our offer no later than Monday, March 3, 2014 by noon (12:00 pm) at which time this offer will expire if not accepted. To accept our offer, please sign and date this letter below, retain one copy for your records and return the other copy.

 

Please feel free to call me at 650-433-3230 with any questions you may have.

 

Sincerely,

 

Nevro Corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael DeMane

 

Michael DeMane

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted:

 

 

By:

/s/ Balakrishnan Shankar

 

Balakrishnan Shankar

 

 

 

Date:

FEBRUARY 28 , 2014

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.17

 

NBI DEVELOPMENT, INC.

750 Battery Street, Suite 600

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

January 16 th , 2007

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Andre Walker

 

Dear Andre:

 

On behalf of NBI Development, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ NBI ”) we are very pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President — Research and Development. This position reports directly to the CEO. Your start date with NBI will be Monday, February 12, 2007.

 

You will be paid a monthly salary of $20,833.00 (which is annualized to $250,000.00) less appropriate taxes and withholdings. As we have discussed, the Company is in the process of adopting an Equity Incentive Plan (the “ EIP ”). If the EIP is adopted, the Company will grant you Incentive Stock Option equal to l.75% of the fully diluted shares outstanding as of January 1, 2007. It is anticipated that the EIP would provide for a four year vesting schedule under which, subject to your continuous service with the Company, your grant would vest 12/48 on the first anniversary of your employment and l/48th of the total shares beginning in month 13 of your employment until fully vested on the fourth anniversary of your employment with NBI. In addition you will have the opportunity solely in the discretion of the Company and subject to approval of the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors to buy common stock on terms to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. You will also be eligible for all benefits described in enclosed NBI Development Inc Benefit Summary.

 

As a condition of employment with NBI, you will be required to sign a Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement, which includes confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and assignment to NBI your inventions during employment involving products, procedures or processes with which you will be involved at NBI.

 

Although we hope that your employment with NBI is mutually satisfactory, please note that your employment at NBI is “at will.” This means that you may resign from NBI at any time with or without cause, and NBI has the right to terminate your employment relationship with or without cause at any time. Neither this letter nor any other communication, either written or oral, should be construed as a contract of employment for any particular duration.

 



 

Our offer is contingent on (a) your being able to deliver to NBI satisfactory evidence of identity and employment eligibility as required by Federal law on your start date and (b) your providing NBI with evidence satisfactory to NBI that you have no conflicting obligations to or agreements with any third parties that could (i) have an adverse impact on your ability to properly discharge your responsibilities to NBI or (ii) give rise to a third party claim to any intellectual property developed by NBI or by you on behalf of NBI during your employment with the Company.

 

Andre, we are very excited about the prospect of you joining NBI as a key member of our team. Your active involvement will be critical in ensuring that we are successful in building the company to the level of achievement which we know is possible.

 

We request that you indicate acceptance of our offer no later than 5:00 pm Friday, January 19, 2007 (at which time this offer will expire if not accepted). To accept our offer, please sign and date this letter below, retain one copy for your records and return the other copy in the enclosed envelope.

 

Please feel free to call me with any questions you may have.

 

Sincerely,

 

NBI DEVELOPMENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Konstantinos Alataris

 

Konstantinos Alataris,

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andre Walker

 

Andre Walker

 

 

 

Date: 1/17/2007

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.19

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PROGRAM

 

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “ Board ”) of Nevro Corp. (the “ Company ”) shall be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (this “ Program ”), which is being adopted pursuant to the Board’s resolutions on October 9, 2014.  The cash and equity compensation described in this Program shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board, to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “ Non-Employee Director ”) who may be eligible to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company.  This Program shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board.  This Program may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time, without advance notice, in its sole discretion.  The terms and conditions of this Program shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors.  This Program shall become effective on the date of the pricing of the initial public offering of Company common stock (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1.                                       Cash Compensation .

 

(a)                                  Annual Retainers .  Each Non-Employee Director shall be eligible to receive an annual retainer of $40,000 for service on the Board.

 

(b)                                  Additional Annual Retainers .  In addition, a Non-Employee Director shall receive the following annual retainers:

 

(i)                                      Audit Committee .  A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000 for such service.  A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.

 

(ii)                                   Compensation Committee .  A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for such service.  A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $8,000 for such service.

 

(iii)                                Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee .  A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.  A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000 for such service.

 

(c)                                   Payment of Retainers .  The annual retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter.  In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, the retainer paid to such Non-Employee Director shall be prorated for the portion of such calendar quarter actually served as a Non-Employee Director, or in such position, as applicable.

 



 

2.                                       Equity Compensation .  Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below.  The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company (the “ Equity Plan ”) and shall be evidenced by the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the forms previously approved by the Board.  All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Program as if fully set forth herein, and all grants of stock options hereby are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan.

 

(a)                                  Initial Awards .  Each Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board on or after September 10, 2014 shall automatically be granted, on the later of the date of such initial election or appointment or the Effective Date, an option (an “ Initial Award ”) to purchase that number of shares of the Company’s common stock such that the award has an aggregate Grant Date Fair Value (as defined below) equal to $150,000, rounded down to the nearest whole share (subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan). No Non-Employee Director shall be granted more than one Initial Award.  For the purposes of this Program, “ Grant Date Fair Value ” shall mean the fair value of an award as of the date of grant as determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Share-Based Payment”, using the Black-Scholes pricing model and the valuation assumptions used by the Company in accounting for options as of such date of grant.

 

(b)                                  Subsequent Awards .  A Non-Employee Director who will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such meeting, shall be automatically granted, on the date of such annual meeting, an option (a “ Subsequent Award ”) to purchase that number of shares of the Company’s common stock such that the award has an aggregate Grant Date Fair Value equal to $90,000, rounded down to the nearest whole share (subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan).

 

(c)                                   IPO Awards .  Each Non-Employee Director who is serving on the Board as of September 10, 2014 and will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director following the Effective Date, shall be automatically granted, on the Effective Date, an option (an “ IPO Award ”) to purchase that number of shares of the Company’s common stock such that the award has an aggregate Grant Date Fair Value equal to $90,000, rounded down to the nearest whole share (subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan).

 

(d)                                  Termination of Service of Employee Directors .  Members of the Board who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company who subsequently terminate their service with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and remain on the Board will not receive an Initial Award pursuant to Section 2(a) above, but to the extent that they are otherwise eligible, will be eligible to receive, after termination from service with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Subsequent Awards as described in Section 2(b) above.

 

(e)                                   Terms of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors

 

(i)                                      Purchase Price The per share exercise price of each option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall equal the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Equity Plan) of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted.  Without limiting the foregoing, Fair Market Value as of the Effective Date shall be equal to the price per share to the public in the Company’s initial public offering, as set forth on the cover of the final prospectus of the initial public offering of Company common stock .

 

(ii)                                   Vesting .  Each Initial Award shall vest and become exercisable in substantially equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the

 

2



 

Non-Employee Director continuing to provide services to the Company through each such vesting date.  Each Subsequent Award and each IPO Award, shall vest and become exercisable in twelve substantially equal installments on each monthly anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing to provide services to the Company through each such vesting date.  Each Initial Award, IPO Award and Subsequent Award, along with any other stock options or other equity-based awards held by any Non-Employee Director, shall vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan), to the extent outstanding at such time.

 

(iii)                                Term .  The term of each stock option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall be ten (10) years from the date the option is granted.

 

3.                                       Reimbursements .  The Company shall reimburse each Non-Employee Director for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by such Non-Employee Director in the performance of his or her duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

 

* * * * *

 

3




Exhibit 10.20

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Change in Control Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between [                ] (“ Executive ”) and Nevro Corp. (the “ Company ”), effective as of the latest date set forth by the signatures of the parties hereto below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.                                     The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) recognizes that the possibility of an acquisition of the Company or an involuntary termination can be a distraction to Executive and can cause Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities.  The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of such an event.

 

B.                                     The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change in Control (as defined below) for the benefit of its stockholders.

 

C.                                     The Board believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with severance benefits upon certain terminations of Executive’s service to the Company that enhance Executive’s financial security and provide incentive and encouragement to Executive to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of such an event.

 

D.                                     Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 9 below.

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Term of Agreement .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date and terminate upon the date that all obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

 

2.                                       At-Will Employment .  The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be “at-will,” as defined under applicable law.  If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Covered Termination Other Than During a Change in Control Period .  If Executive experiences a Covered Termination other than during a Change in Control Period, and if Executive delivers to the Company a general release of all claims against the Company and its affiliates (a

 



 

Release of Claims ”) that becomes effective and irrevocable within sixty (60) days, or such shorter period of time specified by the Company, following such Covered Termination, then in addition to any accrued but unpaid salary, bonus, benefits, vacation and expense reimbursement payable in accordance with applicable law, the Company shall provide Executive with the following:

 

(a)                                  Severance .  Executive shall be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to six (6) months of Executive’s base salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Termination Date payable in a cash lump sum, less applicable withholdings, on the first payroll date following the date the Release of Claims becomes effective and irrevocable.

 

(b)                                  Continued Healthcare .  If Executive elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse Executive for, the premium for Executive and Executive’ s covered dependents through the earlier of (i) the six (6) month anniversary of the Termination Date and (ii) the date Executive and Executive’s covered dependents, if any, become eligible for healthcare coverage under another employer’s plan(s).  After the Company ceases to pay premiums pursuant to the preceding sentence, Executive may, if eligible, elect to continue healthcare coverage at Executive’s expense in accordance the provisions of COBRA.

 

4.                                       Covered Termination During a Change in Control Period .  If Executive experiences a Covered Termination during a Change in Control Period, and if Executive delivers a Release of Claims that becomes effective and irrevocable within sixty (60) days, or such shorter period of time specified by the Company, following such Covered Termination, then in addition to any accrued but unpaid salary, bonus, benefits, vacation and expense reimbursement payable in accordance with applicable law, the Company shall provide Executive with the following:

 

(a)                                  Severance .  Executive shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the sum of (i) Executive’s annual base salary and (ii) Executive’s target annual bonus assuming achievement of performance goals at target, in each case, at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Termination Date, payable in a cash lump sum, less applicable withholdings, on the first payroll date following the date the Release of Claims becomes effective and irrevocable.

 

(b)                                  Continued Healthcare .  If Executive elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the provisions of COBRA, the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse Executive for, the premium for Executive and Executive’s covered dependents through the earlier of (i) the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Termination Date and (ii) the date Executive and Executive’s covered dependents, if any, become eligible for healthcare coverage under another employer’s plan(s).  After the Company ceases to pay premiums pursuant to the preceding sentence, Executive may, if eligible, elect to continue healthcare coverage at Executive’s expense in accordance the provisions of COBRA.

 

(c)                                   Equity Awards .  Each outstanding and unvested equity award, including, without limitation, each stock option and restricted stock award, held by Executive shall automatically become vested and, if applicable, exercisable and any forfeiture restrictions or rights of repurchase

 

2



 

thereon shall immediately lapse, in each case, with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of that number of unvested shares underlying Executive’s equity awards as of the Termination Date.

 

5.                                       Certain Reductions .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall reduce Executive’s severance benefits under this Agreement, in whole or in part, by any other severance benefits, pay in lieu of notice, or other similar benefits payable to Executive by the Company in connection with Executive’s termination, including but not limited to payments or benefits pursuant to (a) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, or (b) any Company agreement, arrangement, policy or practice relating to Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.  The benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, any and all statutory obligations that may arise out of Executive’s termination of employment.  Such reductions shall be applied on a retroactive basis, with severance benefits previously paid being recharacterized as payments pursuant to the Company’s statutory obligation.

 

6.                                       Deemed Resignation .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, and then held with the Company or any of its affiliates, and, at the Company’s request, Executive shall execute such documents as are necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations.

 

7.                                       Other Terminations .  If Executive’s service with the Company is terminated by the Company or by Executive for any or no reason other than as a Covered Termination, then Executive shall not be entitled to any benefits hereunder other than accrued but unpaid salary, bonus, vacation and expense reimbursement in accordance with applicable law and to elect any continued healthcare coverage as may be required under COBRA or similar state law.

 

8.                                       Limitation on Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or distribution Executive would receive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (“ Payment ”) would (a) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (b) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment shall either be (i) delivered in full, or (ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the largest payment, notwithstanding that all or some portion the Payment may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.  The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations.  The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.  The accounting firm shall provide its calculations to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company or Executive.  Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.  Any reduction in payments and/or benefits pursuant

 

3



 

to this Section 8 will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits payable to Executive.

 

9.                                       Definition of Terms .  The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Cause .  “ Cause ” means (i) Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the duties and services required of Executive pursuant to this Agreement or Executive’s employment or offer letter agreement with the Company (the “ Employment Agreement ”); (ii) Executive’s conviction of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive’s willful refusal to perform the duties and responsibilities required of Executive under this Agreement or the Employment Agreement which remains uncorrected for thirty (30) days following written notice to Executive by the Company of such breach; (iv) Executive’s material breach of any material provision of this Agreement, the Employment Agreement, the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined below) or corporate code or policy which remains uncorrected for thirty (30) days following written notice to Executive by the Company of such breach; or (v) Executive violates the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or other applicable United States law.  For purposes of this Section 9(a), an act or failure to act shall be considered “willful” only if done or omitted to be done without a good faith reasonable belief that such act or failure to act was in the best interests of the Company.

 

The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions that the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or acquiror or successor) may consider as reasonable grounds for Executive’s dismissal or discharge.

 

(b)                                  Change in Control .  “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                      A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition;

 

(ii)                                   During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 9(b)(i) or 9(b)(iii) hereof) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds

 

4



 

(2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two (2)-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

(1)                                  which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

(2)                                  after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 9(b)(iii)(2) as beneficially owning fifty percent (50%)  or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

 

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “ Change in Control ” must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(c)                                   Change in Control Period .  “ Change in Control Period ” means the period of time commencing three (3) months prior to a Change in Control and ending twelve (12) months following the Change in Control.

 

(d)                                  Constructive Termination .  “ Constructive Termination ” means Executive’s resignation from employment with the Company that is effective within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the occurrence, without Executive’s written consent, of any of the following: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation that is not proportionately applicable to other officers and key employees of the Company generally; (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s job responsibilities or duties inconsistent in any material respect with Executive’s position, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such change, provided , that any change made solely as the result of the Company becoming a subsidiary or business unit of a larger company in a Change in Control shall not provide for Executive’s Constructive Termination hereunder; or (iii) the failure by

 

5



 

any successor entity or corporation following a Change in Control to assume the obligations under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a resignation shall not constitute a “Constructive Termination” unless the condition giving rise to such resignation continues uncured by the Company more than thirty (30) days following Executive’s written notice of such condition provided to the Company within ninety (90) days of the first occurrence of such condition and such resignation is effective within thirty (30) days following the end of such notice period.

 

(e)                                   Covered Termination .  “ Covered Termination ” means Executive’s Constructive Termination or the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company other than for Cause.

 

(f)                                    Termination Date .  “ Termination Date ” means the date Executive experiences a Covered Termination.

 

10.                                Successors .

 

(a)                                  Company’s Successors .  Except as set forth above, any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “ Company ” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 10(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(b)                                  Executive’s Successors .  The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

11.                                Notices .  Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or one day following mailing via Federal Express or similar overnight courier service.  In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to Executive at Executive’s home address that the Company has on file for Executive.  In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Chief Executive Officer.

 

12.                                Confidentiality; Non-Disparagement .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality .  Executive hereby expressly confirms Executive’s continuing obligations to the Company pursuant to Executive’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”).

 

(b)                                  Non-Disparagement .  Executive agrees that Executive shall not disparage, criticize or defame the Company, its affiliates and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, agents, partners, stockholders or employees, either publicly or privately.  The Company agrees that it shall not, and it

 

6



 

shall instruct its officers and members of its Board to not, disparage, criticize or defame Executive, either publicly or privately.  Nothing in this Section 12(b) shall have application to any evidence or testimony required by any court, arbitrator or government agency.

 

13.                                Dispute Resolution .  To ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes that arise in connection with this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment, or the termination of Executive’s employment, shall be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration in San Mateo County, California through Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services/Endispute (“ JAMS ”) in conformity with the then-existing JAMS employment arbitration rules and California law.  By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding .  The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award.  The Company shall pay all JAMS’s arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required if the dispute were decided in a court of law.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration.

 

14.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Section 409A .

 

(i)                                      Separation from Service .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, no amount deemed deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be payable pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 above unless Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Separation from Service ”) and, except as provided under Section 14(a)(ii) of this Agreement, any such amount shall not be paid, or in the case of installments, commence payment, until the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s Separation from Service.  Any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Specified Employee .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed at the time of his separation from service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such

 

7



 

portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service or (B) the date of Executive’s death.  Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Section 14(a)(ii) shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

 

(iii)                                Expense Reimbursements .  To the extent that any reimbursements payable pursuant to this Agreement are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements payable to Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 st  of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(iv)                               Installments .  For purposes of Section 409A of the Code (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

 

(b)                                  Waiver .  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

(c)                                   Whole Agreement .  This Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement represent the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior promises, arrangements and understandings regarding same, whether written or written, including, without limitation, any severance or change in control benefits in Executive’s offer letter agreement and employment agreement or previously approved by the Board.

 

(d)                                  Choice of Law .  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

(e)                                   Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(f)                                    Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

( Signature page follows )

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

 

 

NEVRO CORP.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[                  ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

9




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nevro Corp. of our report dated August 8, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Nevro Corp., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
October 10, 2014




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM